<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 10, 1999
REGISTRATION NO. 333-48851
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------
NATCO GROUP INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 3533 22-2906892
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
J. MICHAEL MAYER
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
NATCO GROUP INC.
BROOKHOLLOW CENTRAL III BROOKHOLLOW CENTRAL III
2950 NORTH LOOP WEST, SUITE 750 2950 NORTH LOOP WEST, SUITE 750
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77092 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77092
(713) 683-9292 (713) 683-9292
(Address, including zip code, and telephone (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number, number, including area code,
including area code, of agent for service)
of Registrant's principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
Copies To:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P. AKIN, GUMP, STRAUSS, HAUER & FELD, L.L.P.
1001 FANNIN STREET, SUITE 2300 1700 PACIFIC AVENUE, SUITE 4100
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002-6760 DALLAS, TEXAS 75201-4618
(713) 758-2222 (214) 969-4780
ATTN.: WILLIAM E. JOOR III ATTN.: SETH R. MOLAY, P.C.
</TABLE>
------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities registered on this Form are being offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE
MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS
NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO
BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
PERMITTED.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- , 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS
, 1999
[LOGO TO COME]
7,500,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
NATCO GROUP INC.:
- - We are a leading provider of wellhead equipment, systems and services used in
the production of oil and gas.
- - NATCO Group Inc.
Brookhollow Central III
2950 North Loop West, Suite 750
Houston, Texas 77092
(713) 683-9292
PROPOSED SYMBOL & MARKET:
- - NTG/New York Stock Exchange
THE OFFERING:
- - We are offering 4,000,000 shares of our common stock and the selling
stockholders are offering 3,500,000 shares of our common stock for resale.
- - We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase an additional 1,125,000
shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
- - This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for
our shares.
- - We anticipate that the initial public offering price for our common stock will
be between $ and $ per share.
- - We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling
stockholders.
- - We plan to use the proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding debt and
for general corporate purposes, including pending acquisitions.
- - Closing: , 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Public offering price: $ $
Underwriting fees:
Proceeds to NATCO:
Proceeds to the selling stockholders:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has determined whether this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Nor have they made, nor will they make, any
determination as to whether anyone should buy these securities. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
SIMMONS & COMPANY
INTERNATIONAL
DLJDIRECT INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 3
MAP PAGE
<PAGE> 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 1
Risk Factors........................... 7
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward
Looking Statements................... 15
Use of Proceeds........................ 15
Dividend Policy........................ 16
Dilution............................... 17
Capitalization......................... 18
Selected Consolidated Financial Data... 19
Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma Financial
Statements........................... 21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 27
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
Business............................... 39
Management............................. 50
Related Party Transactions............. 59
Principal and Selling Stockholders..... 63
Description of Capital Stock........... 65
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 69
Underwriting........................... 70
Legal Matters.......................... 72
Experts................................ 73
Available Information.................. 73
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
NATCO GROUP INC. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1988. In 1989, we
acquired National Tank Company, which was founded in 1926 and is now our
principal operating subsidiary. The address of our principal executive offices
is Brookhollow Central III, 2950 North Loop West, Suite 750, Houston, Texas
77092, and our telephone number is (713) 683-9292.
------------------
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to
which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different information. This document may be used only where it is legal to sell
these securities. The information in this prospectus is only accurate on the
date of this prospectus. In this prospectus, all references to "we," "us" and
"our" refer to NATCO Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless indicated
otherwise.
i
<PAGE> 5
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus but does
not contain all of the information that may be important to you. This prospectus
includes specific terms of this offering, information about our business and
financial data. We encourage you to read this prospectus in its entirety before
making an investment decision.
WHAT WE DO
We are a leading provider of wellhead equipment, systems and services used
in the production of oil and gas. Our production equipment and systems are
primarily used at or near the wellhead to separate oil and gas within a
hydrocarbon stream and to remove contaminants. Separation and decontamination at
the wellhead are necessary to meet the specifications of transporters and end
users. Our products and services are used in onshore and offshore fields in most
major oil and gas producing regions in the world. On a pro forma basis, after
giving effect to our acquisition of The Cynara Company (Cynara), our revenues
and EBITDA for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 were approximately
$213.7 million and $9.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999,
our revenues and EBITDA were approximately $125.9 million and $8.1 million.
We design and manufacture a diverse line of production equipment,
including:
- separators, which separate a hydrocarbon stream into oil, gas and water;
- dehydration and desalting units, which remove water and salt from oil and
gas;
- heaters, which prevent solids from forming in gas and reduce the
viscosity of oil;
- gas conditioning units and membrane separation systems, which remove
carbon dioxide and other contaminants from a gas stream;
- water filtration systems, which remove oil and contaminants from water
derived from the production process; and
- control systems, which monitor and control production equipment.
We offer our products and services as either integrated systems or
individual components. We provide our products and services through four
business segments:
- traditional production equipment and services, a segment which primarily
provides standardized components, replacement parts and used components
and equipment servicing;
- engineered systems, a segment which primarily provides customized, large
scale integrated oil and gas production systems;
- our Canadian operations, a segment which provides traditional production
equipment and services and engineered systems; and
- instrumentation and electrical systems, a segment which provides control
panels and systems that monitor and control oil and gas production.
We have designed, manufactured and marketed production equipment and
systems for over 70 years. We believe that, among our competitors, we have the
largest installed base of production equipment in the industry. We have achieved
our position in the industry by maintaining our technological leadership,
capitalizing on our strong brand name recognition and offering a broad range of
products and services.
1
<PAGE> 6
OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY
Our strategy for future growth is to expand and improve our market position
through:
- Focusing on Customer Relationships. We believe that our customers
increasingly prefer to work on a regular basis with a small number of
leading suppliers. We believe our size, scope of products, technological
expertise and service orientation provide us with a competitive advantage
in establishing preferred supplier relationships with customers. We
expect to generate growth in revenue and market share by establishing and
further developing new and existing customer relationships.
- Providing Turnkey Integrated Systems and Solutions. We believe our
turnkey design and manufacturing capabilities enable us to reduce our
customers' production equipment and systems costs and shorten delivery
times. Our strategy is to be involved in projects early, to provide, as
among our competitors, the broadest and most complete scope of equipment
and services and to focus on larger integrated systems. In some
applications, we also intend to increase the degree of standardization to
reduce engineering costs and to shorten delivery times.
- Introducing New Technologies and Products. Since our inception, we have
developed and acquired leading technologies that enable us to address the
world market demand for increasingly sophisticated production equipment.
We will continue to pursue new technologies through licenses,
acquisitions and internal development.
- Pursuing Complementary Acquisitions. Our industry is highly fragmented
and contains many smaller competitors with narrow product lines and
geographic scope. We intend to continue acquiring companies that provide
complementary technologies or enhance our ability to offer integrated
systems.
- Expanding International Presence. We have operated in various
international markets for more than 50 years. We intend to continue
expanding internationally in targeted geographic regions. Currently, our
most important international opportunity is the future development of
Southeast Asian gas markets. We believe our proprietary technology for
the bulk removal of carbon dioxide provides us with a competitive
advantage in pursuing projects in this region.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
CYNARA ACQUISITION
In November 1998, we acquired Cynara because it had proprietary technology
for the bulk removal of carbon dioxide from gas streams. Cynara designs,
constructs, operates and services membrane separation systems utilizing this
technology. A primary market for this application is production from gas wells,
such as those located in Southeast Asia, which have high levels of naturally
occurring carbon dioxide. Another market is production from wells, such as those
located in West Texas, in which carbon dioxide injection is used to enhance the
recovery of oil and gas reserves. This acquisition has expanded our ability to
offer integrated systems and services and complements our gas conditioning
product line.
In acquiring Cynara, we issued 500,000 shares of our common stock and paid
$5.3 million in cash to the Cynara stockholders. We also repaid $10.1 million of
Cynara's debt and agreed to issue additional shares of our common stock
contingent on the occurrence of specified operational thresholds. Based on
operations through September 30, 1999, 325,836 additional shares were earned and
issued on September 30, 1999. Up to a total of 950,000 more of these additional
shares may be earned at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 2000.
2
<PAGE> 7
PENDING ACQUISITIONS
We have executed non-binding letters of intent to acquire Porta-Test
International Inc., Engineering Specialties, Inc. and Modular Production
Equipment, Inc. These acquisitions, if completed, will close subsequent to the
completion of this offering.
Porta-Test International Inc. Porta-Test International Inc. (Porta-Test) is
located in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. Porta-Test designs and manufactures
centrifugal devices used to enhance the effectiveness of separation equipment.
We expect to close the acquisition of Porta-Test in early 2000.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, Porta-Test had revenues of $7.3
million and EBITDA of $(0.1) million. To acquire all the outstanding Porta-Test
capital stock, we have agreed:
- to pay approximately $5.4 million in cash, net of cash acquired; and
- to issue our one-year promissory note for approximately $0.7 million.
Engineering Specialties, Inc. Engineering Specialties, Inc. (ESI) is
located in Covington, Louisiana. ESI designs and manufactures water processing
equipment used to remove oil and contaminants from water produced at the
wellhead, primarily on offshore facilities. We expect to close the acquisition
of ESI in early 2000.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, ESI had revenues of $3.9 million and
EBITDA of $0.8 million. To acquire all the outstanding ESI capital stock, we
have agreed:
- to pay approximately $7.3 million in cash, net of cash and marketable
securities acquired; and
- to issue options for 25,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable at
the initial offering price.
Modular Production Equipment, Inc. Modular Production Equipment, Inc. (MPE)
is located in Houston, Texas. MPE designs and manufactures wastewater treatment
separation systems and specializes in hydrocyclone technologies. We expect to
close the acquisition of MPE in early 2000.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, MPE had revenues of $7.6 million and
EBITDA of $0.6 million. To acquire all the outstanding MPE capital stock, we
have agreed:
- to pay approximately $2.2 million in cash, net of cash acquired; and
- to issue our one-year promissory note for $0.5 million.
3
<PAGE> 8
THE OFFERING
Class A common stock offered(1):
By us................. 4,000,000 shares
By the selling
stockholders.......... 3,500,000 shares
Total............ 7,500,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding
after this offering(1)... 13,613,356 shares(2)
Use of proceeds............ We intend to use the net proceeds of approximately
$40.1 million that we will receive from this
offering primarily:
- to repay outstanding debt; and
- for general corporate purposes, including the
pending acquisitions.
Proposed New York Stock
Exchange symbol......... NTG
- ------------------------------
(1) Our common stock is divided into Class A common stock and Class B common
stock. The shares to be sold in this offering are Class A common stock. Only
the former stockholders of Cynara hold Class B common stock. Upon completion
of this offering, the two classes will have the same rights, except that the
holders of the Class B common stock will continue to have the rights:
- to elect one director; and
- to hold a class vote on any amendment to our charter that would authorize
additional Class B common stock or would adversely affect their right to
elect a director.
On January 1, 2002, the Class B common stock converts automatically into
Class A common stock to constitute a single class of common stock. In this
prospectus, references to "our common stock" include both our Class A and
Class B common stock.
(2) Excludes:
- up to 1,125,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise by
the underwriters of their option to cover over-allotments;
- 1,795,197 shares of Class A common stock issuable on exercise of
outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.40
per share;
- 950,000 shares of Class B common stock contingently issuable under the
terms of our agreement to acquire Cynara; and
- up to 150,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to options to be
granted to certain employees immediately prior to this offering at an
exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.
4
<PAGE> 9
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following summary consolidated historical and unaudited pro forma
financial information for the periods and the dates indicated should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated historical and unaudited pro forma financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In 1998, we changed our fiscal
year-end to December 31 from March 31. The interim data reflects all adjustments
that, in the opinion of our management, are necessary to present fairly the
information for the nine-month periods. The unaudited pro forma statement of
operations and other financial data give effect to the acquisition of Cynara as
though it occurred on January 1, 1998. The unaudited historical financial data
presented for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1999 is not necessarily
indicative of the actual financial results to be expected for the full fiscal
year. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Unaudited Condensed Pro
Forma Financial Statements" for more information regarding the historical and
the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED NINE MONTHS PRO FORMA ENDED
MARCH 31, ENDED YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, ------------------
1997 1998 1998 1998(1) 1998 1999
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(2):
Revenues......................................... $126,657 $202,023 $145,611 $213,651 $151,705 125,894
Cost of goods sold............................... 100,803 161,801 115,521 168,816 121,160 94,979
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Gross profit..................................... 25,854 40,222 30,090 44,835 30,545 30,915
Selling, general and administrative expense...... 23,313 28,553 24,530 35,076 23,394 23,636
Depreciation and amortization expense............ 862 1,322 1,473 4,383 1,172 3,491
Interest expense................................. 1,861 2,992 2,215 3,555 2,022 2,546
Interest cost on postretirement liability(3)..... 957 1,048 786 1,048 786 785
Revaluation loss (gain) on postretirement
liability(3)................................... 1,466 159 53 53 -- (845)
Interest income.................................. (116) (140) (227) (227) (155) (175)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income taxes................................... (2,489) 6,288 1,260 947 3,326 1,477
Income tax provision (benefit)................... (659) 1,141 608 (30) 533 1,075
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations......... $ (1,830) $ 5,147 $ 652 $ 977 2,793 402
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== =======
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing
operations..................................... $ (0.31) $ 0.68 $ 0.08 $ 0.11 $ 0.34 $ 0.04
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing
operations..................................... (0.28) 0.64 0.07 0.10 0.32 0.04
Basic earnings per share......................... 0.67 0.78 0.08 0.11 0.34 0.04
Diluted earnings per share....................... 0.64 0.73 0.07 0.10 0.32 0.04
Basic weighted average number of shares of common
stock outstanding.............................. 6,032 7,623 8,243 8,665 8,147 9,197
Diluted weighted average number of shares of
common stock outstanding....................... 6,371 8,067 8,942 9,366 8,863 9,868
OTHER DATA:
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating
activities..................................... $ 1,059 $ 3,113 $ (1,450) 2,009 12,494
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing
activities..................................... (798) (24,712) (17,069) (3,098) (1,550)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing
activities..................................... (1,033) 21,660 20,179 1,578 (11,995)
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA)(4)....................... 1,075 11,510 5,507 9,706 7,151 8,124
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
MARCH 31, OFFERING
----------------- DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1997 1998 1998 1999 1999(5)
------- ------- ------------ ------------- -------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Working capital............................... $12,551 $24,442 $ 31,466 $ 26,308 $ 38,236
Net property, plant and equipment............. 6,833 9,332 18,294 17,653 17,653
Total assets.................................. 70,044 95,413 118,412 104,046 111,331
Long-term debt(6)............................. 27,566 33,719 41,777 32,926 --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)................ (6,737) 5,419 24,190 28,104 68,315
</TABLE>
(See footnotes on next page)
5
<PAGE> 10
- ------------------------------
(1) The unaudited pro forma statement of operations and other data do not give
pro forma effect to this offering or to the pending acquisitions of
Porta-Test, ESI and MPE as these acquisitions, if they close, will close
after this offering. For information regarding the pro forma effect of this
offering and these pending acquisitions, see "Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma
Financial Statements."
(2) In June 1997, we distributed our investment in Process Technology Holdings,
Inc. (PTH) to our then sole stockholder in a tax-free transaction. In
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we account for the
results of operations of PTH as discontinued operations for all periods
presented. Accordingly, the net income of PTH is excluded from income (loss)
from continuing operations in our statements of operations for the periods
presented.
(3) When we acquired National Tank Company in 1989 from Combustion Engineering,
Inc., we agreed to provide specified health care and life insurance benefits
to employees of National Tank Company who retired prior to June 21, 1989.
These agreements provided that our annual cash costs related to these
benefits were reimbursed by the seller through June 21, 1999 to the extent
that they exceeded on an annual basis the lesser of one-third of the cash
costs in that year or $0.8 million, as adjusted for inflation. For the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, our aggregate cash costs related to these
benefits were $1.7 million, of which $1.1 million was reimbursed. For the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, our aggregate cash costs were $1.8
million, of which $1.0 million was reimbursed. For the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, our aggregate cash costs were $1.6 million, of which $1.1
million was reimbursed. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, our
aggregate cash costs related to these benefits were $0.9 million, of which
$0.5 million was reimbursed. The reimbursement obligation expired on June
22, 1999, and we no longer receive reimbursement for any portion of these
cash costs. We currently plan to fund the cash requirements related to these
retired employee benefits on a current basis.
(4) EBITDA consists of income (loss) from continuing operations before interest
expense, interest cost on postretirement benefit liability, income tax
expense, and depreciation and amortization expense, less interest income.
EBITDA is not a measurement presented in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. You should not consider it in isolation from or as a
substitute for net income or cash flow measures prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles or as a measure of our
profitability or liquidity. EBITDA is included as a supplemental disclosure
because it may provide useful information regarding our ability to service
debt and to fund capital expenditures.
(5) See notes (a), (b) and (e) to Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma Balance Sheet.
(6) Includes current portion of long-term debt and revolving lines of credit.
6
<PAGE> 11
RISK FACTORS
In determining whether to purchase shares of our common stock, you should
carefully consider the risk factors described below and all the information we
have included in this prospectus.
A SUBSTANTIAL OR EXTENDED DECLINE IN OIL OR GAS PRICES COULD RESULT IN LOWER
EXPENDITURES BY THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY, THEREBY AFFECTING OUR REVENUE.
Our business is substantially dependent on the condition of the oil and gas
industry and its willingness to spend capital on the exploration for and
development of oil and gas. A substantial or extended decline in these
expenditures may result in the location of fewer new reserves of oil and gas,
adversely affecting the market for our production equipment and services. The
level of these capital expenditures is generally dependent on the industry's
view of oil and gas prices, which have been characterized by significant
volatility in recent years. Oil and gas prices are affected by numerous factors,
including:
- the level of exploration activity;
- worldwide economic activity;
- interest rates and the cost of capital;
- environmental regulation;
- tax policies;
- political requirements of national governments;
- coordination by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC);
- the cost of producing oil and gas; and
- technological advances.
WE MAY LOSE MONEY ON FIXED PRICE CONTRACTS.
Many of our projects, including larger engineered systems projects, are
performed on a fixed-price basis. We are responsible for all cost overruns,
other than any resulting from change orders. Our costs and any gross profit
realized on our fixed-price contracts will often vary from the estimated amounts
on which these contracts were originally based. This may occur for various
reasons, including:
- errors in estimates or bidding;
- changes in availability and cost of labor and material; and
- variations in productivity from our original estimates.
These variations and the risks inherent in engineered systems projects may
result in reduced profitability or losses on our projects. Depending on the size
of a project, variations from estimated contract performance can have a
significant impact on our operating results for any particular fiscal quarter or
year.
WE HAVE RELIED AND WE EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO RELY ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF
CUSTOMERS FOR A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR REVENUES.
There have been and are expected to be periods where a substantial portion
of our revenues are derived from a single customer or a small group of
customers. We had revenues of $28.3 million (14% of our total revenues) from the
BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc. alliance project for fiscal 1998. On July 1, 1999,
we were awarded a $73.0 million contract to supply gas treating and conditioning
equipment to a project in Southeast Asia. The project is a joint venture under
the control of the Carigali-Triton Operating Company (CTOC), which is owned 50%
by Petronas, the Malaysian National Oil Company, and 50% by ARCO and Triton. The
project is located in the Gulf of Thailand. Although this project has not yet
7
<PAGE> 12
produced more than 10% of our revenues in any period, it will take approximately
two years to complete and is expected to comprise more than 10% of annual
billings during that period. A prolonged failure of this customer to fulfill its
contractual obligations to us or a termination of the related project could have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN SKILLED LABOR IS CRUCIAL TO THE PROFITABILITY
OF OUR FABRICATION AND SERVICES ACTIVITIES.
Our ability to remain profitable depends in part on our ability to attract
and retain skilled manufacturing workers, equipment operators, engineers and
other technical personnel. Our ability to expand our operations, particularly in
the Gulf Coast area, depends primarily on our ability to increase our labor
force. Demand for these workers is currently high and the supply is extremely
limited. We believe that our wage rates are competitive and that our
relationship with our skilled labor force is good. A significant increase in the
wages paid by competing employers could, nevertheless, result in a reduction in
our skilled labor force, increases in the rates of wages we must pay or both. If
this were to occur, the immediate effect on us would be a reduction in our
profits and the extended effect would be diminishment of our production capacity
and profitability and impairment of our growth potential.
A THIRD PARTY WILL NO LONGER REIMBURSE US FOR A PORTION OF OUR COSTS OF
SPECIFIED EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND LIFE INSURANCE.
We are required by contract to provide health care and life insurance
benefits to our former employees who retired prior to June 21, 1989. The
contract also provided for partial reimbursement of our annual cash costs
related to these benefits by a third party. For the fiscal years ended March 31,
1997 and 1998, our cash costs related to these benefits were $1.7 million and
$1.8 million. In fiscal 1997, we were reimbursed $1.1 million, and in fiscal
1998 we were reimbursed $1.0 million. For the nine months ended December 31,
1998, our cash costs were $1.6 million, of which we were reimbursed $1.1
million. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, our aggregate cash costs
related to these benefits were $0.9 million, of which $0.5 million was
reimbursed. The reimbursement obligation expired on June 22, 1999, and we no
longer receive reimbursement for any portion of these cash costs. At September
30, 1999, there were 531 retirees and surviving spouses and 323 dependents
covered by the specified postretirement benefits obligations. As a result of the
transaction described in "Related Party Transactions -- Capricorn I
Subsidiaries -- Tyler" these numbers will increase to 624 and 352, respectively.
In accounting for this liability, we evaluate annually the estimated
liability, discounted to present value, of the unreimbursable portion of these
benefits. We recognize and report in our financial statements gains and losses
from these evaluations. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, we
reported losses on revaluation of postretirement employee liability of $1.5
million and $0.2 million. For the nine months ended December 31, 1998, we
reported a loss of $0.1 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999 we
reported a gain of $0.8 million.
We cannot assure you that the costs of the actual benefits will not exceed
those projected or that future actuarial assessments of the extent of those
costs will not exceed the current assessment. Under those circumstances, the
adjustments required to be made to our recorded liability for these benefits
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition.
THE LOSS OF ONE OR MORE OF OUR CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS COULD MATERIALLY HARM OUR
BUSINESS AND EARNINGS.
We expect to continue our practice of entering into relationships with
major oil companies and large independent producers. In these relationships, we
are typically designated as the preferred supplier of equipment or services or
both. Many of these relationships are nonbinding arrangements in which both
parties undertake to satisfy the objectives of the relationship. They may be
characterized as:
- blanket purchase orders for specified amounts of standardized equipment;
- project-specific integrated relationships; or
8
<PAGE> 13
- ongoing informal working relationships.
The loss of one or more of these relationships could have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS MAY EXPERIENCE INTERRUPTIONS DUE TO POLITICAL AND
ECONOMIC RISKS.
We operate our business and market our products and services in oil and gas
producing areas throughout the world. We are, therefore, subject to the risks
customarily attendant to international operations and investments in foreign
countries. These risks include:
- nationalization;
- expropriation;
- war and civil disturbances;
- restrictive actions by local governments;
- limitations on repatriation of earnings;
- changes in foreign tax laws; and
- changes in currency exchange rates.
The occurrence of any of these risks could have an adverse effect on
regional demand for our products and services or our ability to provide them. An
interruption of our international operations could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
A portion of our sales are made in Southeast Asia. The currencies of
several countries in Southeast Asia underwent significant devaluations against
the United States dollar in 1997 and early 1998. The devaluation of these
currencies and the related consequences to the economies in these countries have
adversely affected economic growth in the region. To the extent the economies of
countries in Southeast Asia continue to be adversely affected, we cannot assure
you that the demand for our products and services in the region will continue at
historical or anticipated levels.
OUR PENDING ACQUISITIONS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN OUR PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ARE SUBJECT TO THE RISK THAT THEY MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED.
Our Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma Financial Statements give effect to the
completion of this offering and the pending acquisitions. With respect to the
pending acquisitions, however, we have only entered into non-binding letters of
intent. Accordingly, the completion of each of these transactions is subject to
numerous conditions, including the negotiation and execution of definitive
agreements and the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions to closing to be
included in the agreements. These conditions are expected to include such
matters as confirmation by each party of its representations and warranties in
those agreements, fulfillment of its covenants to be fulfilled by closing and
the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition or results
of operations of the party we intend to acquire. We can not assure you that
these conditions will be fulfilled or that these acquisitions will be completed.
Moreover, even if they are completed, the pro forma financial statements are for
illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the financial
results that would have been achieved if the acquisitions had been completed and
should not be viewed as indicative of results of operations or financial
position in future periods.
9
<PAGE> 14
FUTURE ACQUISITIONS MAY BE DIFFICULT TO INTEGRATE, DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS AND
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS.
We intend to continue our practice of acquiring other companies, assets and
product lines that complement or expand our existing business. Each acquisition,
however, involves a number of risks. These risks include:
- the diversion of our management's attention to the assimilation of the
operations and personnel of the acquired business;
- possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration
process; and
- the possible inability to achieve the intended objectives of the
combination.
In pursuit of our acquisition strategy, we may seek to finance an
acquisition through borrowings under credit facilities or the issuance of new
debt or equity securities. If we should proceed with a relatively large cash
acquisition, we could deplete a substantial portion of our financial resources
to the possible detriment of our other operations. Any future acquisitions could
also dilute the equity interests of our stockholders, require us to write off
assets for accounting purposes or create other undesirable accounting issues,
such as significant expenses for amortization of goodwill or other intangible
assets.
OUR INSURANCE POLICIES MAY NOT COVER ALL PRODUCTS LIABILITY CLAIMS.
Some of our products are used in potentially hazardous production
applications that can cause:
- personal injury;
- loss of life;
- damage to property, equipment or the environment; and
- suspension of operations.
We maintain insurance coverage against these risks in accordance with
normal industry practice. This insurance will not protect us against liability
for some kinds of events, including specified events involving pollution, or
against losses resulting from business interruption. We cannot assure you that
our insurance will be adequate in risk coverage or policy limits to cover all
losses or liabilities that we may incur. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we
will be able in the future to maintain insurance at levels of risk coverage or
policy limits that we deem adequate. Any future damages caused by our products
or services that are not covered by insurance or are in excess of policy limits
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
LIABILITY TO CUSTOMERS UNDER WARRANTIES MAY MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
EARNINGS.
We typically provide warranties as to the proper operation and conformance
to specifications of the equipment we manufacture. Failure of this equipment to
operate properly or to meet specifications may increase our costs by requiring
additional engineering resources, replacement of parts and equipment or service
or monetary reimbursement to a customer. Our warranties are often backed by
letters of credit. At September 30, 1999, we had provided to our customers
approximately $1.7 million in letters of credit related to warranties. We have
in the past received warranty claims and we expect to continue to receive them
in the future. To the extent that we should incur warranty claims in any period
substantially in excess of our warranty reserve, our results of operations and
financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
WE MAY INCUR SUBSTANTIAL COSTS TO COMPLY WITH OUR ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS.
In our equipment fabrication and refurbishing operations, we generate and
manage hazardous wastes. These include:
- waste solvents;
- waste paint;
10
<PAGE> 15
- waste oil;
- washdown wastes; and
- sandblasting wastes.
We attempt to identify and address environmental issues before acquiring
properties and to utilize industry accepted operating and disposal practices
regarding the management and disposal of hazardous wastes. Nevertheless, either
we or others may have released hazardous materials on our properties or in other
locations where hazardous wastes have been taken for disposal. We may be
required by federal or state environmental laws to remove hazardous wastes or to
remediate sites where they have been released. We could also be subjected to
civil and criminal penalties for violations of those laws. Our costs to comply
with these laws may adversely affect our earnings.
OUR QUARTERLY SALES AND EARNINGS MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY.
A substantial amount of our revenues are derived from significant contracts
which are often performed over periods of two to six quarters. As a result, our
revenues and earnings may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter,
depending upon our ability to replace existing contracts with new orders and
upon the extent of any delays in completing existing projects.
TERMINATION OF A FEW LARGE PROJECTS COULD SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCE OUR BACKLOG.
Our backlog is based on awarded projects. Awarded projects include those
projects on which customers have authorized us to begin work or to purchase
materials. Each project that we currently include in our backlog is subject to
change or termination at the customer's election. Exercise by our customers of
their rights to change or terminate projects could change or reduce the amount
of backlog currently reported. The decrease could be substantial in the case of
the termination of a few large projects. A decrease in backlog may adversely
affect our future earnings.
THE LOSS OF ANY MEMBER OF OUR SENIOR MANAGEMENT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Our success depends heavily on the continued services of our senior
management. Our senior management consists of a small number of individuals
relative to other comparable or larger companies. These are the individuals who
possess our bidding, procurement, transportation, logistics, planning, project
management, risk management and financial skills. If we lost or suffered an
extended interruption in the services of one or more of our senior officers, our
results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, we cannot assure
you that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to succeed
members of our senior management. We do not maintain key man life insurance.
COMPETITION COULD RESULT IN REDUCED PROFITABILITY AND LOSS OF MARKET SHARE.
Contracts for our products and services are generally awarded on a
competitive basis, and competition is intense. The most important factors
considered by our customers in awarding contracts include:
- the availability and capabilities of our equipment;
- our ability to meet the customer's delivery schedule;
- our price;
- our reputation;
- our experience; and
- our safety record.
Historically, the existence of overcapacity in our industry has caused increased
price competition in many areas of our business.
11
<PAGE> 16
In addition, we may encounter obstacles in our international operations
that impair our ability to compete in individual countries. These obstacles may
include:
- subsidies granted in favor of local companies;
- import duties and fees imposed on us and other foreign operators;
- taxes imposed on foreign operators;
- lower wage rates in foreign countries; and
- fluctuations in the exchange value of the United States dollar compared
with the local currency.
Any or all these factors could adversely affect our ability to compete and
thus adversely affect our results of operations.
THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE MAY CHALLENGE OUR TAX POSITION REGARDING THE
SPIN-OFF OF PROCESS TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.
Prior to June 1997, we owned substantially all the outstanding stock of
Process Technology Holdings, Inc. (PTH). In connection with a financing in June
1997, we distributed all of that stock to our sole stockholder at the time,
Capricorn Investors, L.P. (Capricorn I). At that time, we obtained an opinion of
counsel to the effect that the distribution would be not be subject to federal
income tax either to us or Capricorn I. Tax-free treatment of the distribution
depends, in part, on the underlying facts and circumstances at the time of the
distribution. We cannot assure you that the IRS will agree with our
interpretation and that of our counsel of those facts and circumstances. If the
IRS were to challenge the tax-free treatment of the distribution and to prevail,
we would recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes with respect to the
distribution. The amount of the gain would be equal to the excess of the fair
market value of the PTH stock at the time of the distribution over our tax basis
in that stock. The resulting tax could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. See "Related Party
Transactions -- Capricorn I Subsidiaries -- Tyler."
CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY BY THE EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS MAY DISCOURAGE TAKEOVER
BIDS.
As of September 30, 1999, Capricorn I and Capricorn Investors II, L.P.
(Capricorn II) owned 57.9% and 32.1% of our outstanding common stock.
Immediately upon completion of this offering, they will own 17.8% and 22.7%,
which percentages will decline to 16.4% and 20.9% if the underwriters exercise
fully their over-allotment option. As a result, one of our directors, Herbert S.
Winokur, Jr., through his control of Capricorn I and Capricorn II, will have
sufficient voting power to control our direction and policies. It is likely that
he will also be able to determine the outcome of any matter requiring
stockholder approval, including:
- a business combination involving a merger, consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of our assets; and
- the election of directors of our company.
It is also likely that he will also be able to prevent a change in control of
our company except on terms acceptable to him.
In addition, Mr. Winokur will be able to exercise the contractual rights of
Capricorn I and Capricorn II to nominate two of our directors so long as
Capricorn I and Capricorn II together own at least 20% of our common stock.
We understand that Capricorn I intends in the near future to distribute to
its partners all the shares of our common stock that it owns. Even after that
distribution, however, Mr. Winokur is expected to be able to exert substantial
influence over the direction and policies of our company through his direct
holdings of our common stock and his control of Capricorn II.
12
<PAGE> 17
OUR RIGHTS PLAN AND THE DELAWARE LAW MAY DISCOURAGE ACQUISITION BIDS.
Our board of directors has adopted a stockholders' rights plan. Under this
plan, we have issued preferred stock purchase rights as a dividend on our
outstanding common stock and on any other common stock issued after adoption of
the plan. This will include the shares issued by us in this offering. These
rights are not currently exercisable. They would become exercisable, however, if
someone acquired or offered to acquire specified amounts of common stock.
Moreover, a provision of Delaware law that is applicable to us could delay
or make difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. This
provision also becomes applicable if someone acquires or offers to acquire a
specified amount of our common stock.
The rights and the provisions of the Delaware law have certain
anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or
group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of
directors. The rights and the provisions of Delaware law may deter a potential
unfriendly offer or other effort to gain control of our company that is not
approved by our board of directors. This may deprive the stockholders of
opportunities to sell shares of our common stock at prices higher than those
prevailing in the market. Neither the rights nor this provision of Delaware law
should, however, interfere with any merger or other business combination that is
approved by our board of directors.
PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS MAY ALSO DISCOURAGE ACQUISITION BIDS.
Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the terms of the preferred stock
without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our board has designated a
series of 500,000 shares of preferred stock that is subject to issuance under
our rights plan. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent
a change in control transaction. This may adversely affect the market price and
interfere with the voting and other rights of our common stock. We have no
current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Our charter and bylaws contain the following anti-takeover provisions:
- only one of the three classes of directors is elected each year;
- the ability of our stockholders to remove directors without cause is
precluded;
- our stockholders may not act by written consent in lieu of a meeting
unless both the subject matter of the consent and the taking of action by
written consent have been approved by our board;
- a written request signed by the holders of at least 10% of our
outstanding common stock is required for the stockholders to call a
special meeting of stockholders; and
- advance notice is required for the stockholders to nominate directors or
submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.
These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could
delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, they may limit
the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares
of our common stock. These provisions may also impede changes in our management.
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE BECAUSE OUR SHARES HAVE NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN
TRADED PUBLICLY.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE. We cannot assure
you, however, that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or
that, if it develops, it will be sustained.
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined
through negotiations between our management and the selling stockholders on one
hand and the representatives of the underwriters on the other. The initial
public offering price may bear no relationship to the price at which our common
13
<PAGE> 18
stock will trade after the offering. Following the offering, prices for our
common stock may be influenced by a number of factors. These include:
- the liquidity of the market for our common stock;
- investor perceptions of us;
- investor perceptions of the energy services industry; and
- general economic conditions.
THE LAPSE OF LEGAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE SALE OF SHARES COULD AFFECT OUR STOCK
PRICE AND DILUTE YOUR STOCK OWNERSHIP.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by
insiders following the offering, or the perception that these sales may occur,
could cause the market price of our common stock to fall. After the offering,
assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, there
will be outstanding 13,613,356 shares of our common stock. If the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option, this number will increase to 14,738,356
shares. Of these, 6,113,356 shares will be held as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STOCKHOLDER NUMBER OF SHARES
<S> <C>
Capricorn I.......................................... 2,417,764
Capricorn II......................................... 3,087,021
Former stockholders of Cynara........................ 471,739*
Nathaniel A. Gregory................................. 136,832
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Up to a total of 950,000 additional shares may be earned at March 31, 2000 and
December 31, 2000.
The holding periods under Rule 144 with respect to the shares of our common
stock held by Capricorn I, Capricorn II and the former stockholders of Cynara
have already expired or will have expired before the scheduled expiration of the
lock-up agreements to be entered into by our directors, officers and specified
shareholders. These lock-up agreements are scheduled to expire 180 days after
the date of this prospectus. Mr. Gregory may sell his shares under Rule 144
after July 12, 2000.
PURCHASERS IN THIS OFFERING WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.
The net tangible book value of shares of our common stock that you purchase
in this offering will be substantially less than the price that you pay for
them. This immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of
the shares you purchase will be $7.40 assuming an initial public offering price
of $11.00 per share. If and to the extent that outstanding common stock options
are exercised after the offering, there may be further dilution in the net
tangible book value of your shares of common stock.
A CHANGE IN THE ESTIMATED LIFE OF GOODWILL COULD REDUCE OUR EARNINGS.
Our balance sheet at September 30, 1999, had an amount called "goodwill"
that represented 18.6% of assets and 68.7% of stockholders' equity. Goodwill is
recorded when we pay more for a business than the fair value of the tangible and
separately measurable intangible net assets. GAAP requires us to amortize this
and all other intangible assets over the periods we benefit from those assets.
The amortization periods for our acquisitions to date are either 20 years or 40
years. We evaluate the useful life of all our assets on an ongoing basis. If we
were to assign a shorter life to a material portion of the goodwill, earnings
reported in prospective periods would be reduced. If management should determine
that the remaining balance of goodwill was impaired, we would be required to
take an immediate charge to earnings with a correlative effect on stockholder's
equity.
14
<PAGE> 19
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business," contains forward-looking statements. These
statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and
involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties. These factors may cause our
company's or our industry's actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the
forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed
under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can
identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will,"
"should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates,"
"predicts," "potential," "continue," or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology.
These statements are only predictions. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we
cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of
common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $40.1
million ($51.6 million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment
option.) This is based on an assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share
and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares being
sold by the selling stockholders.
We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering as
follows:
- to repay all of our outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities
(approximately $32.9 million as of September 30, 1999); and
- to apply the balance to general corporate purposes, including the pending
acquisitions of Porta-Test, ESI and MPE. The pending acquisitions will
require approximately $14.9 million. To the extent the proceeds from this
offering are not sufficient to fund these acquisitions, we will borrow
the additional funds under our revolving credit facility.
Pending use for these purposes, we plan to invest the net proceeds in
short-term investment-grade securities.
The weighted average interest rate for outstanding borrowings under our
credit facilities as of September 30, 1999 was 7.9%. The term loan portion of
one of our credit facilities is payable in quarterly installments through
November 2003. The revolving portion of that credit facility matures on November
30, 2001. The other credit facility matures on July 23, 2002. We used borrowings
under our credit facilities to fund acquisitions and capital expenditures and
for general corporate purposes.
15
<PAGE> 20
DIVIDEND POLICY
We do not intend to declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain any future earnings for use in
our business.
Our board will determine the payment of future dividends on our common
stock and the amount of any such dividends in light of:
- any applicable contractual restrictions limiting our ability to pay
dividends;
- our earnings;
- our financial condition;
- our ability to fund our capital requirements; and
- other factors our board deems relevant.
Currently, our bank credit facilities restrict the amount of dividends and
other distributions that our operating subsidiaries may pay to us. Since we are
a holding company, these restrictions have the practical effect of precluding us
from paying dividends on our common stock.
16
<PAGE> 21
DILUTION
Our net tangible book value at September 30, 1999 was $0.91 per share of
our common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents our total
tangible assets reduced by our total liabilities and divided by the number of
shares of common stock outstanding. Dilution in net tangible book value per
share represents the difference between the amount per share that you pay in
this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this
offering.
After giving effect to the receipt of the proceeds from our sale of
4,000,000 shares at an assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share, our
net tangible book value per share at September 30, 1999 would have been
approximately $3.60. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book
value per share of $2.69 to existing stockholders and an immediate decrease in
net tangible book value per share of $7.40 to you. The following table
illustrates this dilution.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed public offering price per share..................... $ 11.00
Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 1999... $ 0.91
Increase per share attributable to new investors.......... 2.69
--------
Net tangible book value per share after this offering....... $ 3.60
--------
Dilution per share to new investors......................... $ 7.40
========
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth as of September 30, 1999 the differences
between the amounts paid or to be paid by the groups set forth in the table with
respect to the aggregate number of shares of our common stock acquired or to be
acquired by each group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION
------------------ ------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER % AMOUNT % PER SHARE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing stockholders................... 9,613,356 58.8 $42,372,000 44.9 $ 4.41
New investors(1)........................ 4,000,000 24.4 $44,000,000 46.7 $11.00
Option holders.......................... 1,795,197 11.0 $ 7,899,000 8.4 $ 4.40
Former Cynara stockholders(2)........... 950,000 5.8 -- -- --
---------- ----- ----------- -----
Total......................... 16,358,553 100.0% $94,271,000 100.0% $ 5.76
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Before deducting underwriters' commissions and our expenses and assuming a
public offering price of $11.00 per share.
(2) Includes only shares contingently issuable to the former stockholders of
Cynara under the Cynara merger agreement and assumes that no additional
consideration will be paid for such shares. Under the Cynara merger
agreement, such shares are issuable only if Cynara achieves certain revenue
thresholds.
17
<PAGE> 22
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 1999 and
as adjusted as of that date to reflect the sale of 4,000,000 shares of our
common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds
from the offering. You should read the information below in conjunction with
"Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
-----------------------
AS
ACTUAL ADJUSTED(1)
-------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash........................................................ $ 1,675 $ 8,388
======= =======
Current portion of long-term debt and revolving credit
facility.................................................. $ 4,643 $ --
Long-term debt (excluding current portion).................. 28,283 --
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000,000
shares authorized; no shares outstanding............... -- --
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share,
45,000,000 shares authorized; 8,787,520 and 13,141,617
shares outstanding, respectively(2)(3)................. 88 131
Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000,000
shares authorized; 825,836 and 471,739 shares
outstanding, respectively(2)(4)........................ 8 5
Additional paid-in capital................................ 43,273 83,653
Accumulated deficit....................................... (8,416) (9,349)
Treasury stock, 470,188 shares at cost...................... (4,550) (4,550)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................ (1,075) (1,075)
Note receivable from an officer and stockholder............. (1,224) (500)
------- -------
Total stockholders' equity........................ 28,104 68,315
------- -------
Total capitalization.............................. $61,030 $68,315
======= =======
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Does not reflect adjustments related to the pending acquisitions of
Porta-Test, ESI and MPE, as they will not close, if at all, until after this
offering. The estimated cash required for the pending acquisitions is $14.9
million.
(2) The shares to be sold in this offering are Class A common stock. Only the
former stockholders of Cynara hold Class B common stock. Upon completion of
this offering, the two classes will have the same rights, except that the
holders of the Class B common stock will continue to have the rights:
- to elect one director; and
- to hold a class vote on any amendment to our charter that would authorize
additional Class B common stock or would adversely affect their rights to
elect a director.
On January 1, 2002, the Class B common stock converts automatically into
Class A common stock to constitute a single class of common stock.
(3) Excludes the following related to Class A common stock:
- up to 1,125,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to cover
over-allotments;
- 1,795,197 shares issuable at October 31, 1999 on exercise of outstanding
stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.40 per share;
and
- up to 150,000 shares subject to options to be granted to certain
employees immediately prior to the offering at an exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price.
(4) Excludes 950,000 shares of Class B common stock contingently issuable under
the terms of our agreement to acquire Cynara.
18
<PAGE> 23
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data presented below for each of the
four fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and the nine months ended December 31,
1998 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The
data for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 has been
derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, which
include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for
these periods. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
entire year. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
----------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1998 1999
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(1):
Revenues............................ $109,909 $112,724 $126,657 $202,023 $145,611 $151,705 $125,894
Cost of goods sold.................. 88,322 91,530 100,803 161,801 115,521 121,160 94,979
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit........................ 21,587 21,194 25,854 40,222 30,090 30,545 30,915
Selling, general and administrative
expense........................... 22,483 21,754 23,313 28,553 24,530 23,394 23,636
Restructuring charges(2)............ 984 776 -- -- -- -- --
Depreciation and amortization
expense........................... 903 731 862 1,322 1,473 1,172 3,491
Interest expense.................... 3,358 2,422 1,861 2,992 2,215 2,022 2,546
Interest cost on postretirement
liability(3)...................... 1,064 932 957 1,048 786 786 785
Revaluation (gain) loss on
postretirement liability(3)....... (4,781) 2,273 1,466 159 53 -- (845)
Interest income..................... (1,692) (336) (116) (140) (227) (155) (175)
Gain on sale of investment(4)....... (10,124) (6,320) -- -- -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before income taxes.... 9,392 (1,038) (2,489) 6,288 1,260 3,326 1,477
Income tax provision (benefit)...... 4,462 (528) (659) 1,141 608 533 1,075
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations........................ $ 4,930 $ (510) $ (1,830) $ 5,147 $ 652 $ 2,793 $ 402
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Basic earnings (loss) per share from
continuing operations............. $ 0.76 $ (0.08) $ (0.31) $ 0.68 $ 0.08 $ 0.34 $ 0.04
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
from continuing operations........ 0.76 (0.08) (0.28) 0.64 0.07 0.32 0.04
Basic earnings per share............ 0.81 0.05 0.67 0.78 0.08 0.34 0.04
Diluted earnings per share.......... 0.81 0.05 0.64 0.73 0.07 0.32 0.04
Basic weighted average shares of
common stock...................... 6,502 6,056 6,032 7,623 8,243 8,147 9,197
Diluted weighted average shares of
common stock...................... 6,502 6,243 6,371 8,067 8,942 8,863 9,868
OTHER DATA:
Cash flows provided by (used in)
operating activities.............. $ (5,160) $ (4,416) $ 1,059 $ 3,113 $ (1,450) $ 2,009 $ 12,494
Cash flows provided by (used in)
investing activities.............. 15,457 9,544 (798) (24,712) (17,069) (3,098) (1,550)
Cash flows provided by (used in)
financing activities.............. (8,547) (7,671) (1,033) 21,660 20,179 1,578 (11,995)
EBITDA(5)........................... 13,025 2,711 1,075 11,510 5,507 7,151 8,124
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE> 24
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31,
------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
------- ------- ------- ------- ------------ -------------
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Working capital............................... $ 3,445 $ 3,102 $12,551 $24,442 $ 31,466 $ 26,308
Net property, plant and equipment............. 6,506 6,660 6,833 9,332 18,294 17,653
Total assets.................................. 67,105 57,349 70,044 95,413 118,412 104,046
Long-term debt(6)............................. 25,649 23,245 27,566 33,719 41,777 32,926
Stockholders' equity (deficit)................ (4,672) (8,866) (6,737) 5,419 24,190 28,104
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) In June 1997, we distributed our investment in PTH to our then sole
stockholder in a tax-free transaction. In accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, we account for the results of operations of PTH as
discontinued operations for all periods presented. Accordingly, the net
income of PTH is excluded from income (loss) from continuing operations in
our income statements for the periods presented.
(2) We have recorded charges of:
- $1.0 million in fiscal 1995 consisting of relocation, severance benefits
and recruiting costs related to the relocation of engineering and
administrative personnel to corporate headquarters; and
- $0.8 million in fiscal 1996, of which $0.5 million related to the closing
of our Singapore operations and $0.3 million related to recruiting and
employee relocation expenses.
(3) When we acquired National Tank Company in 1989 from Combustion Engineering,
Inc., we agreed to provide specified health care and life insurance benefits
to employees of National Tank Company who retired prior to June 21, 1989.
These agreements provided that our annual cash costs related to these
benefits were reimbursed by the seller through June 21, 1999 to the extent
that they exceeded on an annual basis the lesser of one-third of the cash
costs in that year or $0.8 million, as adjusted for inflation. For the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, our aggregate cash costs related to these
benefits were $1.7 million, of which $1.1 million was reimbursed. For the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, our aggregate cash costs were $1.8
million, of which $1.0 million was reimbursed. For the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, our aggregate cash costs were $1.6 million, of which $1.1
million was reimbursed. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, our
aggregate cash costs related to these benefits were $0.9 million, of which
$0.5 million was reimbursed. The reimbursement obligation expired on June
22, 1999, and we no longer receive reimbursement for any portion of these
cash costs. We currently plan to fund the cash requirements related to these
retired employee benefits on a current basis.
(4) In fiscal 1995, we sold a portion of our interest in a subsidiary for a gain
of $10.1 million, and in fiscal 1996, we completed the sale of our remaining
interest in that subsidiary for a gain of $6.3 million.
(5) EBITDA consists of income (loss) from continuing operations before interest
expense, interest cost on postretirement benefit liability, income tax
expense, and depreciation and amortization expense, less interest income.
EBITDA is not a measurement presented in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. You should not consider it in isolation from or as a
substitute for net income or cash flow measures prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles or as a measure of our
profitability or liquidity. EBITDA is included as a supplemental disclosure
because it may provide useful information regarding our ability to service
debt and to fund capital expenditures.
(6) Includes current portion of long-term debt and revolving lines of credit.
20
<PAGE> 25
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The tables on the following pages present selected unaudited condensed pro
forma financial data for the periods and dates indicated.
In 1998, the Company changed its year end to December 31. For pro forma
purposes, the quarter ended March 31, 1998 is combined with the nine months
ended December 31, 1998 to present the statement of operations data for the
twelve months ended December 31, 1998.
The unaudited condensed pro forma statement of operations and other
financial data give effect to this offering and to the acquisition of Cynara and
the pending acquisitions of Porta-Test, ESI and MPE as though each occurred on
January 1, 1998. The unaudited condensed pro forma balance sheet data gives
effect to this offering and to the acquisitions of Porta-Test, ESI and MPE as
though each occurred on September 30, 1999, and excludes future contingent
consideration related to Cynara. The unaudited condensed pro forma statements of
operations and other financial data presented below are not necessarily
indicative of the financial results that would have occurred had this offering
and the acquisitions of Cynara, Porta-Test, ESI and MPE occurred on January 1,
1998 or of our financial position had this offering or the acquisitions of
Porta-Test, ESI and MPE occurred on September 30, 1999 and should not be viewed
as indicative of operations or financial position in future periods. With
respect to our pending acquisitions, we have only entered into non-binding
letters of intent. Accordingly, the completion of each of the acquisitions of
Porta-Test, ESI and MPE is subject to numerous conditions, including the
negotiation and execution of definitive agreements and the fulfillment or waiver
of the conditions to closing to be included in the agreements. As a result, we
can not assure you that these acquisitions will be completed.
Porta-Test reports its financial results on the basis of a fiscal year
ending on June 30. The information contained in these unaudited condensed pro
forma financial statements with respect to Porta-Test has been derived from the
unaudited interim financial statements of Porta-Test for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999.
ESI reports its financial results on the basis of a fiscal year ending on
December 31. The information contained in these unaudited condensed pro forma
financial statements with respect to ESI has been derived from the audited
combined financial statements of ESI for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
the unaudited combined interim financial statements of ESI for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999.
MPE reports its financial results on the basis of a fiscal year ending on
December 31. The information contained in these unaudited condensed pro forma
financial statements with respect to MPE has been derived from unaudited
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the unaudited
interim financial statements of MPE for the nine months ended September 30,
1999.
You should read this information in conjunction with "Capitalization,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
21
<PAGE> 26
NATCO GROUP INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NATCO GROUP INC.
---------------------
THREE NINE
MONTHS MONTHS
ENDED ENDED PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
MARCH 31, DECEMBER COMBINED OFFERING PORTA-TEST
1998 31, 1998 CYNARA(A) COMPANY(B) ADJUSTMENTS ACQUISITION
--------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................................... $55,219 $145,611 $12,821 $213,651 $ -- $8,118
Cost of goods sold.......................... 44,572 115,521 8,723 168,816 -- 4,854
------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------
Gross profit................................ 10,647 30,090 4,098 44,835 -- 3,264
Selling, general and administrative
expense................................... 7,368 24,530 3,178 35,076 -- 2,391
Depreciation and amortization expense....... 410 1,473 2,500 4,383 -- 55
Interest expense............................ 704 2,215 636 3,555 (3,555)(d) 64
Interest cost on postretirement liability... 262 786 -- 1,048 -- --
Revaluation loss on postretirement
liability................................. -- 53 -- 53 -- --
Interest income............................. -- (227) -- (227) -- --
------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes....................... 1,903 1,260 (2,216) 947 3,555 754
Provision for income taxes.................. (2) 608 (636) (30) 1,351(e) 22
------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------
Income (loss) from continuing operations.... $ 1,905 $ 652 $(1,580) $ 977 $ 2,204 $ 732
======= ======== ======= ======== ======= ======
Basic earnings per share from continuing
operations................................ $ 0.08 $ 0.11
Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations................................ $ 0.07 $ 0.10
Basic weighted average number of shares of
common stock.............................. 8,243 8,665
Diluted weighted average number of shares of
common stock.............................. 8,942 9,366
EBITDA...................................... $ 5,507 $ 9,706
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
ESI MPE ACQUISITION
ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
----------- ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................................... $3,906 $7,608 $ -- $233,283
Cost of goods sold.......................... 1,882 5,878 -- 181,430
------ ------ ------- --------
Gross profit................................ 2,024 1,730 -- 51,853
Selling, general and administrative
expense................................... 1,231 1,113 -- 39,811
Depreciation and amortization expense....... 65 101 621(c) 5,225
Interest expense............................ -- 115 706(d) 885
Interest cost on postretirement liability... -- -- -- 1,048
Revaluation loss on postretirement
liability................................. -- -- -- 53
Interest income............................. (69) (1) -- (297)
------ ------ ------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes....................... 797 402 $(1,327) 5,128
Provision for income taxes.................. 6 111 321(e) 1,781
------ ------ ------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations.... $ 791 $ 291 $(1,648) $ 3,347
====== ====== ======= ========
Basic earnings per share from continuing
operations................................ $ 0.26
Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations................................ $ 0.25
Basic weighted average number of shares of
common stock.............................. 12,665
Diluted weighted average number of shares of
common stock.............................. 13,366
EBITDA...................................... $ 11,989
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
22
<PAGE> 27
NATCO GROUP INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
OFFERING PORTA-TEST ESI MPE ACQUISITION
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues......................... $125,894 $ -- $ 3,723 $2,129 $2,962 $ -- $134,708
Cost of goods sold............... 94,979 -- 3,264 1,320 2,173 -- 101,736
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- --------
Gross profit..................... 30,915 -- 459 809 789 -- 32,972
Selling, general and
administrative expense......... 23,636 -- 1,792 844 878 -- 27,150
Depreciation and amortization
expense........................ 3,491 -- 51 45 89 466(c) 4,142
Interest expense................. 2,546 (2,493)(d) 16 -- -- 644(d) 713
Interest cost on postretirement
liability...................... 785 -- -- -- -- -- 785
Revaluation gain on
postretirement liability....... (845) -- -- -- -- -- (845)
Interest income.................. (175) -- -- (164) -- -- (339)
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before income
taxes.......................... 1,477 2,493 (1,400) 84 (178) (1,110) 1,366
Provision for income taxes....... 1,075 947(e) (26) -- (50) (745)(e) 1,201
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations..................... $ 402 $ 1,546 $(1,374) $ 84 $ (128) $ (365) $ 165
======== ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ========
Basic earnings per share from
continuing operations.......... $ 0.04 $ 0.01
Diluted earnings per share from
continuing operations.......... $ 0.04 $ 0.01
Basic weighted average number of
shares of common stock......... 9,197 13,197
Diluted weighted average number
of shares of common stock...... 9,868 13,868
EBITDA........................... $ 8,124 $ 6,667
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
23
<PAGE> 28
NATCO GROUP INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA PORTA-
OFFERING PRO FORMA TEST ESI MPE
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS OFFERING ACQUISITION ACQUISITION ACQUISITION
---------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents...... $ 1,675 40,120(a) $ 8,388 $ -- $ 229 $ 45
(32,926)(b)
(481)(e)
Marketable Securities.......... -- -- -- -- 2,574 --
Trade accounts receivable, net
of allowance for doubtful
accounts..................... 30,114 -- 30,114 784 646 1,382
Inventories.................... 20,754 -- 20,754 1,062 381 309
Note receivable from
director..................... 1,846 -- 1,846 -- -- --
Deferred income tax assets,
net.......................... 1,885 -- 1,885 -- -- --
Income tax receivable.......... 1,627 572(e) 2,199 -- -- 50
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets............... 1,022 -- 1,022 217 41 54
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total current assets..... 58,923 7,285 66,208 2,063 3,871 1,840
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Property, plant and equipment,
net.......................... 17,653 -- 17,653 346 189 365
Goodwill....................... 19,318 -- 19,318 -- -- --
-- --
Deferred income tax assets,
net.......................... 6,479 -- 6,479 -- -- --
Other assets, net.............. 1,673 -- 1,673 -- 9 34
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total assets............. $104,046 $ 7,285 $111,331 $2,409 $4,069 $2,239
======== ======== ======== ====== ====== ======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of
long-term debt............... $ 4,643 $ (4,643)(b) -- $ 67 $ -- $ 103
Revolving credit bank loan..... -- -- -- -- -- 925
Accounts payable............... 14,463 -- 14,463 963 50 324
Accrued expenses and other..... 11,945 -- 11,945 923 255 178
Customer advances.............. 1,564 -- 1,564 -- 65 --
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total current
liabilities............. 32,615 (4,643) 27,972 1,953 370 1,530
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Long-term debt, excluding
current installments......... 28,283 (28,283)(b) -- 163 -- --
Postretirement benefit
liability and other.......... 15,044 -- 15,044 28 -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total liabilities........ 75,942 (32,926) 43,016 2,144 370 1,530
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value
per share.................... 96 40(a) 136 -- 2 82
Additional paid-in capital..... 43,273 40,380(a)(e) 83,653 -- 4 --
Accumulated deficit............ (8,416) (933)(e) (9,349) 299 4,557 627
Treasury stock, 470,188 shares
at cost...................... (4,550) -- (4,550) -- (990) --
Note receivable from
stockholder.................. (1,224) 724(e) (500) -- -- --
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss......................... (1,075) -- (1,075) (34) 126 --
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total stockholders'
equity.................. 28,104 40,211 68,315 265 3,699 709
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity.... $104,046 $ 7,285 $111,331 $2,409 $4,069 $2,239
======== ======== ======== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
ACQUISITION
ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents...... (5,931)(c) $ --
(10,000)(d)
7,314(d)
(2,700)(f)
2,655(f)
Marketable Securities.......... -- 2,574
Trade accounts receivable, net
of allowance for doubtful
accounts..................... -- 32,926
Inventories.................... -- 22,506
Note receivable from
director..................... -- 1,846
Deferred income tax assets,
net.......................... -- 1,885
Income tax receivable.......... -- 2,249
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets............... -- 1,334
-------- --------
Total current assets..... (8,662) 65,320
-------- --------
Property, plant and equipment,
net.......................... 1,375(d) 19,928
Goodwill....................... 5,436(c) 31,738
4,993(d)
1,991(f)
Deferred income tax assets,
net.......................... -- 6,479
Other assets, net.............. -- 1,716
-------- --------
Total assets............. $ 5,133 $125,181
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of
long-term debt............... $ (170)(c)(f) $ --
Revolving credit bank loan..... (925)(f) --
Accounts payable............... -- 15,800
Accrued expenses and other..... -- 13,301
Customer advances.............. -- 1,629
-------- --------
Total current
liabilities............. (1,095) 30,730
-------- --------
Long-term debt, excluding
current installments......... 10,834(c) 10,997
Postretirement benefit
liability and other.......... -- 15,072
-------- --------
Total liabilities........ 9,739 56,799
-------- --------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value
per share.................... (84)(c)(d)(f) 136
Additional paid-in capital..... 63(d) 83,720
Accumulated deficit............ (5,483)(c)(d)(f) (9,349)
Treasury stock, 470,188 shares
at cost...................... 990(d) (4,550)
Note receivable from
stockholder.................. -- (500)
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss......................... (92)(c)(d) (1,075)
-------- --------
Total stockholders'
equity.................. (4,606) 68,382
-------- --------
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity.... $ 5,133 $125,181
======== ========
</TABLE>
See the accompanying notes to our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
24
<PAGE> 29
NATCO GROUP INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The unaudited condensed pro forma financial statements include no provision
relating to exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option. The
other assumptions used in preparing our unaudited condensed pro forma statements
of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 and our unaudited condensed pro forma balance
sheet as of September 30, 1999 are set forth below.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(a) The results for Cynara are taken from its interim financial statements
for the period from January 1, 1998 to November 18, 1998, the date that we
acquired Cynara. Results for Cynara include a provision for additional goodwill
amortization of $0.5 million.
(b) Results for this column represent our results combined with those of
Cynara for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998.
(c) To reflect additional goodwill amortization recorded in the acquisition
of Porta-Test of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, ESI of $0.2 million and $0.2
million, and MPE of $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999.
(d) To reflect the elimination of our interest expense of $3.6 million and
$2.5 million, for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 and the nine months
ended September 30, 1999, as a result of repayments of all outstanding debt
balances with the proceeds of this offering. To reflect also additional interest
expense of $0.7 and $0.6 for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 and the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 related to additional borrowings of $11.0
million at an assumed interest rate of 8% per year required to close the
contemplated acquisitions.
(e) To reflect income tax adjustments at a rate of 38% for the interest
expense adjustments and income tax expense and benefit to Porta-Test and ESI at
a rate of 38%.
BALANCE SHEET
(a) To reflect our sale of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and the
related costs and the application of the net proceeds of the sale. The unaudited
condensed pro forma statements of operations reflect reductions of interest
attributable to the use of those proceeds to pay our debt under our revolving
credit facility.
(b) To reflect the repayment of $32.9 million of outstanding borrowings
under our credit facilities from the proceeds of this offering.
(c) To reflect the pending acquisition of Porta-Test for $6.1 million,
consisting of $5.1 million cash, a note of $0.7 million and assumed debt of $0.2
million. We will retire the assumed debt of $0.2 million and pay the $0.7
million note from the proceeds of this offering. We will account for the
acquisition by using the purchase method of accounting; the preliminary
valuation of fair values of assets and liabilities of Porta-Test did not differ
materially from those amounts recorded as historical cost. Excess purchase price
over the fair value of the underlying assets of $5.4 million was allocated to
goodwill and will be amortized over 20 years.
(d) To reflect the pending acquisition of ESI for $10.1 million, consisting
of $10.0 million cash and options to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at
the initial public offering price valued at $0.1 million. As part of the
purchase, the former owner of ESI will contribute property, plant and equipment
valued at $1.4 million. We will pay for the acquisition with a combination of
cash from the offering and revolver borrowings totaling $7.3 million. We will
account for the acquisition by using the purchase method of accounting; the
preliminary valuation of fair values of assets and liabilities of ESI did not
differ materially from those amounts recorded as historical cost. Excess
purchase price over the fair value of the underlying assets of $5.0 million was
allocated to goodwill and will be amortized over 20 years.
(e) To record the net effect of a bonus to be paid to the Chief Executive
Officer upon the completion of the initial public offering. In July 1999, we
issued 136,832 shares of stock to the officer at a
25
<PAGE> 30
price of $8.81 per share in exchange for a $1.2 million note receivable. Upon
completion of the offering, we will pay the officer a bonus equal to the
outstanding principal and interest of the note, and we will record compensation
expense in the amount of $1.2 million. We will also record compensation expense
of $0.3 million to reflect the difference between the anticipated price per
share of the initial public offering, and the price paid by the officer of
$8.81. At the time the bonus is paid, the officer will repay $0.7 million toward
the balance due on his note. We will also record a tax benefit of $0.6 million
related to this transaction. This expense will be recognized, net of income
taxes, in the quarter the offering is consummated. See "Management -- Employment
Agreement."
(f) To reflect the pending acquisition of MPE for $3.6 million, consisting
of $2.2 million cash, a note of $0.5 million and assumed debt of $0.9 million.
We will retire the assumed debt of $0.9 million and reflect payment of the $0.5
million note we recorded in connection with the acquisition from availability
under our revolving credit facility. We will account for the acquisition by
using the purchase method of accounting; the preliminary valuation of fair
values of assets and liabilities of MPE did not differ materially from those
amounts recorded as historical cost. Excess purchase price over the fair market
value of the underlying assets of $2.0 million was allocated to goodwill and
will be amortized over 20 years.
26
<PAGE> 31
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
HISTORY OF OUR COMPANY
Our company was incorporated in 1988 by Capricorn I. In 1989, Capricorn I
and a group of investors provided us with sufficient funds to enable us to
acquire all the outstanding capital stock of National Tank Company, W. S. Tyler,
Incorporated (Tyler) and another company from Combustion Engineering, Inc. (C-E)
for cash. National Tank Company is now our principal subsidiary.
In December 1991, Capricorn I loaned us approximately $5.0 million. In
exchange, we issued to Capricorn I our subordinated promissory notes in an equal
principal amount.
In 1992, we organized PTH as our subsidiary and contributed to it all the
outstanding stock of W. S. Tyler, Incorporated.
During the period from June 1989 through January 1997, both we and
Capricorn I, on various occasions, acquired shares of our common stock from our
original investor group other than Capricorn I. By the end of January 1997,
Capricorn I was our sole stockholder.
Between 1992 and 1997, Capricorn I consented to the addition to principal
of accrued but unpaid interest on our subordinated promissory notes, and to
various extensions of the maturities of the promissory notes.
On June 30, 1997, we undertook a significant financing and reorganization.
At that time:
- PTH, with the consent of Capricorn I, assumed $4.6 million in principal
amount of our subordinated promissory notes;
- we distributed all the outstanding capital stock of PTH to Capricorn I;
- we refinanced our portion of the original subordinated promissory notes
by issuing a new $5.1 million 13% subordinated promissory note due 2000
in exchange for the old notes;
- Capricorn II acquired from us a new $2.4 million 13% subordinated
promissory note due 2000 and 2,113,334 shares of our common stock for
$13.0 million in cash; and
- we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Total Engineering
Services Team, Inc. (TEST) by using the proceeds from the Capricorn II
financing and proceeds from borrowings under a bank credit facility.
In March 1998, we issued 1,010,333 shares of our common stock to Capricorn
I and 468,925 shares of our common stock to Capricorn II in exchange for the
surrender and cancellation of our subordinated promissory notes.
In November 1998, we acquired Cynara by merging it into our subsidiary
National Tank Company in exchange for which we:
- paid $5.3 million in cash;
- repaid $10.1 million of Cynara's debt;
- issued 500,000 shares of our Class B common stock; and
- granted Cynara's stockholders a right to receive up to 1,400,000
additional shares (which we currently expect not to exceed 1,275,836
shares) of our Class B common stock under specified circumstances.
We have consolidated the results of operations of Cynara with our results
from the date of acquisition under the purchase method of accounting for
business combinations.
27
<PAGE> 32
To assist us in our acquisition of Cynara, Capricorn II invested $5.3
million in our company in exchange for a convertible promissory note. In
December 1998, Capricorn II elected to convert the note, and we issued an
additional 504,762 shares of our common stock to Capricorn II.
OVERVIEW
We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are
conducted through our directly and indirectly wholly owned subsidiaries. We
operate through four business segments:
- traditional production equipment and services, a segment which primarily
provides standardized components, replacement parts and used components
and equipment servicing;
- engineered systems, a segment which primarily provides customized, large
scale integrated oil and gas production systems;
- our Canadian operations, a segment which combines traditional production
equipment and services and engineered systems; and
- instrumentation and electrical control systems, a segment which provides
control panels and systems that monitor and control oil and gas
production.
We recognize revenues from significant contracts (contracts greater than
$250,000 and longer than four months in duration) and all instrumentation and
electrical contracts and orders on the percentage of completion method. We
record revenues and profits on other sales as shipments are made. Earned revenue
is based on the percentage that costs incurred to date bear to total estimated
costs. If estimated total costs on any contract or work-in-process indicate a
loss, we recognize the entire loss immediately. We generally recognize revenue
and earnings to which the percentage of completion method applies over a period
of two to six quarters. Customers typically retain an interest in uncompleted
projects.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
1997(1) 1998(1) 1997(2) 1998(2)
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues................................ $126,657 100.0% $202,023 100.0% $182,372 100.0% $200,830 100.0%
Cost of goods sold...................... 100,803 79.6 161,801 80.1 146,804 80.5 160,093 79.7
-------- ----- -------- ----- -------- ----- -------- -----
Gross profit............................ 25,854 20.4 40,222 19.9 35,568 19.5 40,737 20.3
Selling, general and administrative
expense............................... 23,313 18.4 28,553 14.1 28,219 15.5 31,898 15.9
Depreciation and amortization expense... 862 0.7 1,322 0.7 1,086 0.6 1,883 0.9
Interest expense........................ 1,861 1.5 2,992 1.5 3,112 1.7 2,919 1.5
Interest cost on postretirement
liability............................. 957 0.8 1,048 0.5 1,067 0.6 1,048 0.5
Revaluation (gain) loss on
postretirement liability.............. 1,466 1.2 159 0.1 159 0.1 53 --
Interest income......................... (116) (0.1) (140) (0.1) (98) (0.1) (227) (0.1)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes................... (2,489) (2.0) 6,288 3.1 2,023 1.1 3,163 1.6
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.... (659) (0.5) 1,141 0.6 938 0.5 606 0.3
-------- -------- -------- -------- -----
Income (loss) from continuing
operations............................ (1,830) (1.5) 5,147 2.5 1,085 0.6 2,557 1.3
Income from discontinued operations, net
of income tax(2)...................... 1,100 0.9 767 0.4 767 0.4 -- --
Gain on disposal of division, net of
income tax............................ 4,788 3.8 -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.............................. $ 4,058 3.2 $ 5,914 2.9 $ 1,852 1.0 $ 2,557 1.3
======== ======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
-----------------------------------
1998(1) 1999(1)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues................................ $151,705 100.0% $125,894 100.0%
Cost of goods sold...................... 121,160 79.9 94,979 75.4
-------- ----- -------- -----
Gross profit............................ 30,545 20.1 30,915 24.6
Selling, general and administrative
expense............................... 23,394 15.4 23,636 18.8
Depreciation and amortization expense... 1,172 0.8 3,491 2.8
Interest expense........................ 2,022 1.3 2,546 2.0
Interest cost on postretirement
liability............................. 786 0.5 785 0.6
Revaluation (gain) loss on
postretirement liability.............. -- -- (845) (0.7)
Interest income......................... (155) (0.1) (175) (0.1)
-------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes................... 3,326 2.2 1,477 1.2
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.... 533 0.4 1,075 0.9
-------- ----- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations............................ 2,793 1.8 402 0.3
Income from discontinued operations, net
of income tax(2)...................... -- -- -- --
Gain on disposal of division, net of
income tax............................ -- -- -- --
-------- --------
Net income.............................. 2,793 1.8 $ 402 0.3
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) For information about our segment financial reporting, see Note (20) of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) In 1998, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. For
comparison purposes, we have presented our unaudited statement of operations
data for the twelve months ended December 31, 1997 and 1998.
(3) Represents the results of operations of PTH, all the outstanding stock of
which was distributed by us to Capricorn I as a dividend on June 30, 1997.
See Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
28
<PAGE> 33
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30, 1998
Revenues. Revenues for the first nine months of 1999 decreased $25.8
million, or 17%, to $125.9 million from $151.7 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998. Revenues generated in the first nine months of 1999 included
$12.6 million of revenue attributed to Cynara, which we acquired in November
1998. Excluding the impact of Cynara for 1999, our revenues would have declined
$38.4 million, or 25% in the first nine months of 1999 compared to the first
nine months of 1998. The overall decline in revenue in 1999 compared to 1998 was
attributable to the significant reduction in spending by our customers as a
result of the sharp decrease in energy prices that began in mid-1998 and
continued until early 1999.
Revenues for traditional equipment and services for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 decreased $17.0 million, or 30%, to $39.9 million from $56.9
million for the first nine months of 1998 inclusive of revenue from affiliates
of $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and $0.6 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. For comparison purposes, the
average number of drilling rigs operating in the United States during the first
nine months of 1999 was 566, compared to an average of 881 rigs operating during
the first nine months of 1998. This 36% decrease in the average number of rigs
operating is indicative of the significant curtailment in spending levels of our
customers.
Revenues for engineered systems for the nine months ended September 30,
1999 increased $12.3 million, or 39%, to $43.7 million from $31.4 million for
the first nine months of 1998 inclusive of revenue from affiliates of $1.6
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and $0.7 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998. This increase was due to the inclusion of
Cynara's results in 1999.
Revenues for NATCO-Canada for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
decreased by $20.2 million, or 62%, to $12.5 million from $32.7 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 inclusive of revenue from affiliates of
$0.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and $1.7 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998. The decrease in revenue was
attributable to the significant decline in spending levels by our customers due
to low energy prices as well as the completion of a large project in 1998.
Revenues for instrumentation and electrical systems for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999 decreased $1.0 million, or 3%, to $33.6 million from
$34.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 inclusive of revenue
from affiliates of $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and
$0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
increased $0.3 million, or 2%, to $30.9 million, compared to $30.6 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998. As a percentage of revenue, gross
margins improved to 24.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 from
20.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. The margin improvement was
attributable partially to the inclusion of Cynara's results in 1999, as well as
an improved product mix due to the sharp decline in revenue from NATCO-Canada,
which historically has generated lower margins.
Gross profit for traditional equipment and services decreased $4.3 million,
or 30%, for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, to $10.1 million, compared
to $14.4 million the first nine months of 1998. This decrease was primarily due
to the 30% reduction in revenue during the same time period. As a percentage of
revenue, gross margins were 25.4% for the first nine months of 1999, compared to
25.3 for the first nine months of 1998.
Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 for engineered
systems increased $6.5 million, or 133%, to $11.4 million, compared to $4.9
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. The increase was partially
due to the inclusion of Cynara in the 1999 results, as well as the completion of
two projects during the second quarter of 1999 that had favorable margins. As a
percentage of revenue, gross margins were 26.4% for the first nine months of
1999, compared to 15.8% for the first nine months of 1998.
29
<PAGE> 34
Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 for NATCO-Canada
decreased $2.6 million, or 60%, to $1.8 million, compared to $4.3 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998. Gross profit decreased due to a 62%
decline in revenue during the same period. As a percentage of revenue, gross
margins were 14.0% for the first nine months of 1999, compared to 13.3% for the
first nine months of 1998.
Gross profit for the first nine months of 1999 for instrumentation and
electrical systems increased $0.7 million, or 10%, to $7.5 million, compared to
$6.8 million for the first nine months of 1998. Gross profit improved due
primarily to the more efficient completion of projects in 1999 and to the
completion of a high margin project in Venezuela during the second quarter of
1999. As a percentage of revenue, gross margins were 22.5% for the first nine
months of 1999, compared to 19.8% for the first nine months of 1998.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and
administrative expense increased $0.2 million or 1% to $23.6 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999, compared to the $23.4 million reported for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998. Overall, reductions in expenses in the
United States and Canada as a result of the severe downturn in the industry were
offset by the inclusion of Cynara in the 1999 results. In addition, during the
first nine months of 1999 we recorded non-recurring costs of $0.4 million
primarily associated with the retirement of one of our officers and $0.6 million
related to the purchase by the Company of stock options previously granted to
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During the first nine months of
1999, we revised previous estimates related to the remaining costs associated
with the closure of NATCO (UK) Ltd., and reversed these accruals.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization
expense for the first nine months of 1999 increased $2.4 million, or 200%, to
$3.5 million, compared to $1.2 million the first nine months of 1998. This
increase was due primarily to the inclusion of Cynara in 1999.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $2.5 million in the first nine
months of 1999, compared to $2.0 million for the same period in 1998. This 25%
increase in interest expense was due primarily to increased debt incurred in
connection with the acquisition of Cynara.
Interest Cost on Postretirement Benefit Liability. Interest cost on
postretirement benefit liability remained constant when comparing the nine month
periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1999.
Revaluation Gain on Postretirement Benefit Liability. The liability
decreased during the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 as a result of
an increase in the discount rate (from 6.75% to 7.5%) used to calculate the net
present value of this liability.
Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999 decreased to $1.8 million compared to
$3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. The decrease was due
primarily to a $2.4 million increase in depreciation and a $0.5 million increase
in interest expense, offset by a $0.4 million increase in gross profit and a
$0.8 million revaluation gain on the postretirement benefit liability.
Net Income. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
decreased to $0.4 million compared to $2.8 million reported for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. The decrease was due to the various factors discussed
above.
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1997
Revenues. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998 increased $18.5
million, or 10%, to $200.8 million from $182.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase was principally attributable to the inclusion of
TEST for the full year in 1998 as compared to six months for 1997. The increase
was also attributable to the inclusion of Cynara revenue for five weeks in 1998.
Excluding the impact of the acquisitions, our revenues would have declined $7.0
million, or 4%, from 1998 to 1997. The decline in revenue in 1998 compared to
1997 was attributable to the reduction in spending by our
30
<PAGE> 35
customers as a result of the sharp decrease in energy prices that began in
mid-1998 and continued until early 1999.
Revenues for traditional production equipment and services for the year
ended December 31, 1998 decreased $1.6 million, or 2%, to $71.0 million from
$72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, inclusive of revenues from
affiliates of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $0.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997.
Revenues for engineered systems for the year ended December 31, 1998
increased $8.9 million, or 24%, to $45.6 million from $36.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997, inclusive of revenues from affiliates of $1.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $0.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. This increase is largely due to the completion of projects in
1998 that were awarded to us in 1997.
Revenues for NATCO-Canada for the year ended December 31, 1998 decreased by
$11.2 million, or 20%, to $43.5 million from $54.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997, inclusive of revenues from affiliates of $2.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998 and $2.1 million for the year ended December 31,
1997. The decrease in revenue was attributable to the significant decline in
spending levels by our customers due to low energy prices as well as the
completion of a large project in the first six months of 1998.
Revenues for instrumentation and electrical systems for the year ended
December 31, 1998 increased $24.7 million, or 113%, to $46.6 million from $21.9
million from the year ended December 31, 1997, inclusive of revenues from
affiliates of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $0.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase is principally attributable
to the inclusion of TEST for the full year in 1998 as compared to six months in
1997.
Gross profit. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1998 increased
$5.2 million, or 15%, to $40.7 million from $35.6 million from the year ended
December 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenue, gross margin improved to 20.3%
for 1998 versus 19.5% for 1997. The margin improvement was attributable to
improved performance for engineered systems projects as well as an improved
product mix due to the sharp decline in revenue from NATCO-Canada, which
historically has generated lower margins.
Gross profit for traditional production equipment and services decreased
$1.1 million, or 6%, to $17.6 million from $18.7 million from the year ended
December 31, 1997. This decrease was primarily due to the 2.2% reduction in
revenue during the same time period. As a percentage of revenue, gross margins
were 24.8% for 1998 compared with 25.7% for 1997.
Gross profit for engineered systems increased $3.9 million, or 87%, to $8.4
million from $4.5 million from the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase
was partially due to the inclusion of Cynara in the 1998 results, as well as due
to the completion of projects during 1998, which had more favorable margins due
to improved project management as well as selectivity in the bid and acceptance
process. As a percentage of revenue, gross margins were 18.3% for 1998 compared
to 12.2% for 1997.
Gross profit for NATCO-Canada decreased $2.4 million, or 29%, to $6.0
million from $8.4 million. The decrease is principally attributable to a 20%
reduction in revenues for the same period of time. As a percentage of revenue,
gross margins were 13.7% for 1998 compared to 15.3% in 1997.
Gross profit for instrumentation and electrical systems increased $4.8
million, or 122%, to $8.9 million from $4.0 million from the year ended December
31, 1997. The increase was principally attributable to the inclusion of TEST for
the full year in 1998 as compared to six months in 1997. As a percentage of
revenue, gross margins were 19.0% for 1998 compared with 18.5% for 1997.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and
administrative expense increased $3.7 million, or 13%, to $31.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998 compared to $28.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase was primarily due to the inclusion of TEST for
the full year in 1998 compared to only six months in 1997, as well as the
inclusion of Cynara for five weeks in 1998. In addition, non-recurring expenses
totaling $1.6 million were recorded in 1998, of which
31
<PAGE> 36
$1.2 million related to our previous initial public offering effort in early
1998, and $0.4 million related to severance costs incurred. In addition,
insurance reserve reductions totaling $2.5 million were recorded in 1998,
reflecting revisions to previous estimates related to workers compensation and
general liability claims. In 1997, we incurred non-recurring compensation
expense related to the conversion of stock appreciation rights into stock
options totaling $1.2 million.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization
expense increased $0.8 million, or 73%, to $1.9 million from $1.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997. This increase was principally to goodwill
amortization related to the TEST acquisition and depreciation related to Cynara
gas processing plants.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 6%, to $2.9
million from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. This 6% decrease
in interest expense was due primarily to the conversion of 13% subordinated
notes into common stock by our principal stockholders on April 1, 1998.
Interest Cost on Postretirement Benefit Liability. Interest cost on
postretirement benefit liability remained constant on a year-to-year basis.
Revaluation Loss on Postretirement Benefit Liability. Revaluation loss
decreased by $0.1 million, or 67%, from $0.2 million for the year ended December
31, 1997 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This resulted
from slight changes in the actuarial assumptions.
Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations for
1998 increased $1.5 million, or 136%, to $2.6 million from $1.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997. The increase was due primarily to the $5.2 million
increase in gross profit (largely due to the decrease in revenues), less a $0.8
million increase in depreciation and a $3.7 million increase in selling, general
and administrative expense.
Net Income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 1998 decreased $0.7
million, or 38%, to $2.6 million from $1.9 million for the year ended December
31, 1997. The decrease was due to the various factors discussed above.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
Revenues. Revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 increased by
$75.3 million, or 59%, to $202.0 million from $126.7 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997. Of this increase, $32.7 million was attributable to the
inclusion of the results of TEST in our results for the last nine months of the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. We had revenues of $27.7 million from the BP
Exploration (Alaska), Inc. alliance project compared to revenues of only $4.5
million from such alliance for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.
Revenues for traditional production equipment and services for fiscal 1998
increased by $19.9 million, or 35%, to $76.8 million from $56.9 million for
fiscal 1997 inclusive of revenue from affiliates of $0.6 million for the year
ended March 31, 1998 and $1.1 million for the year ended March 31, 1997. The
increase in revenues resulted primarily from strong demand in the market for
these products and services.
Revenues for engineered systems for fiscal 1998 decreased by $9.3 million,
or 21%, to $34.3 million from $43.6 million for fiscal 1997 inclusive of revenue
from affiliates of $0.8 million for the year ended March 31, 1998 and $0.9
million for the year ended March 31, 1997. The decrease in revenues resulted
primarily from the postponement of a major project and from our increased
selectivity in the bid process.
Revenues for NATCO-Canada, for fiscal 1998, increased by $27.7 million, or
87%, to $59.7 million compared to $32.0 million for fiscal 1997 inclusive of
revenue from affiliates of $0.0 million for the year ended March 31, 1998 and
$3.9 million for the year ended March 31, 1997. A significant portion of the
increase in revenues was due to a substantial project for BP Exploration
(Alaska), Inc.
32
<PAGE> 37
Revenues for instrumentation and electrical systems of $33.2 million was
attributable to the inclusion of TEST revenues for the nine months ended March
31, 1998 inclusive of revenue from affiliates of $0.5 million for the year ended
March 31, 1998 and $0.0 million for the year ended March 31, 1997.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for fiscal 1998, increased $14.3 million, or
56%, to $40.2 million from $25.9 million for fiscal 1997 primarily due to the
increases in revenues discussed above. As a percentage of revenues, gross
profits remained unchanged for fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997.
Gross profit for traditional production equipment and services for fiscal
1998 increased $5.1 million, or 35%, to $19.6 million from $14.5 million for
fiscal 1997 primarily due to the increases in revenue discussed above. As a
percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 25.5% for fiscal 1997 to
25.6% for fiscal 1998, primarily as a result of a shift in the mix of business,
as the volume of higher margin parts business grew less rapidly than the
traditional equipment business.
Gross profit for engineered systems for fiscal 1998 decreased $0.8 million,
or 14%, to $5.2 million from $6.0 million for fiscal 1997, primarily due to the
decrease in revenue discussed above. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit
increased from 13.8% for fiscal 1997 to 15.1% for fiscal 1998.
Gross profit for NATCO-Canada for fiscal 1998 increased by $3.6 million, or
67%, to $9.0 million from $5.4 million for fiscal 1997 primarily due to the
increase in revenue discussed above. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit
decreased from 16.7% for fiscal 1997 to 15.1% for fiscal 1998, primarily as a
result of a lower margin on the BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc. project.
Gross profit for instrumentation and electrical systems of $6.4 million for
fiscal 1998 was attributable to the inclusion of gross profit for TEST for the
nine months ended March 31, 1998.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and
administrative expense increased $5.2 million, or 22%, to $28.5 million for
fiscal 1998 from $23.3 million for fiscal 1997. Of this increase, $4.7 million
was attributable to the inclusion of the results of TEST, and the remainder was
primarily attributable to increased expenses associated with the increase in
volume in our business. In addition, insurance reserve reductions totaling $1.3
million were recorded during the year ended March 31, 1998, reflecting a
revisions to previous estimates related to workers compensation and general
liability claims. For the year ended March 31, 1997, non-recurring compensation
expense related to the conversion of stock appreciation rights into stock
options totaling $1.2 million was recorded.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization
expense increased $0.5 million, or 53%, to $1.3 million for fiscal 1998 from
$0.9 million for fiscal 1997. Of the $0.5 million increase in fiscal 1998, $0.4
million related to depreciation and amortization expense at TEST.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $1.1 million, or 58%, to
$3.0 million for fiscal 1998 from $1.9 million for fiscal 1997, primarily as a
result of increased debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of TEST.
Interest Cost on Postretirement Benefit Liability. Interest cost on
postretirement benefit liability increased $0.1 million, or 10%, to $1.0 million
for fiscal 1998 from $1.0 million for fiscal 1997 due to increased amortization
resulting from an upward revaluation of the postretirement benefit liability
based on revised actuarial assumptions at March 31, 1997.
Revaluation Loss on Postretirement Benefit Liability. Our revaluation of
postretirement benefit liability decreased $1.3 million, or 87%, from $1.5
million for fiscal 1997 to $0.2 million for fiscal 1998. This resulted primarily
from a decrease in the discount rate used in the actuarial calculations.
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations
increased $7.0 million to $5.1 million for fiscal 1998 from a loss of $1.8
million for fiscal 1997, primarily as a result of increases in gross profit and
the inclusion of operations of TEST for the nine months ended March 31, 1998.
33
<PAGE> 38
Income from Discontinued Operations. Income from discontinued operations of
$0.8 million for the year ended March 31, 1998 and $1.1 million for the year
ended March 31, 1997 represented income from our subsidiary PTH, the capital
stock of which was distributed in June 1997 to our sole stockholder.
Net Income. Net income increased by $1.9 million, or 46%, to $5.9 million
for fiscal 1998 from $4.1 million for fiscal 1997 primarily as a result of the
factors discussed above.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary uses for cash are working capital, capital expenditures and
acquisitions. Our cash sources are cash provided by operations, cash provided by
investing activities and cash provided by financing activities. To the extent
our cash requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions
exceed the cash provided by operations and investing activities, we must finance
our cash requirements, primarily through debt and equity financing activities.
As of September 30, 1999, we had cash and working capital of $1.7 million and
$26.3 million. As of September 30, 1999, after giving effect to this offering,
we would have had cash and working capital of $8.4 million and $38.2 million.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the fiscal years
ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 was $1.1 million and $3.1 million, and for the
nine months ended December 31, 1998 was $(1.5) million. For the nine months
ended September 30, 1999, net cash provided by operating activities was $12.5
million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended March 31, 1997
and 1998 was $0.8 million and $24.7 million. Net cash used in investing
activities for the nine months ended December 31, 1998 was $17.1 million. Our
primary use of funds in fiscal 1998 was the acquisition of TEST, which required
the use of $22.4 million of cash. Our primary use of funds for the nine months
ended December 31, 1998 was the acquisition of Cynara, which required the use of
$15.5 million of cash.
We maintain a revolving credit and term loan facility as well as a working
capital facility for export sales. The revolving credit facility provides for up
to $22.0 million of borrowings in the United States and up to $10.0 million of
borrowings in Canada, subject to borrowing base limitations. As of September 30,
1999, borrowings under the revolving credit facility totaled $3.9 million. In
addition, we had issued $3.4 million of letters of credit under the revolving
facility as of September 30, 1999. The initial term loan of $32.5 million had
been reduced to $29.0 million as of September 30, 1999. Borrowings under the
revolving credit facility mature in November 2001, and the term loan matures in
November 2003. The revolving credit and term facility is secured by
substantially all of our assets. The export sales credit facility provides for
aggregate borrowings of $10.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations, of
which $0.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 1999. In addition, we had
issued letters of credit totaling $8.3 million under the export facility. The
export sales credit facility is secured by specific project inventory and
receivables, and is partially guaranteed by the EXIM Bank. The export sales
credit facility loans mature in July 2002. As of September 30, 1999, the
weighted average interest rate of our borrowings under our credit facilities was
7.9%.
We will repay all outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit and
term loan facility as well as the export sales credit facility, which as of
September 30, 1999 totaled $32.9 million, with a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering. We will use the balance of the net proceeds from this offering
for general corporate purposes, including the funding of a portion of the costs
of the acquisitions of Porta-Test, ESI and MPE. Total cash consideration for
these acquisitions will be approximately $14.9 million, net of cash acquired.
We estimate that cash generated from operations for the remainder of 1999
and all of fiscal 2000 will be sufficient to meet our cash operating
requirements during that time. Our capital expenditures generally consist of
renovations and expansions of our manufacturing plants, technological
improvements to our management information systems and acquisitions of, and
improvements to, other equipment we use in our business. Historically, these
capital expenditures have ranged from $1.0 million to $2.0 million annually.
Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, upon
completion of this offering,
34
<PAGE> 39
we will have $28.6 million of credit available under our revolving credit
facility and $1.7 million available under our export sales credit facility, both
subject to borrowing base limitations, which will be available to fund our
pending acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate
uses. As of October 31, 1999, borrowing base limitations reduced our available
borrowing capacity to $17.4 million. We believe that our operating cash flow,
supported by our borrowing capacity, will be adequate to fund our operations
throughout the remainder of 1999 and all of 2000. If we should decide to pursue
one or more acquisition opportunities during fiscal 2000, our determination as
to our ability to finance the acquisitions will be a critical element of our
analysis of the opportunities.
INFLATION AND CHANGES IN PRICES
The costs of materials (e.g., steel) for our products rise and fall with
their value in the commodity markets. Generally, increases in raw materials and
labor costs are passed on to our customers.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, was issued by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board in June 1998. SFAS 133 standardizes the accounting
for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts. Under the standard, entities are required to carry all derivative
instruments in the statement of financial position at fair value. The accounting
for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument
depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging
relationship and, if so, on the reason for holding it. If specified conditions
are met, entities may elect to designate a derivative instrument as a hedge of
exposures to changes in fair values, cash flows, or foreign currencies. If the
hedged exposure is a fair value exposure, the gain or loss on the derivative
instrument is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the
offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being
hedged. If the hedged exposure is a cash flow exposure, the effective portion of
the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported initially as a
component of other comprehensive income (outside earnings) and subsequently
reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Any
amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, as well as the
ineffective portion of the gain or loss, is reported in earnings immediately.
Accounting for foreign currency hedges is similar to the accounting for fair
value and cash flow hedges. If the derivative instrument is not designated as a
hedge, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.
We will adopt SFAS 133 for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2001. We
have not determined the impact that SFAS 133 will have on our financial
statements and believe that the determination will not be meaningful until
closer to the date of initial adoption.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising
from adverse changes in market prices and rates. We do not enter into derivative
or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Our market
risk could arise from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange
rates.
Interest Rate Risk. We are subject to market risk exposure related to
changes in interest rates. Assuming our current level of borrowings, a 100 basis
point increase in interest rates under these borrowings would decrease our 1998
pro forma net income by approximately $0.4 million and our 1998 pro forma cash
flow from operations by approximately $0.4 million. In the event of an adverse
change in interest rates, we could take action to mitigate our exposure. Due to
the uncertainty of the actions that would be taken and their possible effects,
however, this analysis assumes no such actions. Furthermore, this analysis does
not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity
that could exist in such an environment.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our earnings and financial position are
affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The majority of our foreign
currency transactions are denominated in the
35
<PAGE> 40
Canadian dollar, which is the functional currency of NATCO-Canada. As these
contracts are denominated and settled in the functional currency, risks
associated with currency fluctuations are minimized. We do not currently hedge
against foreign currency translation risks and we believe that foreign currency
exchange risk is not significant to our operations.
A portion of our sales is made in Southeast Asia, where several countries
have experienced significant devaluations in their currencies against the United
States dollar in 1997 and early 1998. The devaluation of these currencies and
the related consequences to the economies in those countries have adversely
affected economic growth in the region. To the extent that the economics of
countries in this region continue to be adversely affected, demand for our
products and services in the region most likely will be reduced.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Issues involving the Year 2000, or "Y2K," concern the business implications
associated with the upcoming change in century. On January 1, 2000, all computer
hardware and software systems that use outdated 2-digit year fields may
experience processing errors that could result in system failures. For example,
programs that have date-sensitive features may recognize 01/01/00 as January 1,
1900 instead of January 1, 2000. These failures may be limited or they may be
widespread depending on the system and its software, as well as its location and
function.
System Information. The nature of our business and our products is not
dependent upon hardware and software to the extent that Y2K issues pose a
significant threat. In early 1998, we nonetheless formed a Y2K task force to
prepare for January 1, 2000. This task force was charged with reviewing,
assessing, and ensuring compliance of hardware and software in the following
areas:
- current products;
- manufacturing systems;
- enterprise management systems;
- personal computers and personal computer networks;
- engineering and design systems;
- infrastructure; and
- suppliers.
Based upon its analysis and evaluations and written communications from vendors
and licensors of company-used hardware and software, we do not believe that the
risks of system malfunctions resulting from the interrelationships of our
systems with those of customers, suppliers or contractors are significant.
We operate both domestically and internationally in more than 50 locations
including offices, manufacturing facilities, sales and service centers, and
on-site operations. Our Y2K database consists of more than 20 individual
information technology and non-information technology systems. Based on internal
discussions and our wide use of certain systems, we believe that only five of
the more than 200 systems in our database are significant.
Our significant systems include:
- e-mail programs and servers;
- system servers; and
- accounting and financial programs.
Our Y2K program addresses these significant systems.
Year 2000 Progress. Our Y2K progress has been tracked in four phases:
assessment, remediation, testing, and implementation. The assessment phase
includes an inventory of our systems and a criticality evaluation of each
system. The remediation phase includes strategy, planning, and execution for
upgrading or replacing deficient systems. The testing phase includes unit or
system testing, as necessary and
36
<PAGE> 41
applicable. The implementation phase includes new system deliveries and
upgrades, as well as readiness certification of all systems. As of October 31,
1999, we have completed approximately:
- 99% of the assessment phase;
- 99% of the remediation phase;
- 95% of the testing phase; and
- 90% of the implementation phase.
Thus, we believe our overall completion of Y2K related tasks stands at
approximately 95%. Furthermore, we have achieved substantial completion of all
phases except implementation, which will be substantially complete before
December 15, 1999.
We believe our overall completion of Y2K related tasks affecting our significant
systems stands at approximately 97%. We will not test certain significant
systems that have been certified to be Y2K compliant because the testing process
may cause the software licenses to expire. Based on our current operating
practices and representations of our software suppliers, however, we believe
that all Y2K issues associated with these systems have been addressed and that
these systems will not be adversely affected.
The Y2K task force is also communicating with our suppliers and customers
regarding their state of Y2K readiness. Specifically, the task force either has
received or is in the process of receiving written documentation from these
third parties regarding their Y2K readiness and the issues they believe it
raises for them. The task force has more closely scrutinized those suppliers
that provide us with products that are more likely to present Y2K issues and
believes that no significant Y2K issues exist. The task force has also reviewed
publicly available information, if any, regarding these third-party systems and
their Y2K compliance.
Cost to Address Y2K Issues. Costs directly related to assessing Y2K issues
through October 31, 1999 are less than $50,000 and have been expensed. We do not
expect to incur significant additional cost related to Y2K compliance during the
remainder of 1999. These costs are based on our best estimates.
Y2K Risk Factors. While we believe that our internal operations do not have
material issues with respect to Y2K compliance, we cannot guarantee that
assessment. Additionally, we may not properly identify all potential problems or
all potentially affected systems. In that case, we will not have remedied all
these problems within our systems. We also have no means of insuring that third
parties with whom we conduct our business will be Y2K ready. The inability of
these third parties to complete their Y2K assessments in a timely fashion could
materially affect our results of operations and cash flows. The effect of
non-compliance by these third parties is not determinable.
The most likely "worst case" impacts that we could reasonably anticipate
from Y2K non-compliance are as follows:
- our inability to execute financial transactions with our banks or other
third parties whose systems fail or malfunction;
- impairment of the ability of third-party suppliers or service companies
to provide needed materials or services to our planned and ongoing
operations necessitating deferral or total shut down of our operation;
and
- impairment of our ability to deliver our products to, or receive payment
from, our customers.
Contingency Plans. We have a contingency plan in place to ensure the safety
of our employees. While this plan covers all company employees, it is
specifically directed at those employees working in offshore environments and on
international assignments.
Due to the nature of our operations and the status of our Y2K analysis, our
Y2K contingency plans are limited. We will continue to monitor all of our
systems through the first quarter of 2000. In the event we discover new or
previously unidentified risks, we will immediately develop a contingency plan to
address the risk posed.
37
<PAGE> 42
Summary. We believe that we will be able to achieve substantial Y2K
readiness with respect to the critical systems that we control. The extent and
magnitude of the Y2K problem as it will affect us, both before and for some time
after January 1, 2000, are, however, difficult to predict or quantify. We cannot
assure you that all of our systems and all outside systems that we depend upon
will be adequately identified and compliant so that they are Y2K ready by
January 1, 2000. If, despite our efforts and those of our task force, there are
mission critical Y2K related failures that create substantial disruption to our
business, the adverse effects could be material. These unknown material effects
and the costs associated with them are difficult to estimate accurately because
of unanticipated vendor delays, technical difficulties, the impacts of test of
outside systems and similar events.
38
<PAGE> 43
BUSINESS
GENERAL
We are a leading provider of wellhead equipment, systems and services used
in the production of oil and gas. Our production equipment and systems are
primarily used at or near the wellhead to separate oil and gas within a
hydrocarbon stream and to remove contaminants. Separation and decontamination at
the wellhead are necessary to meet the specifications of transporters and end
users. Our products and services are used in onshore and offshore fields in most
major oil and gas producing regions in the world. On a pro forma basis after
giving effect to our acquisition of Cynara, our revenues and EBITDA for the
twelve months ended December 31, 1998 were approximately $213.7 million and $9.7
million. Our revenues and EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
were approximately $125.9 million and $8.1 million.
We design and manufacture a diverse line of production equipment,
including:
- separators, which separate a hydrocarbon stream into oil, gas and water;
- dehydration and desalting units, which remove water and salt from oil and
gas;
- heaters, which prevent solids from forming in gas and reduce the
viscosity of oil;
- gas conditioning units and membrane separation systems, which remove
carbon dioxide and other contaminants from a gas stream;
- water filtration systems, which remove oil and contaminants from water
derived from the production process; and
- control systems, which monitor and control production equipment.
We offer our products and services as either integrated systems or
individual components. We provide our products and services through four
business segments:
- traditional production equipment and services;
- engineered systems;
- our Canadian operations, which combine traditional production equipment
and services and engineered systems; and
- instrumentation and electrical systems.
We have designed, manufactured and marketed production equipment and
systems for over 70 years. We believe that, among our competitors, we have the
largest installed base of production equipment in the industry. We have achieved
our position in the industry by maintaining our technological leadership,
capitalizing on our strong brand name recognition and offering a broad range of
products and services.
THE INDUSTRY
Demand for oil and gas production equipment and services is driven
primarily by:
- levels of production of oil and gas in response to worldwide demand;
- the discovery of new oil and gas fields;
- the changing production profiles of existing fields (meaning the mix of
oil, gas and water in the hydrocarbon stream and the level of
contaminants); and
- the quality of new hydrocarbon production.
39
<PAGE> 44
Generally, oil and gas exploration and production companies reduce
exploration and development activity during periods of weak oil prices and
demand and increase this activity during periods of strong oil prices and
demand. The extent to which the revenues of our industry increase depends upon
the success of the exploration efforts. In general, these revenue increases lag
expansion of exploration and development capital budgets in times of recovery in
the oil and gas industry. These lag times can be up to several years in offshore
operations but are generally shorter for onshore operations.
Changing production profiles in existing fields also increase the demand
for products and services in our industry. As existing fields are reworked or
enhanced recovery methods are employed, additional and more complex equipment
may be required to produce oil and gas from these fields. This can result from:
- changes in the mix of oil and gas produced by the field; or
- an increase in water, carbon dioxide or other naturally occurring
contaminants or as the result of enhanced recovery techniques.
In addition, many new oil and gas fields contain lower quality hydrocarbon
streams that require more complex production equipment. Examples include carbon
dioxide rich formations in West Texas and Southeast Asia and heavy crude in
Western Canada and in the Orinoco Delta in Venezuela.
STRATEGY
Our strategy for future growth is to expand and improve our market position
through:
- Focusing on Customer Relationships. We believe that our customers
increasingly prefer to work on a regular basis with a small number of
leading suppliers. The objectives of our customers in establishing
preferred relationships (both formal and informal) with suppliers that
can provide a broad range of products and services on a cost effective
and timely basis are to reduce production costs and delivery times. We
believe this trend will continue, or even accelerate, as major oil
companies and large independent producers downsize staffs and outsource
services. We believe our size, scope of products, technological expertise
and service orientation provide us with a competitive advantage in
establishing preferred supplier relationships with customers. We expect
to generate growth in revenue and market share by establishing and
further developing new and existing customer relationships.
- Providing Turnkey Integrated Systems and Solutions. We believe our
turnkey design and manufacturing capabilities enable us to reduce our
customers' production equipment and systems costs and shorten delivery
times. Our strategy is to be involved in projects early, to provide, as
among our competitors, the broadest and most complete scope of equipment
and services and to focus on larger integrated systems. In some
applications, we also intend to increase the degree of standardization to
reduce engineering costs and to shorten delivery times.
- Introducing New Technologies and Products. Since our inception, we have
developed and acquired leading technologies that enable us to address the
world market demand for increasingly sophisticated production equipment.
We hold numerous U.S. and foreign patents and operate a modern research
and development laboratory in Tulsa, Oklahoma. We will continue to pursue
new technologies through licenses, acquisitions and internal development.
- Pursuing Complementary Acquisitions. Our industry is highly fragmented
and contains many smaller competitors with narrow product lines and
geographic scope. We intend to continue acquiring companies that provide
complementary technologies or enhance our ability to offer integrated
systems. An example is our acquisition last year of Cynara which provided
us with proprietary bulk carbon dioxide separation technology.
- Expanding International Presence. We have operated in various
international markets for more than 50 years. We intend to continue
expanding internationally in targeted geographic regions. These are
regions in which we either have a relationship with a customer or have
technology that provides us with a competitive advantage. Currently, our
most important international opportunity is the future development of
Southeast Asian gas markets. We believe our proprietary technology for
40
<PAGE> 45
the bulk removal of carbon dioxide provides us with a competitive advantage in
pursuing projects in this region.
RECENT ACQUISITION
The Cynara Company. In November 1998, we acquired Cynara because it had
proprietary technology for the bulk removal of carbon dioxide from gas streams.
Cynara designs, constructs, operates and services membrane separation systems
utilizing this technology. A primary market for this application is production
from gas wells, such as those located in Southeast Asia, which have high levels
of naturally occurring carbon dioxide. Another market is production from wells,
such as those located in West Texas, in which carbon dioxide injection is used
to enhance the recovery of oil and gas reserves. This acquisition has expanded
our ability to offer integrated systems and services and complements our gas
conditioning product line.
In acquiring Cynara, we issued 500,000 shares of our common stock and paid
$5.3 million in cash to the Cynara stockholders. We also repaid $10.1 million of
Cynara's debt and agreed to issue additional shares of our common stock
contingent on the occurrence of specified operational thresholds. Based on
operations through September 30, 1999, approximately 325,836 of these additional
shares were earned and issued as of September 30, 1999. Up to a total of 950,000
more of these additional shares may be earned at March 31, 2000 and December 31,
2000.
PENDING ACQUISITIONS
We have executed non-binding letters of intent to acquire Porta-Test
International Inc., Engineering Specialties, Inc. and Modular Production
Equipment, Inc. These acquisitions, if completed, will close subsequent to the
completion of this offering.
Porta-Test International Inc. Porta-Test is located in Edmonton, Alberta,
Canada. Porta-Test designs and manufactures centrifugal devices used to enhance
the effectiveness of separation equipment. We expect to close the acquisition of
Porta-Test in early 2000.
For the year ended June 30, 1999, Porta-Test had revenues of $7.3 million
and EBITDA of $(0.1) million. To acquire all the outstanding Porta-Test capital
stock, we have agreed:
- to pay approximately $5.4 million in cash, net of cash acquired; and
- to issue our one-year promissory note for approximately $0.7 million.
Engineering Specialties, Inc. ESI is located in Covington, Louisiana. ESI
designs and manufactures water processing equipment used to remove oil and
contaminants from water produced at the wellhead, primarily on offshore
facilities. We expect to close the acquisition of ESI in early 2000.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, ESI had revenues of $3.9 million and
EBITDA of $0.8 million. To acquire all the outstanding ESI capital stock, we
have agreed:
- to pay approximately $7.3 million in cash, net of cash and marketable
securities acquired; and
- to issue options for 25,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable at
the initial offering price.
Modular Production Equipment, Inc. Modular Production Equipment, Inc. (MPE)
is located in Houston, Texas. MPE designs and manufactures wastewater treatment
separation systems and specializes in hydrocyclone technologies. We expect to
close the acquisition of MPE in early 2000.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, MPE had revenues of $7.6 million and
EBITDA of $0.6 million. To acquire all the outstanding MPE capital stock, we
have agreed:
- to pay approximately $2.2 million in cash, net of cash acquired; and
- to issue our one-year promissory note for $0.5 million.
41
<PAGE> 46
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
We operate our business in four business segments, each of which is
described below.
TRADITIONAL PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES
Our traditional production equipment and services consist of:
- production equipment;
- replacement parts; and
- used equipment refurbishing and servicing.
We had revenues of $71.0 million, inclusive of $0.7 million of revenue from
affiliates, and EBITDA of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from
traditional production equipment and services. For the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, we had revenues of $39.9 million, inclusive of $0.6 million
of revenue from affiliates, and EBITDA of $1.1 million from this business
segment. We sell our traditional production equipment and services primarily
onshore in North America and in the Gulf of Mexico. We typically provide
traditional production equipment built for the North American oil and gas
industry "off the shelf" or in customized variations of standardized equipment
which requires limited engineering.
We market our traditional production equipment and services through 31
sales and service centers in the United States, two in Canada and one in
Venezuela. We have relationships with a number of customers for traditional
production equipment and related services. See "-- Customer Relationships."
Traditional production equipment includes:
Separators. Separators are used for the primary separation of a hydrocarbon
stream into oil, water and gas. Our separator product line includes:
- horizontal separators, which are used to separate hydrocarbon streams
with large volumes of gas, liquids or foam;
- vertical separators, which are used to separate hydrocarbon streams
containing contaminants including salt and wax;
- filter separators, which are used to remove particulate contaminants from
gas streams; and
- Thermo Pak(TM) Units, which are used for the combined heating and
separating of production in cold climates.
Oil Dehydration Equipment. Oil dehydrators are used to remove water from
oil. Our oil dehydration product line includes:
- horizontal PERFORMAX(R) treaters, which separate oil and water mixtures
using gravity and proprietary technology;
- Dual Polarity(R) electrostatic treaters, which dehydrate oil using high
voltage electrical pulsation;
- vertical treaters, which optimize recovery of condensable, salable
hydrocarbons;
- Vertical Flow Horizontal (VFH(TM)) processors, which combine the
advantages of horizontal and vertical vessels to remove gas and water
from oil streams; and
- heater-treaters, which use heat to accelerate the dehydration process.
Heaters. Heaters are used to reduce the viscosity of oil to improve flow
rates and to prevent hydrates from forming in the gas stream. We manufacture
both indirect fired heaters and standardized and
42
<PAGE> 47
customized direct fired heaters. In each system, heat is transferred to the
hydrocarbon stream through a medium such as water, water/glycol, steam, salt or
flue gas. Our heater product line includes:
- water bath heaters;
- vaporizers used to vaporize propane and other liquefied gases;
- salt bath heaters;
- steam bath heaters; and
- Controlled Heat Flux (CHF(TM)) heaters, which use combustion to create a
heat transfer medium.
Gas Conditioning Equipment. Gas conditioning equipment removes contaminants
from gas streams. Our gas conditioning equipment includes:
- glycol dehydration equipment, which expose gas streams to glycol in order
to remove water vapor;
- amine systems, which use amine to remove acidic gases such as hydrogen
sulfide and carbon dioxide from gas streams;
- conditioning equipment used to remove hydrogen sulfide from gas;
- Glymine(R) units, which combine the effects of glycol equipment and amine
systems;
- the BTEX-Buster(R), which virtually eliminates the emissions of volatile
hydrocarbons associated with glycol dehydration reboilers; and
- Desi-Dri(R) Systems, which use highly compressed drying agents to remove
water vapor from gas streams.
Gas Processing Equipment. We offer standard and custom processing equipment
for the extraction of liquid hydrocarbons to meet feed gas and liquid product
requirements. We manufacture several standard mechanical refrigeration units for
the recovery of salable hydrocarbon liquids from gas streams. Our Low
Temperature Extractor (LTX(R)) units are mechanical separation systems designed
for handling high pressure gas at the wellhead. These systems remove liquid
hydrocarbons from gas streams more efficiently and economically than other
methods.
Water Treatment Equipment. We design and manufacture water treatment and
conditioning equipment for the removal of contaminants from water extracted in
oil and gas production. Oil producers use our PERFORMAX(R) Matrix Plate
Coalescer in primary separators of oil and water and final skimming. Our flow
splitter removes gases from an oil-water dispersion, separates oil and water and
discharges the oil and/or emulsion through controllable outlets.
Equipment Refurbishment. We source, refurbish and integrate used oil and
gas production equipment. Our customers that purchase this equipment enjoy
reduced delivery times and lower equipment costs relative to new equipment. The
used equipment market is focused primarily in North America, both onshore and
offshore, although we have observed a growing interest internationally. We have
entered into agreements with major and large independent oil companies in both
the United States and Canada to evaluate, track and refurbish used production
equipment. We may act as a broker between another oil company and our customer
or we may purchase, refurbish and sell used equipment to our customers. We
believe that we have one of the largest databases in the North American oil and
gas industry of available surplus production equipment. This data base, coupled
with our extensive refurbishing facilities and experience, enables us to respond
to customer requests for refurbished equipment quickly and efficiently.
Parts, Service and Training. We provide replacement parts for our own
equipment and for equipment manufactured by others. Each branch of our marketing
network also serves as a local parts and service business. We have service
employees stationed in some branches of Wilson Supply Company and
National-Oilwell, Inc. We also offer operational and safety training to the oil
and gas production industry. We use our training programs as a marketing tool
for our other products and services.
43
<PAGE> 48
ENGINEERED SYSTEMS
We design, engineer and manufacture these systems for large production
development projects throughout the world. We also provide start-up services for
our engineered products. Our engineered systems typically require a significant
amount of technology, engineering and project management. On a pro forma basis,
giving effect to our acquisition of Cynara, we had revenues of $58.4 million,
inclusive of $1.5 million of revenue from affiliates, and EBITDA of $2.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998 from engineered systems. For the nine
months ended September 30, 1999, we had revenues of $43.7 million, inclusive of
$1.6 million of revenue from affiliates, and EBITDA of $6.9 million from this
business segment.
We market our engineered systems through direct sales forces based in
Houston, Calgary, London, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and Caracas, augmented by
independent representatives in other countries. We also use the unique oil
testing capabilities at our research and development facility to market
engineered systems. This capability enables us to determine equipment
specifications that best suit customers' requirements. See "-- Technology and
New Products."
Our engineered systems include:
Integrated Oil and Gas Processing Trains. These consist of multiple units
that process oil and gas from primary separation through contaminant removal. In
this aspect of our business, we provide both the engineering and the fabrication
functions. For example, we designed, manufactured and assembled a module for a
production facility situated off the coast of West Africa that is capable of
processing 20,000 barrels of oil, 4,000 barrels of water and 24 million standard
cubic feet of gas per day. Also, we designed, manufactured and installed process
systems for BP Exploration (Alaska), Inc.'s Badami development on the North
Slope of Alaska and its Northstar development, also located on the North Slope.
Floating Production Systems. These consist of large skid-mounted processing
units used in conjunction with semi-submersible, converted tanker and other
floating production vessels. Floating production equipment must be specially
designed to overcome the detrimental effects of wave motion on floating vessels.
We pioneered and patented the first wave-motion production vessel internal
system. We continue to advance this technology at our research and development
facility using a wave-motion table which simulates a variety of sea states.
Dehydration and Desalting Systems. Dehydration and desalting involves the
removal of water and salt from an oil stream. Desalting is a specialized form of
dehydration. In this process, water is injected into an oil stream to dissolve
the salt and the saltwater is then removed from the stream. Large production
projects often use electrostatic technology to desalt oil. We believe that we
are the leading developer of electrostatic technologies for oil treating and
desalting.
One of our dehydration and desalting systems, the Electro Dynamic(TM)
Desalter, can be used in oil refineries, where stringent desalting requirements
have grown increasingly important. These requirements have increased as crude
quality has declined and catalysts have become more sensitive and sophisticated,
requiring lower levels of contaminants. The reduced number of vessels employed
by our system is particularly important in refinery applications where space is
at a premium.
Large Gas Processing Facilities. We provide large gas processing facilities
for the separation, heating, dehydration and removal of liquids and contaminants
to produce pipeline or liquefaction-quality gas. We also design, manufacture
and, in some cases, operate gas processing facilities that remove carbon dioxide
from gas streams. These facilities use Cynara's membrane technology, which
provides the most cost-effective separation solution for gas streams containing
more than 20% carbon dioxide. A primary market for this application is
production from gas wells, such as those located in Southeast Asia, which have
high levels of naturally-occurring carbon dioxide. Another market is production
from wells, such as those located in West Texas, in which carbon dioxide
injection is used to enhance the recovery of oil and gas reserves.
44
<PAGE> 49
Downstream Facilities. We offer several technologies that have crossover
applications in the refinery and petrochemical sectors. Most involve aspects of
oil treating and water treating. We discussed above the use in refineries of one
of our dehydration and desalting systems. In addition, we provide our DOX(TM)
units to ethylene processors that clean both heavy and light dispersed oil from
water.
NATCO-CANADA
We have operations in Calgary and Edmonton, Alberta, Canada, that provide a
combination of traditional production equipment and services and engineered
systems to oil and gas producers in Western Canada. Most production equipment
manufactured by NATCO-Canada is similar in design and purpose to that built in
the U.S., with modifications to operate in a cold weather environment.
Periodically, we use NATCO-Canada engineering and manufacturing to assist in our
engineered systems projects. We had revenues of $43.5 million, inclusive of $2.5
million of revenue from affiliates, and EBITDA of $3.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998 from NATCO-Canada. For the nine months ended September
30, 1999, we had revenues of $12.5 million, which included no revenue from
affiliates, and EBITDA of $0.1 million from this business segment.
INSTRUMENTATION AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
We had revenues of $46.6 million, inclusive of $1.1 million of revenue from
affiliates, and EBITDA of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from
instrumentation and electrical systems. For the nine months ended September 30,
1999, we had revenues of $33.6 million, inclusive of $1.6 million of revenue
from affiliates, and EBITDA of $4.5 million from this business segment.
The primary market for our instrumentation and electrical systems is in
offshore applications throughout the world. We market and service these products
through a four branch network primarily located in the Gulf Coast area.
Our instrumentation and electrical systems include:
Control Systems. We design, assemble and install pneumatic, hydraulic,
electrical and computerized control panels and systems. These systems monitor
and change key parameters of oil and gas production systems. Key parameters
include wellhead flow control and emergency shutdown of production and safety
systems. A control system consists of a control panel and related tubing,
wiring, sensors and connections.
Engineering and Field Services. We provide start-up support, testing,
maintenance, repair, renovation, expansion and upgrade of control systems
including those designed or installed by competitors. Our design and engineering
staff also provide contract electrical engineering services.
SCADA Systems. Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems
provide remote monitoring and control of equipment, production facilities,
pipelines and compressors via radio, cellular phone, microwave and satellite
communication links. Our SCADA systems reduce the number of personnel and
frequency of site visits and allow for continued production during periods of
emergency evacuation, thereby reducing operating costs.
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
We devote a considerable portion of our marketing time and effort to
developing and maintaining relationships with key customers. Some of these
relationships are project-specific, such as our participation as an "alliance"
partner with BP Amoco in several Alaskan projects, or with Mobil in the
development of its Chinook platform in the Gulf of Mexico. In other instances,
we are also preferred supplier for products and services to key customers in
particular equipment lines or over large geographic areas. Examples of this
preferred supplier role include our relationships with BP Amoco, UPR, Sonat
Exploration, Chevron Canada, Mobil Oil Canada and Renaissance.
45
<PAGE> 50
TECHNOLOGY AND NEW PRODUCTS
We are a leader in the development of oil and gas industry production
equipment technology. We pioneered many of the original separation technologies
for converting unprocessed hydrocarbon fluids into salable oil and gas. We have
developed:
- the first high capacity oil and gas separator;
- the first emulsion treating system;
- Dual Polarity(TM) electrostatic oil treaters;
- DOX(TM) and OSX(TM) water filtration systems;
- high pressure indirect heaters; and
- PERFORMAX(R) oil and water treating systems.
Our wave-motion compensating separator has become the industry standard for
floating production applications, and our electrostatic oil treating technology
is the most advanced in the industry. As of August 31, 1999, we held 52 active
U.S. patents and a number of related foreign patents. We have an application
pending for one additional U.S. patent. In addition, we are licensed under three
patents held by others.
We operate our own research and development facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma,
where we use a number of test devices to simulate and analyze oil and gas
production processes. We also use specialized computer software to simulate gas
and fluid flow dynamics in equipment systems.
Through Cynara, we are a recognized leader in the application of membrane
technology to the bulk removal of carbon dioxide from gas streams. We have an
active research and development effort ongoing in the area of membrane
technology.
MANUFACTURING
Our major manufacturing facilities are located in:
- New Iberia, Louisiana. We fabricate packaged production systems for
delivery throughout the world at this 52,000 square foot and 17 acre
waterfront facility, which can handle large equipment systems. We
upgraded and expanded this facility in 1999.
- Electra, Texas. We produce various types of low and high pressure
production vessels as well as skid packages at this 130,000 square foot
facility.
- Pittsburg, California. We fabricate the membranes for our bulk carbon
dioxide membrane separation equipment at this 8,000 square foot facility.
- Calgary, Alberta, Canada. We produce heavy wall and cold weather packaged
equipment and systems primarily for the Canadian and Alaskan markets at
this 100,500 square foot facility.
Our manufacturing operations are vertically integrated. This means we are
able to fabricate, heat treat, inspect, assemble and test our products at each
facility. Consequently, we are able to control the quality of our products and
the cost and schedule of our manufacturing activities.
Our New Iberia, Electra and Calgary facilities have been certified to ISO
9002 standards. ISO 9002 is an internationally recognized verification system
for quality management overseen by the International Standards Organization
based in Geneva, Switzerland. The certification is based on a review of our
programs and procedures designed to maintain and enhance quality production and
is subject to annual review and recertification.
We fabricate to the standards of the American Petroleum Institute, the
American Welding Society, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and
specific customer specifications. We use welding and
46
<PAGE> 51
fabrication procedures in accordance with the latest technology and industry
requirements. Training programs have been instituted to upgrade skilled
personnel and maintain high quality standards. We believe that these programs
generally enhance the quality of our products and reduce their repair rate.
COMPETITION
Contracts for our products and services are generally awarded on a
competitive basis and competition is intense. The most important factors
considered by our customers in awarding contracts include:
- the availability and capabilities of our equipment;
- our ability to meet the customer's delivery schedule;
- our price;
- our reputation;
- our experience; and
- our safety record.
Historically, the existence of overcapacity in our industry has caused increased
price competition in many areas of our business.
In addition, we may encounter obstacles in our international operations
that impair our ability to compete in individual countries. These obstacles may
include:
- subsidies granted in favor of local companies;
- taxes, import duties and fees imposed on us and other foreign operators;
- lower wage rates in foreign countries; and
- fluctuations in the exchange value of the United States dollar compared
with the local currency.
Any or all these factors could adversely affect our ability to compete and
thus adversely affect our results of operations.
We believe that we are one of the largest oil and gas surface production
equipment providers in North America and that our size, research and development
capabilities, brand names and marketing organization provide us with a
competitive advantage over other participants in the industry.
BACKLOG
As of September 30, 1999, we had backlog of $83.2 million, of which $65.3
million was related to CTOC. Backlog consists of firm customer orders for which
we have been authorized to begin work or to purchase materials, satisfactory
credit or financing arrangements exist and delivery is scheduled. Our backlog is
based on the price of awarded fixed price projects and the estimated price of
awarded cost-plus projects, in each case adjusted by management's estimate of
the percentage of the project that has been completed.
All projects currently included in our backlog are subject to change or
termination at the option of the customer. Either change or termination could
substantially change the amount of backlog we are currently reporting. In the
case of a termination, the customer is generally required to pay us for work
performed and materials purchased through the date of termination and, in some
cases, to pay our termination fees. Due to the large amounts of backlog
estimated for each of a small number of projects, amounts included in our
backlog could decrease substantially if one or more of these projects were to be
terminated by our customers.
47
<PAGE> 52
PROPERTIES
We are headquartered in Houston, Texas and have 40 sales and service,
manufacturing and other facilities in the United States, three in Canada, two in
Venezuela, one in the United Kingdom, one in Malaysia, one in Japan and one in
Kazakhstan. We own 15 of these facilities and lease the other 34.
EMPLOYEES
As of September 30, 1999, we had 1,163 employees. These include 67
employees located at our manufacturing facility at Calgary who are covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. The most recent collective bargaining agreement
in Calgary was renewed in July 1999 and extends through July 2001. No other
employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our
relationships with our employees are satisfactory.
INSURANCE
Our operations are subject to the risks inherent in manufacturing products
and providing services to the oil and gas production industry. These risks
include personal injury and loss of life, business interruptions, loss of
production and property and equipment damage. Damages arising from an occurrence
at a location where our products are used have in the past and may in the future
result in the assertion of potentially large claims against us.
We maintain comprehensive insurance covering our assets and operations,
including product liability and workers' compensation insurance, at levels that
we believe to be appropriate. This insurance is subject to deductibles and
significant amounts of self-insurance retention per occurrence. We cannot assure
you our insurance coverage will be adequate in all circumstances or against all
hazards nor can we assure you that we will be able to maintain adequate
insurance coverage in the future at commercially reasonable rates or on
acceptable terms.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Our operations are subject to environmental regulation by federal, state
and local authorities in the United States and in many foreign countries.
Environmental laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly over
the last 20 years, placing more restrictions and limitations on activities that
may impact the environment, such as emissions of pollutants, generation and
disposal of wastes and use and handling of hazardous substances. Violation of
these laws and regulations may result in civil and criminal actions. Although
our efforts to comply with these laws and regulations have not materially and
adversely affected our financial condition or results of operations, we cannot
assure you that compliance with these laws or regulations will not do so in the
future.
We currently own or lease numerous properties that for many years have been
used for the refurbishment of products and equipment that may contain
hydrocarbons or hazardous substances. In addition, the products that we
manufacture may require the use of hazardous substances. We have utilized
operating and waste disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the
time; nevertheless, hazardous substances may have been released on our
properties or those of others or on or under other locations where hazardous
wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, we have disposed of wastes on
properties operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal of these
wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes may be subject to
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
(CERCLA), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and analogous state laws.
Under these laws, we may be required to remove previously disposed wastes and to
remediate property contamination or to perform remedial operations to prevent
future contamination.
CERCLA imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the
original conduct, with respect to the release of a hazardous substance into the
environment. Persons subject to CERCLA include the owner and operator of the
disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed or
arranged for the disposal of the hazardous wastes found at the site. Persons who
are responsible for
48
<PAGE> 53
releases of hazardous substances under CERCLA may be subject to joint and
several liability for the costs of cleaning up the resulting contamination and
for damages to natural resources. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners
and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage
allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.
Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing
environmental laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that we will not incur
substantial costs in the future. Moreover, it is possible that implementation of
stricter environmental laws, regulations and enforcement policies could result
in additional, currently unquantifiable costs or liabilities to us.
SAFETY MATTERS
On January 9, 1998, we received a citation and notification of penalty from
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). OSHA levied a fine of
approximately $260,000 against us following injuries sustained by two employees
for safety violations. The fine was subsequently reduced to $83,160.
We believe our safety program and record meet or exceed industry standards.
We cannot assure you, however, that OSHA fines will not be levied against us
again in the future if additional safety violations occur.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are a party to various routine legal proceedings. These primarily
involve commercial claims, products liability claims, asbestos related personal
injury claims and workers' compensation claims. We cannot predict the outcome of
these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims with certainty. Nevertheless, we
believe that the outcome of all of these proceedings, even if determined
adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial
condition.
49
<PAGE> 54
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our current
directors and executive officers. The board of directors is divided into three
classes. See "-- Classified Board."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Nathaniel A. Gregory(1)................... 51 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer
Patrick M. McCarthy(1).................... 53 President and Director
J. Michael Mayer.......................... 43 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
C. Frank Smith............................ 47 President of NATCO-U.S.
James Crittall............................ 54 President of NATCO-Canada
David R. Volz, Jr. ....................... 45 President of TEST
Richard D. Peters......................... 39 President of Cynara
Joseph H. Wilson.......................... 47 Senior Vice President -- Marketing
Robert A. Curcio.......................... 42 Senior Vice President -- Technology and
Product Development
Keith K. Allan(2)......................... 58 Director
Howard I. Bull(3)......................... 58 Director
George K. Hickox, Jr.(2).................. 40 Director
E. Hale Staley............................ 69 Director
Herbert S. Winokur, Jr.(1)(3)............. 55 Director
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Member of Executive Committee.
(2) Member of Audit Committee.
(3) Member of Compensation Committee.
Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our
directors and executive officers.
Nathaniel A. Gregory has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer since April 1, 1993. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gregory
held a number of positions in both the engineering and construction industries
and in investment banking. Mr. Gregory also serves as a director of Mrs. Fields'
Holding Company, Inc.
Patrick M. McCarthy has served as our President since December 1997 and as
a director since February 1998. Mr. McCarthy served as Executive Vice President,
with marketing and operations responsibilities for our entire company, from
November 1996 to December 1997 and as Senior Vice President -- Marketing from
June 1994 to November 1996. Prior to joining our company in June 1994, Mr.
McCarthy was Vice President -- Worldwide Oil and Gas at ABB Lummus Crest, an
engineering and construction company, from October 1991 to May 1994.
J. Michael Mayer joined us in September 1999 as Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Mayer served as Chief
Financial Officer of Cardinal Services, Inc., an oil-field service company, from
July 1998 to July 1999. From July 1997 to June 1998, he served as Chief
Financial Officer of Phoenix Energy Services, LLC, a manufacturer of drilling
equipment and a provider of directional drilling services. From April 1994 to
July 1997, Mr. Mayer served as Chief Financial Officer of Haltermann, Ltd., a
custom chemical manufacturer. From December 1984 to April 1994, Mr. Mayer was
employed by Baker Hughes Inc. in several senior financial positions within its
operations.
C. Frank Smith has served as President of NATCO-U.S. since January 1998.
Mr. Smith served as Senior Vice President -- Sales and Service from September
1993 to December 1997 and as the Northern Region Director of the Sales and
Service Centers from April 1992 to September 1993.
50
<PAGE> 55
James Crittall has served as President of NATCO-Canada since November 1996
and was Vice President of Technical Operations from December 1992 to October
1996. Mr. Crittall joined National Tank Company in 1971 and has served in
several managerial positions, including Manager of Engineering and Sales and
Manager of Engineering for NATCO-Canada, Ltd.
David R. Volz, Jr. has served as President of TEST since we acquired TEST.
Mr. Volz joined TEST in 1976 as a Technical Specialist and has held a number of
positions of increasing responsibility prior to serving as President in July
1997.
Richard D. Peters has served as President of Cynara since November 1997.
Mr. Peters served as Chief Financial Officer of Cynara from June 1996 to October
1997 and as Project Manager and Accounting Coordinator from February 1991 to May
1996.
Joseph H. Wilson has served as Senior Vice President -- Marketing of our
company since April 1999. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Wilson served as
Strategic Accounts Manager of Baker Hughes Inc., with responsibilities for
strategic business development, from January 1999 to April 1999. From January
1997 to January 1999, he served as Gulf Coast Region Manager of Baker Hughes
INTEQ's fluids, directional drilling and MWD business. From January 1994 to
January 1997, Mr. Wilson was Director of Sales and Systems Marketing for all of
INTEQ. Prior to January 1994, Mr. Wilson held a number of positions in sales,
operations and marketing with Baker Hughes INTEQ, Baker Sand Control and BJ
Services.
Robert A. Curcio has served as Senior Vice President -- Technology and
Product Development of our company since May 1998. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Curcio spent 20 years at Exxon Corporation and its affiliates. Mr. Curcio
was Global Markets Manager -- Heavy Duty Diesel Additives of Exxon Chemical
Co.'s PARAMINS division from February 1996 to May 1998. From January 1995 to
February 1996, he served as Global Markets Manager -- Specialty and Niche
Additives of PARAMINS. From July 1992 to January 1995, he served as PARAMINS'
Product Manager -- Large Engine Additives. Prior to July 1992, Mr. Curcio held a
number of other positions in marketing, management and engineering.
Keith K. Allan has been a director of our company since February 1998. Mr.
Allan was a director of NATCO (U.K.) Ltd. from October 1996 to January 1998.
From February 1993 to August 1996, Mr. Allan was Technical Director in the North
Sea for Shell U.K. Exploration and Production. Prior thereto, Mr. Allan served
in a number of positions for Royal Dutch/Shell Group, which he joined in 1965.
Howard I. Bull has been a director of our company since February 1998. From
April 1994 to June 1997, Mr. Bull was President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of Dal-Tile International, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of
ceramic tile. From May 1992 to February 1993, Mr. Bull was President of the Air
Conditioning Group of York International Corporation, a producer of heating, air
conditioning and refrigeration systems and equipment, and was President of its
Applied Systems Division from November 1990 to May 1992. From February 1979 to
November 1990, Mr. Bull was employed by Baker Hughes, Inc. in several executive
positions. Mr. Bull is a director of Marine Drilling Companies, Inc. and
National-Oilwell, Inc.
George K. Hickox, Jr. has been a director of our company since November
1998. Since September 1991, Mr. Hickox has served as a general partner of Heller
Hickox Dimeling Schreiber and Park, a partnership specializing in energy
investments. Mr. Hickox has also served as a director of Cynara prior to its
acquisition by our company. Mr. Hickox presently serves as an officer and
director of several privately held companies.
E. Hale Staley has been a director of our company since February 1998. He
has served as a consultant to our company since August 1995. Mr. Staley joined
our predecessor in 1952 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer from
July 1985 to July 1995.
Herbert S. Winokur, Jr. has been a director of our company since its
formation in 1989. Mr. Winokur is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Capricorn Holdings, Inc., a private investment company, and Managing General
Partner of Capricorn Investors, L.P. and Capricorn Investors II, L.P., private
51
<PAGE> 56
investment partnerships concentrating on investments in restructure situations,
organized by Mr. Winokur in 1987 and 1994, respectively. Prior to his current
appointment, Mr. Winokur was Senior Executive Vice President and director of
Penn Central Corporation. Mr. Winokur is also a director of Enron Corp., Azurix
Corp., The WMF Group, Ltd., Mrs. Fields' Holding Company, Inc., CCC Information
Services Group, Inc. and DynCorp.
CLASSIFIED BOARD
Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors serve
staggered three-year terms. The Class I directors were reelected by written
consent of stockholders in lieu of the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders. The
terms of the directors of the other two classes expire at the annual meetings of
stockholders to be held in 2000 (Class II) and 2001 (Class III). At each annual
meeting of stockholders, one class of directors will be elected for a full term
of three years to succeed that class of directors whose terms are expiring. The
current classification of directors is as follows:
- Class I -- Messrs. McCarthy and Staley;
- Class II -- Messrs. Allan, Bull and Hickox; and
- Class III -- Messrs. Gregory and Winokur.
COMMITMENTS TO ELECT DIRECTORS
We have entered into an agreement with Capricorn I and Capricorn II
regarding the election of Class III directors. We have agreed that, so long as
Capricorn I and Capricorn II together own 20% or more of our outstanding common
stock, we will nominate the individuals designated by Capricorn I and Capricorn
II for election as the Class III directors when that class stands for election.
If the class should be enlarged, we will be obligated to nominate only the two
individuals so designated. If it should be reduced to one, our obligation will
be to nominate one individual so designated as a Class III director and one as a
Class II director. If a vacancy should arise in Class III, we have agreed to
elect an individual designated by Capricorn I and Capricorn II to fill the
vacancy.
In connection with our acquisition of Cynara, we amended our charter to
provide for both Class A and Class B common stock and to provide specified
rights to holders of Class B common stock. Following this offering, the two
classes will have the same rights, except that holders of the Class B common
stock will continue to have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect,
by majority vote, one person to our board of directors and to hold a class vote
on any amendment to our charter that would authorize additional Class B common
stock or would adversely affect their right to elect a director. The person so
elected may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority
of the Class B common stock. The individual currently elected to that position
on our board is George K. Hickox, Jr. The Class B common stock converts to Class
A common stock constituting a single class of common stock on January 1, 2002.
The class of directors of which Mr. Hickox is a member stands for reelection at
the annual stockholders meeting to be held during 2001. Accordingly, it is
likely that Mr. Hickox will continue to serve on our board until at least 2004
when his class will again stand for election.
COMMITTEES
Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Allan and Hickox, each of whom is a
non-employee director. The audit committee, which is chaired by Mr. Allan, meets
separately with representatives of our independent auditors and with
representatives of senior management in performing its functions. The audit
committee reviews the general scope of audit coverages, the fees charged by the
independent auditors, matters relating to our internal control systems and other
matters related to accounting and reporting functions.
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Bull and Winokur, each of
whom is a non-employee director. The compensation committee, which is chaired by
Mr. Winokur, administers our stock option plans, and in this capacity makes all
option grants or awards to our employees, including executive officers,
52
<PAGE> 57
under the plans. In addition, the compensation committee is responsible for
making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the
compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and
for establishing compensation and employee benefit policies.
Our executive and nominating committee consists of Messrs. Gregory,
McCarthy and Winokur. The executive committee, which is chaired by Mr. Gregory,
is authorized to exercise the powers of the board during the intervals between
the meetings of the board. The executive committee also reviews the
qualifications of potential candidates for the board, evaluates the performance
of incumbent directors and recommends to the board nominees for election to the
board at the annual meeting of stockholders.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1998 with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our
four other most highly compensated executive officers:
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
-------------
SECURITIES
ANNUAL COMPENSATION UNDERLYING
------------------- STOCK ALL OTHER
SALARY BONUS OPTIONS(#)(1) COMPENSATION(2)
------- -------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nathaniel A. Gregory...................... $350,000 $234,990(3) -- $6,000
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Patrick M. McCarthy....................... 215,000 136,338 16,667 6,000
President and Director
William B. Wiener III(4).................. 148,407 81,926 -- 6,000
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
C. Frank Smith............................ 158,818 73,130 -- 6,000
President of NATCO-U.S.
David R. Volz, Jr. ....................... 124,319 122,842 -- 4,861
President of TEST
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) For information concerning the aggregate holdings of stock options by the
named executive officers, see "-- Stock Option Grants."
(2) Includes our contractual and discretionary contributions to the named
executive officer's 401(k) plan account.
(3) See "-- Employment Agreement" for the terms of an additional bonus to be
paid in connection with the completion of the offering.
(4) Mr. Wiener resigned from our company effective May 31, 1999.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Mr. Gregory serves as our chairman and chief executive officer under an
employment agreement. This agreement is renewed annually unless terminated by
Mr. Gregory or us. The agreement provides for an annual base salary in the
amount of $350,000, an annual bonus with a target award of 60% of Mr. Gregory's
base salary based on such targeted performance criteria and additional
discretionary bonuses as are determined annually by our board.
53
<PAGE> 58
In July 1999, we amended Mr. Gregory's employment agreement to delete a
provision requiring us to pay him a bonus of 1.5% of the value of our company at
the time of our initial public offering. In exchange, we agreed:
- to lend Mr. Gregory $1,205,490 in cash with which he would purchase from
us 136,832 shares of our common stock;
- that Mr. Gregory's borrowings would be evidenced by his full recourse
promissory note for the same amount bearing interest at 6% per year; and
- that we would pay Mr. Gregory a bonus equal to the principal of and
interest accrued on the promissory note at the time of our initial public
offering.
This bonus will be due upon completion of this offering. Payment of the
principal and interest on Mr. Gregory's note is due upon completion of this
offering, except for an amount equal to taxes on the bonus. That amount will
become due upon the lapse of Mr. Gregory's holding period under Rule 144 with
respect to the shares of our common stock he acquired in July 1999.
For information regarding a stock option that we granted to Mr. Gregory at
the time he joined our company, as well as a subsequent amendment to that stock
option, see "-- Individual Employee Stock Options."
If we terminate Mr. Gregory's employment for any reason other than just
cause, he is entitled to severance pay in accordance with any severance plan or
policy that we then have in effect. If Mr. Gregory terminates his employment
agreement for any reason, other than for a material breach of the agreement by
us, he will not be entitled to receive any bonus compensation or severance pay,
and we will have no further obligations except to pay base salary previously
earned.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors who are our employees do not receive a retainer or fees for
service on the board or any committees. We pay non-employee members of the board
for their service as directors. Directors who are not employees receive a
quarterly fee of $6,500 and a fee of $500 for attendance at each meeting of the
board. In addition, pursuant to the 1998 Director Stock Option Plan, following
completion of this offering, each non-employee director who is reelected as a
director after completing at least one year of service as a director will
receive, on the date of reelection, a stock option to purchase 2,667 shares of
our common stock at the market price on the date of grant. Some non-employee
directors have also been awarded initial stock options, which vest over a period
of two and one-half years, to purchase 6,667 shares of our common stock at a
price of $8.81 per share. Directors are reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board or committees and for other
reasonable expenses related to the performance of their duties as directors.
INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS
General. Beginning in June 1989, we issued stock appreciation rights to
some of our employees. In June 1997, we terminated that plan and converted all
those stock appreciation rights into individual employee stock options to
purchase common stock on terms consistent with those of the stock appreciation
rights.
The related stock option agreements provide for vesting of the individual
employee stock options equally over three or four years, except with respect to
those granted to Mr. Gregory. Individual employee stock options become fully
vested in certain circumstances upon a sale of our company and upon the death or
disability of the recipient while employed by us. Individual employee stock
options terminate upon the earliest to occur of:
- the termination of employment with us for cause;
- thirty days after termination of employment with us for any reason other
than cause;
54
<PAGE> 59
- thirty days after an alteration of employment; or
- the expiration of the option period provided in each stock option
agreement.
We are obligated to purchase vested options under specified circumstances.
Individual employee stock options are not transferable and may be exercised only
by the recipient or his estate. The shares of our common stock subject to the
stock option agreements and the related exercise prices are subject to
adjustment in specified events.
As of September 30, 1999, individual employee stock options, including
those granted to Mr. Gregory and discussed below, have been granted with respect
to a total of 1,781,863 shares of our common stock. Of these:
- 720,558 are exercisable at $1.47 per share and expire between March 2001
and December 2001;
- 50,001 are exercisable at $2.22 per share and expire on October 15, 2002;
- 185,186 are exercisable at $3.58 per share and expire on July 31, 2003;
- 384,367 are exercisable at $5.03 per share and expire on July 1, 2007;
- 370,084 are exercisable at $8.81 per share and expire between July 2006
and June 2008; and
- 71,667 are exercisable at the initial public offering price or, if this
offering is not completed by February 2000, at $10.50 per share and
expire between August 2009 and September 2009.
Mr. Gregory. Mr. Gregory's stock option agreement supersedes options
previously granted to him. Mr. Gregory's stock option agreement provides that
all options granted to him, including his individual employee stock options, are
fully vested and exercisable at the time of grant. Mr. Gregory's individual
employee stock options terminate upon the earliest to occur of:
- the termination of his employment with us for cause;
- one year after the termination of his employment due to death or
disability;
- in specified circumstances, the sale of all of our outstanding common
stock; and
- the expiration of the various seven year option periods provided in his
stock option agreement.
Mr. Gregory's individual employee stock options are subject to adjustments for
stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations or other recapitalizations.
In July 1999, we redeemed an option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common
stock from Mr. Gregory for $550,500. We arrived at this amount by multiplying
the number of shares underlying the option (75,000) by the difference between
the fair market value of our common stock at the time ($8.81 per share) and the
exercise price of the shares ($1.47 per share). In connection with the
redemption of Mr. Gregory's option, our board granted Mr. Gregory another fully
vested option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock exercisable until
July 2006 at a price of $8.81 per share. Concurrently, Mr. Gregory relinquished
specified rights under his employment and stock option agreements with us. These
rights include:
- a preemptive right to participate to the extent of 5% in future equity
financings by our company; and
- anti-dilution protection with respect to future issuances of our
securities.
55
<PAGE> 60
STOCK OPTION PLANS
Directors Compensation Plan. We adopted the Directors Compensation Plan as
of January 1, 1998. The plan provides for:
- compensation in the form of an annual retainer payable quarterly;
- cash fees for attendance at meetings of the board; and
- grants of stock options, both discretionary and by formula.
We may pay up to 50% of the annual retainer by issuing shares of our common
stock with a fair market value at the time equal to the amount of the fee. The
plan is administered by our board. Our board may delegate all of its power of
administration, with the exception of the power to authorize issuance of
options. No director may vote on or decide any matter relating solely to him
under the plan. No director may vote in any case in which his individual right
to claim any benefit under the plan is particularly involved.
The maximum number of shares issuable under the Directors Compensation Plan
is 60,000. Options granted under the plan will have a term of 10 years and will
be subject to earlier termination if the optionee's membership on our board
terminates for cause. If the optionee's membership on the board is terminated
for any reason other than cause, his options may be exercised for up to three
years from the date of termination, but only as to the number of shares that
were vested on the date of termination. Discretionary option grants will be
exercisable as determined by our board. Formula option grants will be fully
exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price of
an option will be the price determined by our board in the case of discretionary
option grants and the fair market value on the date of the grant in the case of
formula option grants.
The Directors Compensation Plan allows our board to make adjustments in the
number of shares to be acquired upon exercise of options in the event of a stock
split, combination or stock dividend.
Our board may amend or terminate the plan at any time. Any amendment or
termination will not affect options previously granted and outstanding under the
plan.
As of August 31, 1999, options have been granted under the Directors
Compensation Plan with respect to a total of 13,334 shares of our common stock,
all of which are exercisable at $8.81 per share. All of the currently
outstanding options vest quarterly over a period of 2 1/2 years from the date of
grant. No stock appreciation rights have been granted under the plan.
Employee Stock Incentive Plan. We adopted the Employee Stock Incentive Plan
in February 1998. The purpose of the plan is to attract qualified consultants,
advisors and employees and to give our key employees who are responsible for
administration and management a proprietary interest in our company. The maximum
number of shares issuable under the plan is 700,000, subject to adjustment. The
maximum number of shares that may be subject to options to purchase shares that
an individual may receive in a single year under the plan is 100,000, subject to
adjustment.
The Employee Stock Incentive Plan provides for the award of:
- "incentive stock options" within the meaning of section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code;
- non-qualified stock options (options that do not qualify under section
422);
- restricted stock awards;
- stock appreciation rights; and
- any combination of the foregoing.
56
<PAGE> 61
Awards may be granted only to employees, advisors and consultants. Our board has
authorized the compensation committee to administer the Employee Stock Incentive
Plan. The compensation committee has the authority, in its discretion, to
determine:
- which employees, consultants or advisors will receive an award;
- the time or times when the awards will be made;
- what type of award will be granted;
- the number of shares subject to each award; and
- the vesting conditions of each award.
Options. The exercise price per share of our common stock under each option
is determined by the compensation committee. The exercise price may not,
however, be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the
date the option is granted. To the extent that the fair market value of our
common stock underlying incentive stock options exceeds $100,000, the incentive
stock options will be treated as non-qualified stock options. No incentive stock
option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of grant, the individual
owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of our capital stock unless:
- the option price is equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common
stock subject to the option at the time of the grant; and
- the option is not exercisable after the fifth anniversary of the date of
grant.
The Employee Stock Incentive Plan provides that, if any of several
specified corporate changes should occur, the compensation committee may, in its
discretion:
- accelerate the vesting of outstanding options;
- require the surrender of outstanding options in exchange for a cash
payment based on a formula specified in the plan;
- make adjustments to outstanding options to reflect the corporate change;
or
- provide that the outstanding options will cover securities or property
that the optionee would have received in a corporate change if the
optionee were then the holder of the common stock covered by the option.
For this purpose, the specified corporate changes are:
- a merger, consolidation or reorganization of our company in which our
common stock is converted into cash, property or a different class of
securities of our company or any other company;
- a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets;
- the adoption by our stockholders of a plan of liquidation and
dissolution;
- the acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of 20% or
more of our outstanding capital stock (measured by voting power); or
- an election contest in which individuals who were, prior to the election,
directors of our company cease to constitute a majority of our board.
As of September 30, 1999, options have been granted under the Employee
Stock Incentive Plan to purchase a total of 442,501 shares of our common stock,
of which 370,084 shares are exercisable at $8.81 per share and 71,667 shares are
exercisable at the initial public offering price (or, if this offering is not
completed within six months of the date of grant, at $10.50 per share). We also
intend to issue
57
<PAGE> 62
additional options to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock to
certain employees in connection with this offering at an exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price.
SARs. Stock appreciation rights may be granted either in conjunction with
an option grant or independently of any option grant. The compensation committee
determines the terms of each stock appreciation right. The exercise price may
not, however, be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on
the date the stock appreciation right is granted.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards consist of awards of our common
stock that are subject to restrictions on disposition and an obligation to
forfeit and surrender those shares under specified circumstances. The
compensation committee is authorized to establish these restrictions and
obligations which may vary from award to award. The compensation committee may
also provide for the lapse of any or all these restrictions and obligations
upon:
- the achievement by our company of prescribed performance goals;
- the achievement by the holder of a prescribed employment period; or
- the occurrence of other specified conditions.
The compensation committee may also fully vest any or all common stock
subject to a restricted stock award upon the occurrence of any of the specified
corporate changes listed above with respect to options.
Amendment. The board may terminate or amend the Employee Stock Incentive
Plan at any time. No termination or amendment will materially impair the rights
of a holder of an award previously made. The board may not, without stockholder
approval, amend the plan to increase the maximum aggregate number of shares that
may be issued under the plan or change the class of individuals eligible to
receive awards under the plan.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AND SEVERANCE PLANS
Our company has a change of control policy affecting certain senior
executive officers that provides them 150% of base salary plus accrued bonuses
upon a change of control of our company. The percentage is 200% in the case of
Mr. McCarthy. A "change of control" means the acquisition by any party unrelated
to Capricorn I or Capricorn II of 50% or more of our outstanding common stock or
securities which may be converted to common stock or assets of our company. If
the acquiring company agrees to employ our executive officers on substantially
similar terms, no change of control will occur.
Our senior executive officers participate in an executive severance plan we
adopted in September 1990. The purpose of the plan is to provide severance pay
to the executive if we should terminate his employment. The plan covers all our
senior executives. It does not apply to voluntary separations, terminations for
cause, sale of our company or the death of the employee. Under this plan, a
senior executive would receive severance pay equal to one month's pay for each
$10,000 of base salary, up to a maximum of twelve months' pay. Senior executives
also receive earned vacation pay at the time of involuntary termination.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
TEST adopted a deferred compensation plan in July 1995 to provide
incentives and rewards to key individuals. Awards are payable in five equal
annual installments plus any earnings that have been allocated to a
participant's account. We have not made any additional awards since January 1,
1998. We intend to terminate the plan upon completion of this offering and to
pay out all accrued amounts to each participant. As of September 30, 1999, the
total amount owed under the plan was $408,310. This balance presently accrues
interest at the prime rate plus 1%.
58
<PAGE> 63
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
The following table contains certain information concerning stock options
held by the named executive officers as of September 30, 1999. No stock options
have been exercised as of that date.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS ASSUMED ANNUAL
-------------------------------------------------------- RATES OF
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES OPTIONS APPRECIATION FOR
UNDERLYING GRANTED EXERCISE OPTION TERM
OPTIONS TO PRICE PER ---------------------
NAME GRANTED(#) EMPLOYEES SHARE EXPIRATION DATE 5% 10%
---- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nathaniel A. Gregory... 480,555 27.0% $1.47 July 31, 2003 $287,582 $670,189
185,186 10.4% $3.58 July 31, 2003 269,894 628,967
164,363 9.2% $5.03 July 31, 2004 336,568 784,348
50,000 2.8% $8.81 July 31, 2006 179,328 417,910
Patrick M. McCarthy.... 133,334 7.5% $1.47 December 21, 2001 86,603 204,592
16,667 0.9% $8.81 June 1, 2008 92,345 234,019
50,000 2.8% $8.81 May 1, 2009 277,028 702,044
William B. Wiener
III(1)............... -- -- -- -- -- --
C. Frank Smith......... 33,334 1.9% $1.47 December 21, 2001 21,651 51,149
33,334 1.9% $5.03 January 1, 2005 74,085 175,019
David R. Volz, Jr. .... 66,667 3.7% $5.03 January 1, 2005 148,167 350,033
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Mr. Wiener resigned from our company effective May 31, 1999.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
Capricorn I and Capricorn II, which are private investments funds, are
limited partnerships organized under the laws of Delaware. Capricorn I is
managed by its general partner, Capricorn Holdings, G.P., which in turn is
managed by Capricorn Holdings, Inc. Herbert S. Winokur, Jr., a director of our
company, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Capricorn Holdings, Inc.
Capricorn II is managed by Capricorn Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company. Mr. Winokur and Mr. Gregory, our Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, are members of Capricorn Holdings, LLC. Mr. Winokur is
its managing member.
Our company was incorporated in 1988 by Capricorn I. In 1989, Capricorn I
and a group of investors provided us with sufficient funds, by purchasing shares
of our common stock, to enable us to acquire all the outstanding capital stock
of National Tank Company, now our principal subsidiary, together with Tyler and
another company, from C-E for cash.
In December 1991, Capricorn I loaned us approximately $5.0 million. In
exchange, we issued to Capricorn I our subordinated promissory notes in an equal
principal amount.
In 1992, we organized PTH as our subsidiary and thereafter contributed to
PTH all the outstanding stock of Tyler.
During the period from June 1989 through January 1997, both we and
Capricorn I, on various occasions, acquired shares of our common stock from our
original investor group other than Capricorn I. By the end of January 1997,
Capricorn I was our sole stockholder.
Between 1992 and 1997, Capricorn I consented to the addition of accrued but
unpaid interest to the principal of our subordinated promissory notes and to
various extensions of the maturities of the notes.
59
<PAGE> 64
On June 30, 1997, we undertook a significant financing and reorganization.
At that time:
- PTH, with the consent of Capricorn I, assumed $4.6 million in principal
amount of our subordinated promissory notes;
- we distributed all the outstanding capital stock of PTH to Capricorn I;
- we refinanced our portion of the original subordinated promissory notes
by issuing a new $5.1 million 13% subordinated promissory note due 2000
in exchange for the old notes;
- Capricorn II acquired from us a new $2.4 million 13% subordinated
promissory note due 2000 and 2,113,334 shares of our common stock for
$13.0 million in cash; and
- we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of TEST by using the
proceeds from the Capricorn II financing and proceeds from borrowings
under a bank credit facility.
In March 1998, we issued 1,010,333 shares of our common stock to Capricorn
I and 468,925 shares of our common stock to Capricorn II in exchange for the
surrender and cancellation of our subordinated promissory notes.
In November 1998, we acquired Cynara by merging it into National Tank
Company.
In connection with our acquisition of Cynara, we entered into a
registration rights agreement with Capricorn I and Capricorn II and a separate
registration rights agreement with the former stockholders of Cynara. Under
these agreements, Capricorn I, Capricorn II and the stockholders of Cynara are
entitled to demand and "piggy-back" registration rights under the Securities Act
with respect to the shares of our common stock that they own.
In connection with our acquisition of Cynara in November 1998, Capricorn II
invested $5.3 million in our company in exchange for our convertible promissory
note. We used the proceeds to finance a portion of the acquisition costs. In
December 1998, Capricorn II elected to convert the note, and we issued 504,762
shares of our common stock to Capricorn II.
See "Management -- Employment Agreement" and "-- Individual Employee Stock
Options" for information regarding:
- a loan by us to Mr. Gregory;
- his purchase of shares of our common stock with the proceeds of the loan;
- our agreement to pay him a bonus on completion of this offering
sufficient to allow him to pay his loan; and
- our redemption of a portion of the options held by Mr. Gregory to
purchase shares of our common stock and the issuance of a new option to
Mr. Gregory.
CAPRICORN MANAGEMENT, G.P.
Capricorn Management, G.P. is an entity controlled by Mr. Winokur. It
provides management services to Capricorn I and Capricorn II. We agreed in 1989
to pay $350,000 per year plus specified out-of-pocket expenses to Capricorn
Management to reimburse it for costs and expenses incurred by it and its
employees in performing specified management and other responsibilities. These
services included, during periods of their common ownership, services to PTH,
whose capital stock we distributed to Capricorn I on June 30, 1997, and to
another affiliate which has been sold. Effective July 1, 1997, we amended the
contract to limit the services provided by Capricorn Management to advisory
information and research services and administrative services and to reduce the
cost reimbursement to $75,000 a year. The services provided include office space
and parking in Connecticut for our Chief Executive Officer and reception,
60
<PAGE> 65
telephone and computer services and other normal office support relating to that
space. We paid Capricorn Management:
- $350,000 for fiscal 1996;
- $144,000 for fiscal 1997;
- $163,000 for fiscal 1998; and
- $56,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 1998.
Our agreement with Capricorn Management has been extended to June 30, 2000.
In June 1989, we entered into an agreement with Capricorn Management that
was assigned by Capricorn Management to Capricorn Holdings. Mr. Winokur is the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Capricorn Holdings. Under the agreement,
we were required to pay a fee to Capricorn Holdings, contingent upon the
occurrence of specified events. During 1997, those events occurred and we paid a
fee of $374,000. We do not owe any further amounts under this agreement.
Employees of Capricorn Management participated in some of our medical
insurance and benefit plans in 1996 and 1997, for which Capricorn Management
reimbursed us. The balances for reimbursement due at the end of fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998 were $25,800, $115,700 and $229,900, respectively. All of these
expenses have been fully reimbursed and there is currently no outstanding
balance.
SUBSIDIARIES OF CAPRICORN I
PTH. PTH was a wholly owned subsidiary of ours until June 30, 1997. As a
consequence, we filed consolidated federal income tax returns that included PTH
through that date. On that day, we distributed all the outstanding capital stock
of PTH as a dividend on our common stock, all of which was then owned by
Capricorn I. For additional information regarding this distribution, see "Risk
Factors." At the time of the distribution, we obtained an opinion of our counsel
to the effect that the distribution would not be subject to federal income tax
either to us or to Capricorn I. We also entered into a tax allocation agreement
under which PTH agreed to accept liability for any federal income tax resulting
from the failure of the distribution to qualify as a tax free spin-off, other
than any liability resulting from specific actions by us during the two years
following the distribution.
In September 1999, our board approved a transaction in which PTH will pay
us $0.4 million and we agreed, in connection with a reorganization and
liquidation of PTH, to terminate PTH's obligation under the tax allocation
agreement to accept liability for federal income tax resulting from the
distribution.
As an unrelated matter, we currently provide tax consulting and analysis
services to PTH for which we are paid $7,000 per month. These services will no
longer be required following completion of the reorganization of PTH.
Tyler. Tyler, a subsidiary of PTH, is one of three companies, including
National Tank Company, that were acquired by us from C-E in 1989. At that time,
we assumed the obligations for retired employee health and life insurance
discussed under "Risk Factors." In 1996, these obligations were assumed
severally by Tyler, our subsidiary National Tank Company and the other company
so acquired.
In November 1999, we entered into an agreement with Tyler and Capricorn I
in which we agreed, in connection with the reorganization of PTH and Tyler, to
assume responsibility for these retired employee health and life insurance
obligations. The accrued liability with respect to these obligations, as
determined by an independent actuarial firm, is $1.0 million. In consideration
of our agreement to that effect, Tyler paid to us $400,000 in cash and assigned
to us a portion of a federal income tax refund due to Tyler in the amount of
$600,000. Capricorn I guaranteed payment of the latter amount.
61
<PAGE> 66
MISCELLANEOUS
Winokur Note and Option. On November 7, 1997, we loaned $1.5 million to Mr.
Winokur. The purpose of the loan was to provide a portion of the funds that Mr.
Winokur used to purchase the limited partnership interests of the former
co-general partner of Capricorn I. The portion of our common stock held by
Capricorn I that was attributable to those interests was 173,050 shares. The
arrangements that we entered into with Mr. Winokur were designed to allow us to
acquire those shares of our common stock when distributed to Mr. Winokur by
Capricorn I. The price of those shares was $8.81 per share plus the interest
expense incurred by Mr. Winokur in financing the purchase of the co-general
partner's interest.
Those arrangements were as follows: Mr. Winokur issued his full recourse
promissory note to us in the amount of $1.5 million. The note bore interest at
10% per year or, at our election, a rate determined by formula. The note matured
on March 31, 1998. At that time, Mr. Winokur refinanced the note obligation by
issuing a new promissory note payable to us in the amount of $1.6 million,
consisting of the original principal plus accrued but unpaid interest. The new
promissory note bears interest at 11% per year and is due on the date on which
the 173,050 shares of our common stock described above have been distributed by
Capricorn I to Mr. Winokur.
As of the same date, March 31, 1998, we purchased, for $200,000, an option
from Mr. Winokur to purchase 173,050 shares of our common stock at a price of
$8.81 per share. The option becomes exercisable for the ten business days after
Mr. Winokur notifies us that Capricorn I's holdings of our common stock have
been distributed to its partners.
We anticipate that we will exercise this option promptly after Capricorn I
makes a distribution of our common stock to its partners. Our total cost of
those 173,050 shares will be $1,724,571 or $9.97 per share. This is composed of
the $1,524,571 we must pay to exercise the option in full and the $200,000 we
paid for the option. We anticipate that we will offset the exercise price of the
option against Mr. Winokur's obligations to pay the principal and interest on
his note.
Cynara Management Fee. Prior to our acquisition of Cynara, Cynara paid a
monthly management fee of $25,000 to Heller Hickox Dimeling Schreiber and Park.
George K. Hickox, Jr., who is director of our company, is a general partner of
Heller Hickox Dimeling Schreiber and Park. Cynara paid management fees of
$75,000 during 1996, $187,500 during 1997, and $250,000 during 1998 and
reimbursed expenses of Mr. Hickox's firm. The management agreement was
terminated upon completion of the acquisition of Cynara.
We believe that the transactions described above were no less favorable to
us than those that would have otherwise been obtainable in arms' length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
62
<PAGE> 67
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of October 31, 1999, and as adjusted to reflect
the sale of our common stock in this offering. The following table presents
information on:
- each director;
- each named executive officer;
- each person who is known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our
common stock;
- all our directors and executive officers as a group; and
- Capricorn I and some of the former stockholders of Cynara, as the selling
stockholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES BENEFICIALLY SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED OWNED
PRIOR TO THE OFFERING SHARES TO BE AFTER THE OFFERING
---------------------- SOLD IN THE -------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1) NUMBER PERCENT OFFERING NUMBER PERCENT
--------------------------- ----------- -------- ------------ --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Capricorn I(2)(3)......................... 5,563,667 57.9% 3,145,903 2,417,764 17.8%
Capricorn II(2)(4)........................ 3,087,021 32.1% -- 3,087,021 22.7%
Herbert S. Winokur, Jr.(2)(5)............. 8,650,688 90.0% 3,145,903 5,504,785 40.4%
Nathaniel A. Gregory(6)(7)(8)............. 4,157,308 39.4% -- 4,157,308 28.6%
E. Hale Staley(8)......................... 33,334 * -- 33,334 *
Patrick M. McCarthy(8).................... 137,501 1.4% -- 137,501 *
William B. Wiener III(9).................. -- -- -- -- --
C. Frank Smith(8)......................... 50,001 * -- 50,001 *
David R. Volz, Jr.(8)..................... 33,334 * -- 33,334 *
Howard I. Bull............................ 4,667 * -- 4,667 *
Keith K. Allan............................ 4,667 * -- 4,667 *
George K. Hickox, Jr. .................... 138,257 1.4% -- 138,257 *
Douglas P. Heller(10)..................... 138,257 1.4% 45,000 93,257 *
William R. Dimeling(10)................... 92,171 1.0% 92,171 -- --
Richard R. Schreiber(10).................. 92,171 1.0% 92,171 -- --
Steven G. Park(10)........................ 92,171 1.0% 92,171 -- --
BOCP II, L.L.C.(11)....................... 82,584 * 32,584 50,000 *
All directors and executive officers as a
group (14 persons)(5)(7)(8)............. 10,113,135 93.6% 3,145,903 6,967,232 47.1%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
* Less than 1%.
(1) Except as otherwise noted, each stockholder has sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares beneficially owned.
(2) The address of Capricorn I, Capricorn II and Mr. Winokur is 30 East Elm
Street, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
(3) A Delaware limited partnership of which Capricorn Holdings L.P. is the
general partner. Mr. Winokur, a director of our company, controls the
general partner of Capricorn Holdings L.P.
(4) A Delaware limited partnership of which Capricorn Holdings LLC is the
general partner. Messrs. Winokur and Gregory, directors of our company, are
the managing member and a member of Capricorn Holdings LLC, respectively.
(5) The 8,650,688 shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Winokur are
owned directly by Capricorn I and Capricorn II and are included due to Mr.
Winokur's affiliation with Capricorn I and Capricorn II.
(6) Includes 53,351 shares to be transferred from Mr. Winokur to Mr. Gregory
upon the distribution of Capricorn I's holdings of our common stock to its
investors.
(7) Of the 4,157,308 shares indicated as beneficially owned by Mr. Gregory,
3,087,021 are owned directly by Capricorn II and are included because of
Mr. Gregory's affiliation with Capricorn II.
(8) The shares beneficially owned by Messrs. Gregory, Staley, McCarthy, Smith
and Volz include 880,104, 33,334, 137,501, 50,001 and 33,334 shares,
respectively, that may be acquired within
63
<PAGE> 68
60 days through the exercise of stock options. The shares owned by the
executive officers and directors as a group include 1,186,024 shares that
may be acquired within 60 days through the exercise of stock options.
(9) Mr. Wiener resigned from our company effective May 31, 1999.
(10) The address of Messrs. Heller, Dimeling, Schreiber and Park is c/o Heller,
Hickox, Dimeling, Schreiber & Park, 1629 Locust Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19103.
(11) The address of BOCP II, L.L.C. is 150 E. Gay Street, 24th Floor, Columbus,
Ohio 43215, attention: Steven Cheneko.
64
<PAGE> 69
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
GENERAL
Our authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock
and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Of the 50,000,000 shares of common
stock, 45,000,000 shares are designated Class A common stock and 5,000,000
shares are designated Class B common stock. As of September 30, 1999, 9,613,356
shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 825,836 shares were Class B
common stock and the balance were Class A common stock. The shares to be sold in
this offering are Class A common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. Although we have made application to list the common stock on the NYSE,
we cannot assure you that a market for our common stock will develop or, if one
develops, that it will be sustained.
COMMON STOCK
We amended our charter in connection with the acquisition of Cynara to
divide our common stock into two classes. The shares issued to the former Cynara
stockholders were shares of Class B common stock. There will be, until the
completion of this offering, significant differences between the Class A and
Class B common stock. At that time, however, these differences will terminate,
except the rights of the holders of Class B common stock:
- to elect a director to our board; and
- to vote as a class with respect to any charter amendment that would
authorize additional Class B common stock or would adversely affect their
right to elect a director.
The rights attaching to the Class B common stock are personal to the
initial holders of shares of that class and will not, with express exceptions,
continue to attach to shares transferred to others. Each share of Class B common
stock may be converted at any time into one share of Class A common stock. On
January 1, 2002, the Class B common stock converts automatically into Class A
common stock to constitute a single class of common stock. Prior to that date,
any shares of Class B common stock, including those shares being sold in this
offering by certain of the former stockholders of Cynara, will convert
automatically into Class A common stock upon their disposition by the holders of
such shares. There being no other differences between the classes of our common
stock, we do not, in the description that follows, distinguish between those
classes.
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of
common stock on all matters voted on by our stockholders. The holders of common
stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Subject
to any preferences accorded to the holders of the preferred stock, holders of
common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our board
declares out of legally available funds. NATCO Group Inc. has never paid cash
dividends on our common stock, and we do not intend to pay dividends in the
foreseeable future. Our credit facilities contain provisions that have the
effect of restricting us from paying dividends on the common stock. Holders of
common stock will share equally in our assets on the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of our company, after payment of debts, expenses and the liquidation
preference plus any accrued dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred
stock. The holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemptive
or conversion rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares
of common stock being sold in this offering will be, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.
PREFERRED STOCK
General. Our board has authority, without stockholder approval, to issue
shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares
and terms of each such series. The board may determine the designation and other
terms of each series, including:
- dividend rights;
- conversion rights;
65
<PAGE> 70
- voting powers;
- redemption rights; and
- liquidation preferences.
The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desired flexibility in
connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could
adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock. It could also
affect the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend
payments and payments upon liquidation. We have no present plans to issue any
preferred stock.
One of the consequences of our authorized but unissued common stock and
undesignated preferred stock may be to enable our board to make more difficult
or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company. Use of the common
or preferred stock for this purpose might also protect incumbent management. If,
in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board were to determine that a
takeover proposal was not in our best interest, the board could authorize the
issuance of those shares without stockholder approval. The shares could be
issued in one or more transactions that might prevent or make the completion of
the change of control transaction more difficult or costly by:
- diluting the voting or other rights of the proposed acquiror or insurgent
stockholder group;
- creating a substantial voting block in institutional or other hands that
might undertake to support the position of the incumbent board; and
- effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover.
In this regard, our charter grants our board broad power to establish the rights
and preferences of the authorized and unissued preferred stock. Our board could
establish one or more series of preferred stock which entitle holders:
- to vote separately as a class on any proposed merger or consolidation;
- to cast a proportionately larger vote together with the common stock on
any transaction or for all purposes;
- to elect directors having terms of office or voting rights greater than
those of other directors;
- to convert preferred stock into a greater number of shares of common
stock or other securities;
- to demand redemption at a specified price under prescribed circumstances
related to a change of control of our company; or
- to exercise other rights designed to impede a takeover.
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. Our board has, in
conjunction with its adoption of our rights agreement, designated 500,000 shares
of preferred stock as the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. The
terms of this Series A preferred stock are designed so that the value of each
one-hundredth of a share that may be purchased upon exercise of a right will
approximate the value of one share of common stock. The Series A preferred stock
is nonredeemable and will rank junior to all other series of preferred stock.
Each whole share of Series A preferred stock is entitled to receive a cumulative
quarterly preferential dividend in an amount per share equal to the greater of:
- $1.00 in cash, or
- 100 times the dividend declared on the common stock.
Upon liquidation, the holders of the Series A preferred stock are entitled to
receive a preferential liquidation payment equal to the greater of:
- $100.00 per share, or
- 100 times the payment made on the common stock,
66
<PAGE> 71
plus, in either case, the accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions on the
Series A preferred stock. Upon any merger, consolidation or other transaction in
which the common stock is exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash or other property, each whole share of Series A preferred stock
is entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per share of common stock.
Each whole share of Series A preferred stock is entitled to 100 votes on all
matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of our company. Holders of
Series A preferred stock will generally vote together as one class with the
holders of common stock and any other capital stock on all matters submitted to
a vote of stockholders of our company.
CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our bylaws provide that, except as
may otherwise be provided with respect to the rights of the holders of preferred
stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders
at any annual or special meeting may be effected by written consent of
stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, unless the action to be
effected by written consent of stockholders and the taking of such action by
such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by our board. This
provision makes it difficult for stockholders to initiate or effect an action by
written consent that is opposed by our board.
Amendment of the Bylaws. Under Delaware law, the power to adopt, amend or
repeal bylaws is conferred upon the stockholders. A corporation may, however, in
its certificate of incorporation also confer upon the board of directors the
power to adopt, amend or repeal its bylaws. Our charter and bylaws grant our
board the power to adopt, amend and repeal our bylaws at any regular or special
meeting of the board on the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then
in office. Our stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws but only at
any regular or special meeting of stockholders by an affirmative vote of a
majority of the common stock present at the meeting or by unanimous written
consent.
Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws provide that a special meeting
of stockholders may be called only by a written request signed by the holders of
at least 10% of our outstanding common stock.
Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions. Advance notice is required for
stockholders to nominate directors or to submit proposals for consideration at
meetings of stockholders. In addition, the ability of our stockholders to remove
directors without cause is precluded.
Classified Board. Only one of three classes of directors is elected each
year. See "Management -- Classified Board."
RIGHTS TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK
On May 5, 1998, our board declared a dividend of one preferred share
purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock held of record on May
15, 1998. It also approved the further issuance of rights with respect to all
shares of common stock that we issue after that date and prior to the rights
becoming exercisable. The rights were issued under a rights agreement between
our company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as rights agent. When
the rights become exercisable, each right will entitle the registered holder to
purchase from us one-hundredth of a share of Series A preferred stock at a price
of $72.50 in cash, subject to adjustment. Until the occurrence of specified
events, the rights:
- are not exercisable;
- will be evidenced by the certificates for our common stock; and
- will not be transferable apart from our common stock.
67
<PAGE> 72
Detachment of Rights; Exercise. The rights are currently attached to all
certificates representing outstanding shares of common stock and no separate
right certificates have been distributed. The rights will separate from the
common stock on a distribution date, which will occur upon the earlier of:
- ten business days following the public announcement that a person or
group has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding
voting securities; or
- ten business days following the commencement or announcement of an
intention to commence a tender offer or exchange offer, which, if
completed, would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group
of 15% or more of our outstanding voting securities.
The rights are not exercisable until the distribution date. As soon as
practicable following the distribution date, separate certificates evidencing
the rights will be mailed to holders of record of our common stock as of the
close of business on the distribution date. After mailing, the separate
certificates alone will evidence the rights.
If a person or group were to acquire 15% or more of our voting securities,
each right then outstanding would become a right to buy that number of shares of
common stock that at the time of the acquisition of 15% or more of our voting
securities would have a market value of two times the purchase price of the
right. Rights beneficially owned by the acquiring person or group would,
however, become null and void.
If, following the occurrence of a distribution date, we were acquired in a
merger or other business combination transaction, the rights agreement requires
that the documents relating to the business combination must contain provisions
relating to the rights. Those documents must provide that, after the merger or
other business combination, each holder of a right would have the right to
receive, upon exercise at the then current purchase price, that number of shares
of common stock of the acquiring company that at the time would have a market
value of two times the purchase price of the right.
Antidilution and Other Adjustments. The number of shares or fractions of
Series A preferred stock or other securities or property issuable upon exercise
of the rights, and the purchase price payable, are subject to customary
adjustments from time to time to prevent dilution. The number of outstanding
rights and the number of shares or fractions of Series A preferred stock
issuable upon exercise of each right are also subject to adjustment if any of
the following events occurs prior to the distribution date:
- a stock dividend on our common stock payable in our common stock; or
- any subdivision, consolidation or combination of our common stock.
Exchange Option. At any time after the acquisition by a person or group of
beneficial ownership of 15% or more but less than 50% of our outstanding voting
securities, our board may, at its option, issue common stock in mandatory
redemption of all or part of the rights. Any rights owned by the acquiring
person or group would become null and void. The redemption must be at an
exchange ratio of one share of our common stock for each two shares of our
common stock for which each right is then exercisable, subject to adjustment.
Redemption of Rights. At any time prior to the first public announcement
that a person or group has become the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our
outstanding voting securities, our board may redeem all but not less than all
the then outstanding rights at a price of $.01 per right. The redemption of the
rights may be made effective at the time, on the basis and with the conditions
that the board may establish. Immediately after our board's decision to redeem
the rights, the right to exercise the rights will terminate and the only right
of the holders of rights will be to receive the redemption price.
Expiration; Amendment of Rights. The rights will expire on May 15, 2008,
unless earlier extended, redeemed or exchanged. Our board may amend the terms of
the rights without the consent of the holders of the rights. This includes
amendments to extend the expiration date of the rights, and, if a distribution
date has not occurred, to extend the period during which the rights may be
redeemed. After the first public announcement that a person or group has become
the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our
68
<PAGE> 73
outstanding voting securities, no amendment may materially and adversely affect
the interests of holders of the rights.
DELAWARE ANTITAKEOVER LAW
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. That
section prohibits Delaware corporations from engaging in a wide range of
specified transactions with any interested stockholder. An interested
stockholder is any person, other than the corporation and any of its majority-
owned subsidiaries, who owns 15% or more of any class or series of stock
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
EFFECTS OF RIGHTS AND ANTITAKEOVER LAW
The rights have anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial
dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval
of our board. Moreover, the rights and the above provisions of the Delaware law
may tend to deter any potential unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain
control of our company that are not approved by our board. This may deprive the
stockholders of opportunities to sell shares of our common stock at prices
higher than the prevailing market price. On the other hand, the rights and these
provisions will tend to assure continuity of management and corporate policies
and to induce any person seeking control of our company or a business
combination with our company to negotiate on terms acceptable to our board of
directors.
TRANSFER AGENT
The transfer agent for our common stock is ChaseMellon Shareholder
Services, L.L.C., Dallas, Texas.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this offering, we will have 13,613,356 shares of common
stock outstanding (14,738,356 shares if the underwriters fully exercise their
over-allotment option). Of these outstanding shares of common stock, the
7,500,000 shares to be sold in this offering (8,625,000 if the underwriters
fully exercise their over-allotment option) will be freely tradeable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. This assumes none
of them is purchased by an "affiliate" of our company, as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 6,113,356 shares of common stock outstanding after this
offering will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and may
not be sold in a public distribution except in compliance with the registration
requirements of the Act or an applicable exemption under the Act, including an
exemption pursuant to Rule 144. Restricted securities are eligible for sale in
the public market pursuant to Rule 144 no sooner than one year from the date of
acquisition. Sales may be effected after expiration of this "holding period" in
compliance with specified volume and transactional limitations of Rule 144.
After completion of this offering, the current stockholders will own the
shares of our common stock shown below subject to the "holding period" shown:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STOCKHOLDER OR GROUP NUMBER OF SHARES HOLDING PERIOD
- -------------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Capricorn I................................. 2,417,764 Expired
Capricorn II................................ 3,087,021 Expired as to 2,582,259 shares;
holding period as to balance expires
December 1999
Former Cynara Stockholders.................. 471,739* Expired
Nathaniel A. Gregory........................ 136,832 Expires July 2000
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Up to a total of 950,000 additional shares may be earned at March 31, 2000 and
December 31, 2000.
69
<PAGE> 74
All these stockholders have agreed with the underwriters that they will
not, without the consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation,
sell any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days following the date
of this prospectus. An aggregate of 5,471,762 shares of our common stock that
are currently outstanding will be available for sale in Rule 144 transactions
following expiration of that 180 day period. Moreover, all the stockholders
listed above, including the former Cynara stockholders, are entitled to rights
of registration of the offering and sale of their shares under the Securities
Act.
As of September 30, 1999, we have reserved an aggregate of 1,795,197 shares
of common stock for issuance upon exercise of options of which 1,347,527 are
exercisable immediately upon completion of this offering. See
"Management -- Executive Compensation -- Stock Option Plans." In addition, we
intend to issue options to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock to
certain employees in connection with this offering at an exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement, dated
, 1999, the underwriters named below, who are represented by
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
and Simmons & Company International, have severally agreed to purchase an
aggregate of 4,000,000 shares from us and 3,500,000 shares from the selling
stockholders. The number of shares of common stock that each underwriter has
agreed to purchase is set forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS SHARES
- ------------ ---------
<S> <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.........
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ..................................
Simmons & Company International.............................
DLJdirect Inc. .............................................
--------
Total............................................. 7,500,000
========
</TABLE>
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the shares of common stock
included in this offering are subject to approval by their counsel of certain
legal matters and to certain other conditions precedent that must be satisfied
by us. The underwriters are obligated to purchase and accept delivery of all the
shares of common stock (other than those covered by the over-allotment option
described below) if they purchase any of the shares of common stock.
The underwriters initially propose to offer some of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and some of the shares of common stock to certain
dealers (including the underwriters) at the public offering price less a
concession not in excess of $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and
such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $ per share on
sales to certain other dealers. After the initial offering of the common stock
to the public, the representatives may change the public offering price and
other selling terms at any time without notice. The underwriters do not intend
to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days
after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or
in part, up to 1,125,000 additional shares of common stock at the public
offering price less underwriting fees. The underwriters may exercise this option
solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering.
To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of
additional shares of common stock approximately proportionate to its initial
purchase commitment.
70
<PAGE> 75
The following table shows the underwriting fees we will pay to the
underwriters in connection with this offering. The amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase
additional shares of our common stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NO EXERCISE FULL EXERCISE
<S> <C> <C>
Per share................................................... $ 0.77 $ 0.77
Total....................................................... $3,080,000 $3,946,250
</TABLE>
We estimate our expenses relating to the offering to be $800,000. We will
pay to the underwriters underwriting discounts and commissions in an amount
equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount the
underwriters pay to us for each share of common stock.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make with
respect to these liabilities.
For a period ending 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and our
executive officers and directors and the selling stockholders have agreed not
to, without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation:
- offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell or sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
- enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion
of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any common
stock, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares
offered hereby for sale at the initial public offering price to certain of our
employees, directors and members of their immediate families. These persons must
commit to purchase after the registration statement has become effective but
before the open of business on the following business day. The number of shares
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as
the other shares offered hereby.
Application will be made to list our common stock on the NYSE under the
symbol "NTG." In order to meet the requirements for listing the common stock on
the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to
a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the
selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of
the shares of common stock included in this offering in any jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required. The shares of common stock included in this
offering may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this
prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with
the offer and sale of any shares of common stock be distributed or published in
any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with
the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons who receive
this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any
restrictions relating to this offering of our common stock and the distribution
of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any shares of common stock included in this offering in any
jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot this offering,
creating a syndicate short position. The underwriters may also bid for and
purchase shares of
71
<PAGE> 76
common stock in the open market to cover syndicate short positions or to
stabilize the price of the common stock. In addition, the underwriting syndicate
may reclaim selling concessions from syndicate members and selected dealers if
they repurchase previously distributed common stock in syndicate covering
transactions, in stabilizing transactions or otherwise. These activities may
stabilize or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent
market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities
and may end any of these activities at any time.
Prior to this offering, there has been no established market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered
by this prospectus will be determined by negotiation between us and the
representatives of the underwriters. The factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price include:
- the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;
- our past and present operations;
- our historical results of operations;
- our prospects for future operational results;
- the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable companies;
and
- general conditions of the securities market at the time of this offering.
Affiliates of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation own
limited partnership interests in Capricorn I and Capricorn II. Affiliates of
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. own limited partnership interests in Capricorn II.
Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the venture capital
restrictions in Rule 2710(c)(7)(C) of the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Simmons & Company International will act
as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering and
assume the customary responsibilities of acting as a qualified independent
underwriter in pricing and conducting due diligence for this offering. Simmons &
Company International will receive a fee of $5,000 for acting as the qualified
independent underwriter.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus is
being passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain
legal matters in connection with the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Akin, Gump, Strauss,
Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
72
<PAGE> 77
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of NATCO Group Inc. and its
subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998 and for each of the
fiscal years in the two-year period ended March 31, 1998 and the nine-month
period ended December 31, 1998 have been included herein and in the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part in reliance upon the reports of
KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein,
and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of The Cynara Company at December 31, 1997 and
1996, and for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the period from March 5,
1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996, appearing in this prospectus and
registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Porta-Test International Inc. as of June 30,
1999 and for the year then ended have been included herein and in the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in reliance upon the
report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
The combined financial statements of Engineering Specialties, Inc. and
Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and for the year then
ended have been included herein and in the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent
certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority
of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
This prospectus is part of a registration statement we have filed with the
SEC relating to our common stock. As permitted by SEC rules, this prospectus
does not contain all of the information we have included in the registration
statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules we filed with the SEC. You
may refer to the registration statement, exhibits and schedules for more
information about us and our common stock. You can read and copy the
registration, exhibits and schedules at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SEC's regional offices
located at Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and at 500 West
Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You can obtain information about the
operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is
http://www.sec.gov.
Following this offering, we will be required to file current reports,
quarterly reports, annual reports, proxy statements and other information with
the SEC. You may read and copy those reports, proxy statements and other
information at the SEC's Public Reference Room and regional offices or through
its Internet site. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports
that will include a description of our operations and audited consolidated
financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.
73
<PAGE> 78
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report................................ F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998, December
31, 1998, and September 30, 1999 (unaudited).............. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998, for the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, and for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)............................. F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and
Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 1997
and 1998, for the nine months ended December 31, 1998, and
for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
(unaudited)............................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998, for the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, and for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)............................. F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-7
THE CYNARA COMPANY
Report of Independent Auditors.............................. F-30
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and
September 30, 1998 (unaudited)............................ F-31
Statements of Operations for the period from March 5, 1996
(date of inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the year
ended December 31, 1997, and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)................... F-32
Statements of Stockholders' Equity as of December 31, 1996
and 1997, and September 30, 1998 (unaudited).............. F-33
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from March 5, 1996
(date of inception) to December 31, 1996, and for the year
ended December 31, 1997, and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)................... F-34
Notes to Financial Statements............................... F-35
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
Independent Auditors Report................................. F-42
Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999
(unaudited)............................................... F-43
Statement of Operations for the year ended June 30, 1999 and
for the three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999
(unaudited)............................................... F-44
Statement of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Loss as
of and for the year ended June 30, 1999 and for the three
months ended September 30, 1999 (unaudited)............... F-45
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended June 30, 1999 and
for the three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999
(unaudited)............................................... F-46
Notes to Financial Statements............................... F-47
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES
FSC, INC.
Independent Auditors Report................................. F-52
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and
September 30, 1999 (unaudited)............................ F-53
Combined Statements of Operations for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)............................. F-54
Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity and
Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 1998
and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999
(unaudited)............................................... F-55
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)............................. F-56
Notes to Combined Financial Statements...................... F-57
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 79
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
NATCO Group Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NATCO Group
Inc., and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998
and the nine months ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NATCO Group
Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998 and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended March 31, 1997 and
1998 and the nine months ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
March 5, 1999
F-2
<PAGE> 80
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 941 $ 2,380 $ 1,675
Restricted cash........................................... 549 883 --
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $965, $579 and $580 as of March 31, 1998,
December 31, 1998, and September 30, 1999
respectively............................................ 43,945 42,585 30,114
Inventories............................................... 20,096 22,254 20,754
Notes receivable from director............................ 1,576 1,717 1,846
Deferred income tax assets, net........................... 2,590 2,871 1,885
Income tax receivable..................................... -- 1,055 1,627
Prepaid expenses and other current assets................. 1,655 857 1,022
------- -------- --------
Total current assets............................... 71,352 74,602 58,923
Property, plant and equipment, net.......................... 9,332 18,294 17,653
Goodwill.................................................... 7,416 17,376 19,318
Deferred income tax assets, net............................. 6,162 6,230 6,479
Other assets, net........................................... 1,151 1,910 1,673
------- -------- --------
Total assets....................................... $95,413 $118,412 $104,046
======= ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 1,682 $ 4,693 $ 4,643
Revolving credit bank loan................................ 4,147 1,585 --
Accounts payable.......................................... 24,182 20,351 14,463
Accrued expenses and other................................ 13,573 13,758 11,945
Customer advances......................................... 2,057 2,749 1,564
Income taxes payable...................................... 1,269 -- --
------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities.......................... 46,910 43,136 32,615
Long-term debt, excluding current installments.............. 27,890 35,499 28,283
Postretirement benefit liability............................ 15,194 15,587 15,044
------- -------- --------
Total liabilities.................................. 89,994 94,222 75,942
------- -------- --------
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock $.01 par value. 5,000,000 shares
authorized; no shares outstanding....................... -- -- --
Class A Common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized
45,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,666,668,
8,650,688 and 8,787,520 shares as of March 31, 1998,
December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999,
respectively............................................ 67 86 88
Class B Common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 5,000,000
shares; issued and outstanding 0, 500,000 and 825,836
shares as of March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998, and
September 30, 1999, respectively........................ -- 5 8
Additional paid-in capital................................ 20,272 38,888 43,273
Accumulated deficit....................................... (9,470) (8,818) (8,416)
Treasury stock, 470,188 shares at cost.................... (4,350) (4,550) (4,550)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (1,100) (1,421) (1,075)
Note receivable from officer and stockholder.............. -- -- (1,224)
------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' equity......................... 5,419 24,190 28,104
------- -------- --------
Commitments and contingencies
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......... $95,413 $118,412 $104,046
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 81
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED NINE MONTHS FOR THE NINE MONTHS
MARCH 31, ENDED ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------
1997 1998 1998 1998 1999
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues................................... $126,657 $202,023 $145,611 $151,705 $125,894
Cost of goods sold......................... 100,803 161,801 115,521 121,160 94,979
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit............................. 25,854 40,222 30,090 30,545 30,915
Selling, general and administrative
expense.................................. 23,313 28,553 24,530 23,394 23,636
Depreciation and amortization expense...... 862 1,322 1,473 1,172 3,491
Interest expense........................... 1,861 2,992 2,215 2,022 2,546
Interest cost on postretirement benefit
liability................................ 957 1,048 786 786 785
Revaluation loss (gain) on postretirement
benefit liability........................ 1,466 159 53 -- (845)
Interest income............................ (116) (140) (227) (155) (175)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes................... (2,489) 6,288 1,260 3,326 1,477
Income tax provision (benefit)............. (659) 1,141 608 533 1,075
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations............................ (1,830) 5,147 652 2,793 402
Gain on disposal of PTH division (net of
applicable income taxes of $3,807)....... $ 4,788 -- -- -- --
Income from discontinued operations (net of
applicable income tax expense (benefit)
of $(825) and $395, respectively)........ 1,100 767 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income............................... $ 4,058 $ 5,914 $ 652 $ 2,793 $ 402
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Basic earnings per share:
Continuing operations.................... $ (0.31) $ 0.68 $ 0.08 $ 0.34 $ 0.04
Discontinued operations.................. 0.98 0.10 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income............................... 0.67 0.78 0.08 0.34 0.04
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Diluted earnings per share:
Continuing operations.................... (0.28) 0.64 0.07 0.32 0.04
Discontinued operations.................. 0.92 0.09 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income............................... 0.64 0.73 0.07 0.32 0.04
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Basic weighted average number of shares of
common stock outstanding................. 6,032 7,623 8,243 8,147 9,197
Diluted weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding.............. 6,371 8,067 8,942 8,863 9,868
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 82
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON
COMMON STOCK ACCUMULATED
SHARES CLASS ADDITIONAL OTHER
------------------- --------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY COMPREHENSIVE
A B A B CAPITAL DEFICIT STOCK LOSS
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1996...... 4,553,334 -- $ 1 $-- $11,142 $(14,673) $(4,350) $ (563)
Purchase of warrant............. -- -- -- -- (2,889) (211) -- --
Stockholder note repayment...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Employee stock compensation..... -- -- -- -- 1,241 -- -- --
Change of equity of minority
interest...................... -- -- -- -- 129 -- -- --
Comprehensive income Net
income........................ -- -- -- -- -- 4,058 -- --
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (201)
Total comprehensive income...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- ------- --- --- ------- -------- ------- -------
Balances at March 31, 1997...... 4,553,334 -- $ 1 -- $ 9,623 $(10,826) $(4,350) $ (764)
Issue common stock.............. 2,113,334 -- 16 -- 10,624 -- -- --
Stock split..................... -- -- 50 -- (50) -- -- --
Change in equity of minority
interest...................... -- -- -- -- (11) -- -- --
Dividends paid.................. -- -- -- -- -- (4,558) -- --
Comprehensive income Net
income........................ -- -- -- -- -- 5,914 -- --
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (336)
Total comprehensive income...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Employee stock compensation..... -- -- -- -- 86 -- -- --
Note repayment.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- ------- --- --- ------- -------- ------- -------
Balances at March 31, 1998...... 6,666,668 -- $67 -- $20,272 $ (9,470) $(4,350) $(1,100)
Conversion of subordinated
debt.......................... 1,479,258 -- 14 -- 8,172 -- -- --
Issue common stock for
acquisition................... -- 500,000 -- 5 5,245 -- -- --
Issue common stock.............. 504,762 -- 5 -- 5,295 -- -- --
Employee stock compensation..... -- -- -- -- 23 -- -- --
Stock options repurchased....... -- -- -- -- (119) -- -- --
Call option on common stock..... -- -- -- -- -- -- (200) --
Comprehensive income
Net income.................... -- -- -- -- -- 652 -- --
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (321)
Total comprehensive income...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- ------- --- --- ------- -------- ------- -------
Balances at December 31, 1998... 8,650,688 500,000 $86 $ 5 $38,888 $ (8,818) $(4,550) $(1,421)
Issue common stock for
acquisition (unaudited)....... -- 325,836 -- 3 3,419 -- -- --
Stock options repurchased
(unaudited)................... -- -- -- -- (237) -- -- --
Stock subscription
(unaudited)................... 136,832 -- 2 -- 1,203 -- -- --
Interest on note receivable
(unaudited)................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Comprehensive income
Net income (unaudited)........ -- -- -- -- -- 402 -- --
Foreign currency translation
adjustment (unaudited)...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 346
Total comprehensive income
(unaudited)................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- ------- --- --- ------- -------- ------- -------
Balances at September 30, 1999
(unaudited)................... 8,787,520 825,836 $88 $ 8 $43,273 $ (8,416) $(4,550) $(1,075)
========= ======= === === ======= ======== ======= =======
<CAPTION>
NOTE
RECEIVABLE TOTAL
FROM STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCKHOLDER EQUITY (DEFICIT)
<S> <C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1996...... $ (425) $(8,868)
Purchase of warrant............. -- (3,100)
Stockholder note repayment...... 4 4
Employee stock compensation..... -- 1,241
Change of equity of minority
interest...................... -- 129
Comprehensive income Net
income........................ -- 4,058
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- (201)
-------
Total comprehensive income...... -- 3,857
------- -------
Balances at March 31, 1997...... $ (421) $(6,737)
Issue common stock.............. -- 10,640
Stock split..................... -- --
Change in equity of minority
interest...................... -- (11)
Dividends paid.................. -- (4,558)
Comprehensive income Net
income........................ -- 5,914
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- (336)
-------
Total comprehensive income...... -- 5,578
-------
Employee stock compensation..... -- 86
Note repayment.................. 421 421
------- -------
Balances at March 31, 1998...... -- $ 5,419
Conversion of subordinated
debt.......................... -- 8,186
Issue common stock for
acquisition................... -- 5,250
Issue common stock.............. -- 5,300
Employee stock compensation..... -- 23
Stock options repurchased....... -- (119)
Call option on common stock..... -- (200)
Comprehensive income
Net income.................... -- 652
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................. -- (321)
-------
Total comprehensive income...... -- 331
------- -------
Balances at December 31, 1998... -- $24,190
Issue common stock for
acquisition (unaudited)....... -- 3,422
Stock options repurchased
(unaudited)................... -- (237)
Stock subscription
(unaudited)................... (1,205) --
Interest on note receivable
(unaudited)................... (19) (19)
Comprehensive income
Net income (unaudited)........ -- 402
Foreign currency translation
adjustment (unaudited)...... -- 346
-------
Total comprehensive income
(unaudited)................... -- 748
------- -------
Balances at September 30, 1999
(unaudited)................... (1,224) $28,104
======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 83
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE FOR THE NINE
NINE MONTHS
FOR YEAR ENDED MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------ DECEMBER 31, ------------------
1997 1998 1998 1998 1999
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................................ $ 4,058 $ 5,914 $ 652 $ 2,793 $ 402
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
Change in equity of minority interest................... 129 (11) -- -- --
Deferred income tax provision........................... (408) (565) (16) 286 737
Depreciation and amortization expense................... 862 1,322 1,473 1,172 3,491
Noncash interest expense (income)....................... 925 1,031 -- 290 (149)
Interest cost on postretirement benefit liability....... 957 1,048 786 786 785
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment........... (285) (397) (49) (92) (571)
Loss (gain) on revaluation of postretirement benefit
liability............................................. 1,466 159 53 -- (845)
Noncash compensation expense............................ 1,241 86 23 86 --
Write off of accrued IPO fees........................... -- -- 380 380 --
Other, net.............................................. 107 242 (37) 179 (18)
Change in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash................ 45 (141) (334) (80) 883
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts receivable...... (9,297) 347 2,853 2,167 12,471
(Increase) decrease in inventories.................... (3,433) (3,172) 570 (3,057) 2,240
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expense and other
current assets...................................... (13) (361) 874 1,725 (165)
Decrease in net assets of discontinued operations..... (537) 349 -- -- --
Increase (decrease) in other income taxes............. 1,861 (243) (1,642) (1,065) (572)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable............... 3,425 (3,765) (5,834) (1,378) (3,533)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other..... (246) 757 (1,894) (4,198) (1,477)
Increase (decrease) in customer advances and other.... 202 513 692 2,015 (1,185)
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities........................................ 1,059 3,113 (1,450) 2,009 12,494
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment.... (1,159) (1,256) (1,636) (1,145) (2,527)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment...... 361 1,075 66 130 977
Acquisitions, net of working capital acquired............. -- (22,955) (15,499) (507) --
Increase in due from director............................. -- (1,576) -- (1,576) --
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities............... (798) (24,712) (17,069) (3,098) (1,550)
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net advances (repayments) under revolving credit
agreements.............................................. 6,843 8,867 (2,562) 1,037 (1,585)
Change in bank overdrafts................................. (823) 2,435 (156) 192 (2,477)
Proceeds from notes receivable............................ -- 421 -- -- --
Proceeds from long-term debt.............................. 2,500 10,000 39,477 3,350 --
Proceeds from shareholder debt............................ -- 2,360 -- -- --
Repayments of long-term debt.............................. (5,947) (11,529) (20,631) (1,700) (7,266)
Purchase of warrants...................................... (3,100) -- -- -- --
Issuance of common stock.................................. -- 10,640 5,300 -- --
Payments on postretirement benefit liability.............. (510) (621) (446) (595) (483)
Other, principally bank and IPO fees...................... 4 (913) (803) (706) (184)
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by financing activities........... (1,033) 21,660 20,179 1,578 (11,995)
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents............................................... (201) (336) (221) (336) 346
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............ (973) (275) 1,439 153 (705)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............ 2,189 1,216 941 1,447 2,380
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................. $ 1,216 $ 941 $ 2,380 $ 1,600 $ 1,675
======= ======== ======== ======= ========
Cash payments for:
Interest.................................................. $ 2,973 $ 2,101 $ 2,045 $ 2,093 $ 2,446
Income taxes.............................................. $ 260 $ 1,104 $ 2,093 $ 2,583 $ 746
Significant non cash financing activities:
Issuance of common stock for acquisition.................. -- -- $ 5,250 -- --
Conversion of subordinated debt........................... -- -- $ 8,172 $ 8,172 --
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 84
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(1) ORGANIZATION
NATCO Group Inc. (the Company) was formed in June 1988 by Capricorn
Investors, L.P. (Capricorn). Capricorn led a group of investors who invested
sufficient funds in the Company to enable the Company to acquire several
businesses from Combustion Engineering, Inc. (C-E). On June 21, 1989, the
Company acquired from C-E all of the outstanding common stock of W. S. Tyler,
Incorporated (Tyler), and National Tank Company (NATCO), and the net assets of
certain foreign affiliates of the Company. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements and all related disclosures include the results of
operations of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries for the nine
months ended December 31, 1998 and the two years ended March 31, 1998.
During 1992, the Company contributed its common stock investment in Tyler
and $5,500 in cash to Process Technology Holdings, Inc. (PTH) in exchange for
all of the issued and outstanding common stock of PTH. In 1992 and 1993, PTH and
the Company sold certain shares of PTH common stock to third parties and, during
1997, the Company completed a tax-free spin off of PTH to its stockholder. The
results of operations of PTH are shown as discontinued operations in the
consolidated statement of operations.
On June 30, 1997, NATCO acquired Total Engineering Services Team, Inc.
(TEST), and on November 20, 1998, NATCO acquired The Cynara Company (Cynara).
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Unaudited interim periods. The interim financial statements as of September
30, 1999 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 are
unaudited. These interim financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the annual financial statements included herewith. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to fairly present the balance sheet, results of operations and cash
flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have been included. The
results of the operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative
of the results for the entire fiscal year.
Fiscal Year Change. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company changed its fiscal
year end from March 31 to December 31.
Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries.
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
Concentration of Credit Risk. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to
trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising
the Company's customer base and their geographic dispersion. The Company had
revenues from one customer that represented 14% of revenues for the year ended
March 31, 1998. There was no single company that had revenues in excess of 10%
of total revenues for the year ended March 31, 1997, the nine months ended
December 31, 1998 or the nine months ended September 30, 1999.
Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly-liquid investment
instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
Restricted Cash. At March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998, and September 30,
1999, $549, $883, and $0, respectively, of cash was pledged as collateral on
outstanding letters of credit related to performance and warranty guarantees,
and was classified as restricted cash on the balance sheet.
F-7
<PAGE> 85
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined using the last in, first out (LIFO) method for NATCO domestic
inventories, average cost for TEST inventories and the first in, first out
(FIFO) method for all other inventories.
Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost less an allowance for depreciation. Depreciation on plant and equipment is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives.
Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred; renewals and betterments
are capitalized. Upon the sale or retirement of properties, the accounts are
relieved of the cost and the related accumulated depreciation; and any resulting
profit or loss is included in income. The carrying values of property, plant and
equipment by location are reviewed annually and more often if there are
indications that these assets may be impaired.
Goodwill. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods
of 20 and 40 years. The Company assesses the recoverability of this intangible
asset by determining whether the amortization over its remaining life can be
recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows. Based on its most
recent analysis, the Company believes that no material impairment of goodwill
exists at December 31, 1998. Amortization expense for the years ended March 31,
1997 and 1998, the nine months ended December 31, 1998, and the nine months
ended September 30, 1999 was $13, $128, $167, and $522, respectively.
Accumulated amortization at March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998, and September 30,
1999 was $227, $394, and $927, respectively.
Other Assets, Net. Other assets consist of prepaid pension assets, deposits
of a long-term nature, deferred financing costs and covenants not to compete.
Deferred financing costs and covenants not to compete have been capitalized and
are being amortized over the term of the related agreements. Amortization
expense for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, for the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, and the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was $38, $262,
$244, and $426, respectively.
Environmental Remediation Costs. The Company accrues environmental
remediation costs based on estimates of known environmental remediation
exposure. Such accruals are recorded when the cost of remediation is probable
and estimable, even if significant uncertainties exist over the ultimate cost of
the remediation. Ongoing environmental compliance costs, including maintenance
and monitoring costs, are expensed as incurred.
Revenue Recognition. Revenues from significant contracts (NATCO contracts
greater than $250 and longer than four months in duration and all TEST contracts
and orders) are recognized on the percentage of completion method. Earned
revenue is based on the percentage that incurred costs to date bear to total
estimated costs after giving effect to the most recent estimates of total cost.
The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress
of work is reflected in the year in which these changes become known. Earned
revenue reflects the original contract price adjusted for agreed claims and
change order revenues, if any. Losses expected to be incurred on jobs in
progress, after consideration of estimated minimum recoveries from claims and
change orders, are charged to income as soon as such losses are known. Customers
typically retain an interest in uncompleted projects. Other revenues and related
costs are recognized when products are shipped or services are rendered to the
customer.
Stock-Based Compensation. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," permits entities to
recognize as expense over the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based
awards on the date of grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to
continue to apply the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma earnings per share
disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and future years as if
the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had
F-8
<PAGE> 86
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
been applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provision of APB
Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.
Research and Development. Research and development costs are charged to
operations in the year incurred. The cost of equipment used in research and
development activities, which has alternative uses, is capitalized as equipment
and not treated as an expense of the period. Such equipment is depreciated over
estimated lives of 5 to 10 years. Research and development expenses totaled
$617, $738, $1,001, and $1,304 for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, for
the nine months ended December 31, 1998, and the nine months ended September 30,
1999, respectively.
Warranty Costs. Estimated future warranty obligations related to products
are charged to cost of goods sold in the period in which the related revenue is
recognized. Additionally, the Company provides some of its customers with
letters of credit covering potential warranty claims. At March 31, 1998,
December 31, 1998 , and September 30, 1999, the Company had $1,883, $2,528, and
$1,686, respectively, in outstanding letters of credit related to warranties.
Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future
tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the future generation of taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management has considered
the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
Translation of Foreign Currencies. Financial statement amounts related to
foreign operations are translated into their United States dollar equivalents at
exchange rates as follows: (1) balance sheet accounts at year-end exchange rates
and (2) statement of operations accounts at the weighted average exchange rates
for the period. The gains or losses resulting from such translations are
deferred and included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate
component of stockholders' equity. Gains or losses from foreign currency
transactions are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
Use of Estimates. Management of the Company has made a number of estimates
and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the amounts of revenues
and expenses recognized during the period to prepare these financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Earnings per Common Share. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, which replaced
primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per
share. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 128 in the fourth quarter
of 1997 and all previously reported earnings per share data have been restated.
Under SFAS No. 128, the basic earnings per share calculation excludes the
dilutive effect of common stock equivalents in determining basic earnings per
share. The diluted earnings per common and common equivalent share are computed
by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common and common
equivalent shares outstanding. For the purposes of this calculation, outstanding
employee stock options are considered common stock equivalents. In conformity
with Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, common stock, options and
warrants, or other potentially dilutive instruments
F-9
<PAGE> 87
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
which have been issued for nominal consideration during the periods covered by
income statements presented are reflected in earnings per share calculations for
all periods presented.
The following table presents earnings per common share amounts computed
using SFAS 128:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET PER SHARE
PERIOD ENDED INCOME SHARES AMOUNTS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended March 31, 1997
Basic EPS.................................................. $4,058 6,032 $ 0.67
Effect of dilutive securities:
Options.................................................... -- 339 (0.03)
------ ----- ------
Diluted EPS................................................ $4,058 6,371 $ 0.64
====== ===== ======
Year ended March 31, 1998
Basic EPS.................................................. $5,914 7,623 $ 0.78
Effect of dilutive securities:
Options.................................................... -- 444 (0.05)
------ ----- ------
Diluted EPS................................................ $5,914 8,067 $ 0.73
====== ===== ======
Nine months ended December 31, 1998
Basic EPS.................................................. $ 652 8,243 $ 0.08
Effect of dilutive securities:
Options.................................................... -- 699 (0.01)
------ ----- ------
Diluted EPS................................................ $ 652 8,942 $ 0.07
====== ===== ======
Nine months ended September 30, 1998
Basic EPS.................................................. $2,793 8,147 $ 0.34
Effect of dilutive securities:
Options.................................................... -- 716 (0.02)
------ ----- ------
Diluted EPS................................................ $2,793 8,863 $ 0.32
====== ===== ======
Nine months ended September 30, 1999
Basic EPS.................................................. $ 402 9,197 $ 0.04
Effect of dilutive securities
Options.................................................... -- 671 (0.00)
------ ----- ------
Diluted EPS................................................ $ 402 9,868 $ 0.04
====== ===== ======
</TABLE>
(3) CAPITAL STOCK
Common Stock. On June 25, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company
approved an increase in the number of authorized common shares from 3,000 to
20,000,000. On that date, the directors declared a 7,503 for one common stock
split to be effected by the distribution of 7,502 additional shares for each
share of common stock held by stockholders of record as of that date. On March
6, 1998, the Company's charter was amended to increase the number of authorized
shares of capital shares from 20,000,000 to 55,000,000, of which 5,000,000 are
shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01, and 50,000,000 are shares of common
stock. On that date, the board of directors declared a common stock split to be
effected by the exchange of four shares for every three shares of common stock
outstanding. All share data has been restated to reflect the effects of this
transaction.
On November 18, 1998, the Company's charter was again amended to divide the
common stock into two classes: Class A common stock (45,000,000 shares) and
Class B common stock (5,000,000 shares).
F-10
<PAGE> 88
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The two classes of common stock have the same relative rights and preferences
with the following exceptions:
- The holders of the Class B common stock have the right, voting separately
as a class, to elect one member of the Company's board of directors; and
- unless the Company has previously effected an initial public offering of
its Class A common stock, holders of Class B common stock will have:
- the option, during the period from June 30, 2000 to December 31, 2001,
to require the Company to purchase their Class B shares at a cash price
of $13.00 per share; and
- a liquidation preference over the Class A common stock equal to the
amount then due with respect to any option previously exercised.
Class B shares may be converted by the holder to Class A shares at any time, and
will automatically convert to Class A shares on January 1, 2002.
(4) ACQUISITIONS
On June 30, 1997, NATCO completed the acquisition of TEST from Weatherford
Enterra, Inc. for $22,475 in cash. The funds used for the acquisition of TEST
were provided by $10,640 in additional equity and a $2,360 loan from Capricorn
Investors II, L.P. (Capricorn II) and proceeds from a new senior credit
facility.
The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and the results of
TEST have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date
of the acquisition. The purchase agreement allowed for purchase price
adjustments and included a guarantee of collectibility for TEST accounts
receivable acquired at the purchase price date. The Company subsequently
received cash of $1,387 and $1,690 related to purchase price adjustments and the
reimbursement of uncollected accounts receivable of TEST, respectively, at the
end of the purchase price adjustment period. Goodwill amounted to $6,237 and is
being amortized over a forty-year period.
On November 20, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of Cynara from
a group of private investors for $5,250 in cash, the assumption of $10,118 in
Cynara bank debt, and the issuance of 500,000 shares of NATCO Class B common
stock valued at $5,250. In addition, the Company may be required to issue up to
an additional 1,400,000 shares to Cynara's former shareholders based on
performance criteria defined in the purchase agreement. The Company had placed
450,000 shares in escrow related to this provision. The Company has issued
325,836 of these escrowed shares at September 30, 1999 and could be required to
issue up to an additional 950,000 shares at March 31, 2000 and December 31,
2000. Should additional shares be issued, a corresponding increase will be made
to cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired. The funds used for the
acquisition of Cynara were provided by $5,300 in additional equity and proceeds
from a new senior credit facility provided by a syndicate of major international
banks. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and the results of
Cynara have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the
date of acquisition. Goodwill amounted to $13,525 and is being amortized over a
twenty-year period.
F-11
<PAGE> 89
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The unaudited pro forma results including Cynara for the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, below assume the acquisition occurred on April 1, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1998
<S> <C>
Revenues.................................................... $149,481
Income from continuing operations........................... 236
Net income (loss)........................................... (1,150)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic..................................................... $ (0.14)
Diluted................................................... $ (0.13)
</TABLE>
This pro forma data does not purport to be indicative of the actual results
that would have been achieved if these events actually occurred at the beginning
of the periods presented and is not intended to be a projection of future
results. The pro forma results include the amortization of goodwill ($444
annually). As part of their arrangement with their former parent company, Cynara
was charged an amount to offset parent company overhead for corporate
management, accounting, human resources, and legal services. NATCO corporate
overhead has not increased as a result of the acquisition of these companies.
Such amounts would be duplicative or redundant to the overhead already incurred
by NATCO, and accordingly $221 has been eliminated for Cynara for the nine
months ended December 31, 1998.
(5) INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Finished goods................................... $ 4,487 $ 7,153 $ 6,714
Work-in-process.................................. 5,810 5,642 5,526
Raw materials and supplies....................... 10,064 9,725 8,780
------- ------- -------
Inventories at FIFO............................ 20,361 22,520 21,020
Excess of FIFO over LIFO cost.................... (265) (266) (266)
------- ------- -------
$20,096 $22,254 $20,754
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
At March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, inventories
valued using the LIFO method included in the above numbers amounted to $15,628,
$15,855 and $14,574, respectively. During the years ended March 31, 1997 and
1998, the nine months ended December 31, 1998, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 there were no reductions in the LIFO layers.
F-12
<PAGE> 90
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(6) COST AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
Cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts........... $54,396 $35,704 $ 44,396
Estimated earnings............................... 10,653 10,265 14,114
------- ------- --------
65,049 45,969 58,510
Less billings to date............................ 54,427 36,116 52,217
------- ------- --------
$10,622 $ 9,853 $ 6,293
======= ======= ========
Included in accompanying balance sheets under the
following captions:
Trade accounts receivable...................... $11,596 $ 9,904 $ 6,293
Customer advances.............................. (974) (51) --
------- ------- --------
$10,622 $ 9,853 $ 6,293
======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
(7) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The components of property, plant and equipment, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED USEFUL MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
LIVES (YEARS) 1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Land and improvements.............. -- $ 1,232 $ 1,395 1,383
Buildings and improvements......... 20 to 40 7,093 7,441 7,106
Machinery and equipment............ 3 to 12 6,910 15,956 17,665
Office furniture and equipment..... 3 to 12 3,023 3,490 3,859
Less accumulated depreciation...... (8,926) (9,988) (12,360)
------- ------- --------
$ 9,332 $18,294 $ 17,653
======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense was $811, $1,168, $1,291, and $2,762, respectively,
for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, for the nine months ended December
31, 1998, and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. The Company leases
certain pieces of machinery and equipment to its customers, generally for
periods of one month to one year. The cost of leased machinery and equipment is
$2,332, $2,351, and $2,371 and the related accumulated depreciation is $1,785,
$1,863, and $1,942 at March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999,
respectively. Lease and rental income of $688, $648, $468, and $321 for the
years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, the nine months ended December 31, 1998,
and the nine months ended September 30, 1999, respectively, are included in
revenues.
(8) OTHER ASSETS, NET
Other assets consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred financing costs......................... $ 407 $ 760 797
Deferred costs of public offering................ 380 -- 7
Covenants not to compete......................... -- 818 610
Prepaid pension asset............................ 283 246 246
Other assets..................................... 81 86 13
------ ------ ------
$1,151 $1,910 $1,673
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE> 91
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the life of the related debt
instruments (three and five years). Accumulated amortization amounted to $132,
$129, and $296 at March 31, 1998, December 31, 1998, and June 30, 1999,
respectively.
(9) ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER
Accrued expense and other consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Accrued compensation and benefits................ $ 7,700 $ 8,802 $ 7,819
Accrued insurance reserves....................... 2,148 905 1,108
Warranty and product reserves.................... 1,685 1,715 745
Taxes............................................ 684 527 626
Other............................................ 1,356 1,809 1,647
------- ------- -------
Totals................................. $13,573 $13,758 $11,945
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
During the year ended March 31, 1998 and the nine months ended December 31,
1998, the Company revised its previous estimate of accrued insurance reserves
resulting in a reduction of insurance expense of $1,326 and $1,207,
respectively.
(10) SHORT-TERM DEBT
At March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998, NATCO had a $5,000 working capital
facility for export sales. The loans bear interest at prime, which was 8.5% and
7.75% at March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998, respectively. Borrowings are
based on the value of inventory and accounts receivable. The bank facility is
secured by specific project inventory and receivables, a 90% guarantee from EXIM
bank, and a second lien on the assets pledged to the NATCO revolving credit bank
loan. The working capital facilities and loans are annual programs. The facility
in place during the year ended March 31, 1998, matured on June 30, 1998 and was
extended to August 31, 1998. The facility in place at December 31, 1998 will
mature on August 31, 1999. At March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998, $17, and
$1,585, respectively, had been drawn against these facilities. The Company had
letters of credit outstanding under this facility totaling $1,270 and $523 at
March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998, respectively. Subsequent to December 31,
1998, the working capital facility was increased to $10,000, and the maturity
date extended to July 23, 2002.
At March 31, 1998, NATCO-Canada had $4,130 outstanding under a revolving
credit agreement that was due on demand and bears interest at prime plus 0.5%
per annum (7.0% at March 31, 1998). As of March 31, 1998, the maximum
availability under the agreement was $4,931 ($7,000 Canadian). Availability is
based on the collateral value of accounts receivable and inventory, as defined
in the agreement. The loan is secured by collateral mortgages on the
subsidiary's property and plant, a general security agreement over all
equipment, and a general assignment of accounts receivable. The loan contains
various restrictive covenants which include, among others, restrictions on
capital asset additions, incurrences of additional debt, the requirement to
maintain certain financial ratios and restrictions on the aggregate of capital
expenditures and dividends paid in any one fiscal year not to exceed 50% of net
cash flow, which is defined as the sum of after-tax net profit plus depreciation
and amortization and taxes less payments made on long-term debt. In connection
with the refinancing of the Company's bank debt described in note 11,
NATCO-Canada paid this loan off in full prior to December 31, 1998.
F-14
<PAGE> 92
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(11) LONG-TERM DEBT
The consolidated borrowings of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1998 1999
<S> <C> <C> <C>
RELATED PARTIES
13% subordinated notes, with interest and
principal payable at maturity, due June 30,
2000........................................... $ 8,226 $ -- $ --
BANK DEBT
Term loan with variable interest rate (7.68% at
December, 31, 1998) quarterly payments of
principal ($1,161) and interest, due November
30, 2003....................................... -- 32,500 29,018
Revolving credit bank loans with variable
interest rate (8.04% at December 31, 1998)
quarterly payment of interest, due November 30,
2001........................................... -- 6,977 3,908
Term loan with variable interest rate (8.69% at
March 31, 1998) quarterly payments of principal
($357) and interest, due November 30, 2002..... 8,929 -- --
Revolving credit bank loan with variable interest
rate (8.73% at March 31, 1998) quarterly
payment of interest, due June 30, 2000......... 10,580 -- --
Industrial revenue bond, $50 due annually with
balance due September 1, 2005.................. 765 715 --
Mortgage, with interest at prime plus 1%, (7.5%
at March 31, 1998) quarterly payments of
principal ($33) and interest through May
2000........................................... 936 -- --
Term loan with interest at prime plus 1% (7.5% at
March 31, 1998) monthly payments of principal
($6) and interest through February 2000........ 136 -- --
------- ------- -------
Total.................................. 29,572 40,192 32,926
Less current installments.............. (1,682) (4,693) (4,643)
------- ------- -------
Long-term debt......................... $27,890 $35,499 $28,283
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The aggregate annual future maturities of long-term debt for the next five
years ended December 31 are as follows: 1999 -- $4,693, 2000 -- $4,693,
2001 -- $11,670, 2002 -- $4,693, 2003 -- $13,987, thereafter $456.
Parent Company. On December 11, 1991, the Company issued its promissory
notes to Capricorn to evidence borrowings of $5,000. The notes were subordinated
to all senior debt of the Company. Thereafter, interest payments were deferred
and added to the principal amount of the notes. During the period prior to June
1997, the maturity dates of these notes were extended to 2000 and $4,600 thereof
was assumed, with the consent of Capricorn, by PTH in connection with the
distribution by the Company of the capital stock of PTH to Capricorn. In
conjunction with the refinancing of its domestic debt facility, the remaining
notes plus accrued but unpaid interest held by Capricorn were exchanged for
$5,100 in principal amount of the Company's 13% Subordinated Promissory Note due
2000 (the "Cap I Note").
In June 1997, the Company completed the refinancing of its domestic debt
facility, in part to finance the acquisition of TEST. At that time, Capricorn II
invested an aggregate of $13,000 in the Company and received in exchange
2,113,334 shares of Common Stock and $2,400 in principal amount of the
F-15
<PAGE> 93
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Company's 13% Subordinated Promissory Note due 2000 (the "Cap II Note"), the
terms of which are, except for the principal amount, identical to the Cap I
Note. The 13% subordinated notes are convertible into 1,479,258 shares of
Company common stock. Effective April 1, 1998, the Cap I and Cap II Notes were
converted into common stock of the Company.
NATCO. On November 20, 1998, new revolving credit and term loan facilities
were put into place with a syndicate of major international banks. The new
credit facilities provide for a $32,000 revolving credit line ($22,000 available
in the U.S., $10,000 available in Canada) to finance eligible accounts
receivable and inventories, and a $32,500 term loan. Indebtedness under the
credit facilities bears interest at a floating rate based (at the Company's
option) upon (i) the Base Rate, or Canadian prime rate with respect to Base Rate
Loans, plus the Margin Percentage or (ii) the London Interbank Offered Rate for
one, two, three or six months, plus the Margin Percentage. The Margin Percentage
for Base Rate and Canadian prime rate loans varies from 1.00% to 0.00% depending
on the Company's debt to capitalization ratio; and the Margin Percentage for
Eurodollar loans varies from 2.50% to 1.00% depending on the Company's debt to
capitalization ratio. The term borrowings mature on November 30, 2003, and the
revolving borrowings mature on November 30, 2001. These agreements contain
affirmative covenants including financial requirements related to minimum net
worth, debt to capitalization ratio, and fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as
restrictions on NATCO making any distributions of any property or cash to the
Company in excess of an agreed sum without prior lender approval, and requires
commitment fees in accordance with standard banking practices. The loan is
collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries
as well as a guarantee of the Company. As of December 31, 1998, the Company was
in compliance with all restrictive covenants. NATCO had letters of credit
outstanding under the revolving credit facilities totaling $2,592 at December
31, 1998. These letters of credit constitute contract performance and warranty
collateral and expire at various dates through September 2002.
At March 31, 1998 and until November 20, 1998, NATCO and the Company
participated in a revolving credit agreement, which was collateralized by all of
the assets of the Company and NATCO, and was guaranteed by the Company. The
agreement provided for maximum revolver borrowings of $18,000 and an additional
term loan of $10,000. At March 31, 1998, the interest rate on the revolving
credit facility was 8.73%. The interest rate on the term loan was 7.5% (prime
plus 1%), and interest was payable quarterly along with quarterly principal
payments of $357. The revolving credit agreement contained various restrictive
covenants, which included, among others, restrictions on capital asset
additions, incurrence of additional debt and the requirement to maintain certain
financial ratios. The maturity date of the revolver loan was June 30, 2000, and
the term loan was due June 30, 2002. NATCO had letters of credit outstanding
under the revolving credit facility totaling $2,101 at March 31, 1998. These
letters of credit constitute contract performance and warranty collateral and
expire at various dates through August 1999.
The industrial revenue bond is secured by plant, real property, and
equipment of NATCO and is also guaranteed by NATCO. Interest ranges from 7.9% to
8.5%, payable semiannually. The net book value of the related property was $408
at December 31, 1998.
On August 4, 1999, the Company sold this facility which had been leased
under a long-term agreement for $950. The net book value of the facility at the
time of the sale was approximately $385. Proceeds from the sale were used to
retire the industrial development revenue bond related to the facility which
amounted to $715, with the remaining amount applied to the Company's outstanding
revolver balances.
NATCO-Canada borrowed $1,283 and $61 under a bankers' acceptance and
mortgage, respectively, to finance the purchase of land and buildings from
Tyler. This was done to simplify the corporate structure, reduce borrowing costs
and foreign exchange risk, and enhance the overall corporate tax position. The
bankers' acceptance matured on May 18, 1995, and was paid with the proceeds of
an additional borrowing
F-16
<PAGE> 94
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
on the mortgage of the land and buildings in the amount of $1,283. The bankers'
acceptance, mortgage and term loan are secured by collateral mortgages on a
NATCO subsidiary's property and plant, a general security agreement over all
equipment, and a general assignment of accounts receivable. The bank loan,
mortgage and term loan contain various restrictive covenants which include,
among others, restrictions on capital asset additions and incurrence of
additional debt, and the requirements to maintain certain financial ratios. As
part of the Company's debt refinancing in 1998, these notes were paid off.
Dividend Restrictions. With respect to its new credit facilities, NATCO has
agreed that it will not make any distributions of any property or cash to the
Company or its stockholders' in excess of $1,500 for 1998, $2,000 for 1999, and
$2,200 for any year thereafter, plus 50% of excess cash flow beginning in 2001.
The Company's previous Canadian loan facility contained various restrictive
covenants which included, but were not limited to, restrictions on the aggregate
of capital expenditures and/or dividends paid in any one fiscal year not to
exceed 50% of net cash flow, defined as the sum of after tax net profit plus
depreciation/amortization and deferred taxes less payments made on long term
debt. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, NATCO-Canada was restricted from
making any such payments in excess of $1,699.
(12) INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED NINE MONTHS
MARCH 31, ENDED
-------------- DECEMBER 31,
1997 1998 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal............................................... $(711) $ (319) $ --
State................................................. -- -- 129
Foreign............................................... 460 2,025 495
----- ------ -----
(251) 1,706 624
----- ------ -----
Deferred:
Federal............................................... (323) (511) 77
State................................................. (85) (54) 36
Foreign............................................... -- -- (129)
----- ------ -----
(408) (565) (16)
----- ------ -----
$(659) $1,141 $ 608
===== ====== =====
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE> 95
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Temporary differences related to the following items that give rise to
deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1998
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement benefit liability.......................... $ 5,774 $ 5,923
Accrued liabilities....................................... 3,420 3,017
Net operating loss carryforward........................... 493 1,113
Accounts receivable....................................... 334 192
Property, plant and equipment............................. 40 --
------- -------
Total deferred tax assets......................... $10,061 $10,245
------- -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventory................................................. $ 1,201 $ 992
Property, plant and equipment............................. -- 59
Pension assets............................................ 108 93
------- -------
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... 1,309 1,144
------- -------
Net deferred tax assets........................... $ 8,752 $ 9,101
======= =======
</TABLE>
At March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998, the Company did not record a
valuation allowance related to its deferred tax assets because it is the opinion
of management that future operations will more likely than not generate
sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. At December 31,
1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax
purposes of $3,172 which are available to offset future federal income tax, if
any, through 2018.
Income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying
the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) from continuing
operations before income taxes as a result of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED
--------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1997 1998 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax expense (benefit) computed at statutory
rate................................................. $(846) $ 2,138 $428
State income tax expense (benefit) net of federal
income tax effect.................................. (85) (54) 87
Foreign income tax expense net of federal income tax
effect............................................. 10 278 31
Foreign losses for which no tax benefit is currently
available.......................................... 530 31 49
Tax benefit of foreign losses not previously
claimed............................................ -- (1,507) (79)
Permanent differences, primarily meals and
entertainment and amortization..................... 60 130 122
Other................................................ (328) 125 (30)
----- ------- ----
$(659) $ 1,141 $608
===== ======= ====
</TABLE>
A provision has not been made for U.S. income taxes that would be payable
if undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were distributed to the
Company in the form of dividends, since it is management's intention to reinvest
such earnings permanently in the related foreign operations. At December 31,
1998, such amounts were not significant.
F-18
<PAGE> 96
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Federal income tax returns for fiscal years beginning with 1996 are open
for review by the Internal Revenue Service.
(13) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CEO Stock Options. In connection with the engagement of Nathaniel A.
Gregory as the chief executive officer of the Company, the Company granted to
him options to purchase NATCO common stock that were subsequently converted to
options to purchase common stock of the Company. At March 31, 1997 and 1998 and
at December 31, 1998, these options related to an aggregate of 905,104 shares of
Company common stock.
Stock Appreciation Rights. During 1994, NATCO adopted the National Tank
Company Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the National Tank Plan). The National
Tank Plan provided for grants to officers and key employees of NATCO of rights
to the appreciation in value of a stated number of shares of NATCO common stock.
Value was to be determined by a committee of the NATCO board of directors. The
maximum number of rights issuable under the National Tank Plan was 500,000.
Rights vested over a three year period. At March 31, 1997, there were 390,005
rights outstanding, of which 290,080 were vested. Compensation expense has been
adjusted in connection with the plan for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998
and the nine months ended December 31, 1998 to reflect expense of $1,241, $86
and $23, respectively.
Individual Stock Options. On July 1, 1997, the board of directors of the
Company approved the exchange of rights outstanding under the National Tank Plan
for individual options to purchase common stock of the Company. The exercise
price of these options was equal to fair market value of the common stock.
Accordingly, no compensation expense was recorded. The individual stock options
granted on July 1, 1997 vested ratably over a period of three or four years. The
maximum term of these options was 7.5 years. The Company reserved an aggregate
of 390,005 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of these individual
stock options.
Stock Options Plans. In January 1998 and February 1998, the Company adopted
the Directors Compensation Plan and the Employee Stock Incentive Plan. These
plans authorize the issuance of options to purchase up to an aggregate of
760,000 shares of Company common stock. The options vest over periods of up to
four years. The maximum term under these options is ten years. At March 31, 1998
and December 31, 1998, options relating to an aggregate of 260,006 shares and
464,672 shares were outstanding under these plans.
F-19
<PAGE> 97
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the transactions of the company's stock
option plans for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, the nine months ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
STOCK OPTIONS AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at March 31, 1996................................. 555,555 $ 1.47
Granted................................................. 185,186 $ 3.58
Exercised............................................... -- --
Canceled................................................ -- --
--------- ------
Balance at March 31, 1997................................. 740,741 $ 1.85
Granted................................................. 424,369 $ 5.15
Exercised............................................... -- --
Canceled................................................ -- --
Conversion of Stock Appreciation Rights to Stock
Options................................................. 390,005 --
--------- ------
Balance at March 31, 1998................................. 1,555,115 $ 2.75
Granted................................................. 262,751 $ 8.81
Exercised............................................... (38,333) $ 8.81
Canceled................................................ (19,752) $ 6.71
--------- ------
Balance at December 31, 1998.............................. 1,759,781 $ 3.48
Granted................................................. 194,167 $ 9.43
Exercised............................................... (143,334) $ 1.51
Canceled................................................ (15,417) $ 7.58
--------- ------
Balance at September 30, 1999............................. 1,795,197 $ 4.40
Price range $1.47 -- $2.22 (weighted average remaining
contractual life of 3.32 years)......................... 770,559 $ 1.52
Price range $3.58 -- $5.03 (weighted average remaining
contractual life of 4.68 years)......................... 569,553 $ 4.56
Price range $8.81 -- $10.50 (weighted average remaining
contractual life of 9.05 years)......................... 455,085 $ 9.08
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
STOCK OPTIONS AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
<S> <C> <C>
Exercisable Options March 31, 1997......................... 1,030,745 $1.86
March 31, 1998............................................. 1,279,778 $2.26
December 31, 1998.......................................... 1,379,638 $2.69
September 30, 1999......................................... 1,347,527 $3.15
</TABLE>
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by SFAS 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted
for its employee stock options under the minimum value method of this statement
under the assumptions of a risk free rate of 5.5% and an expected life of
options of 10 years for options issued during the year ended December 31, 1998.
For options issued prior to March 31, 1998, the risk free rate of return used
was 7% and the expected life used was 7.5 years.
F-20
<PAGE> 98
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's
pro forma net earnings and earnings per share for the years ending March 31,
1997 and 1998 and the nine months ending December 31, 1998 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- -----------------
1997 1998 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net earnings -- as reported.................... $4,058 $5,914 $ 652
Net earnings -- pro forma...................... $4,007 $5,844 $ 495
Earnings per share -- as reported.............. $ 0.67 $ 0.78 $0.08
Earnings per share -- pro forma................ $ 0.66 $ 0.77 $0.06
</TABLE>
Because the statement provides for pro forma amounts for options granted
beginning in 1995, the pro forma expense will likely increase in future years as
the new option grants become subject to the pricing model.
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
In May 1998, the board of directors of the Company declared a dividend of
one preferred share purchase right (right) for each outstanding share of common
stock and for each share of common stock thereafter issued prior to the time the
rights become exercisable. When the rights become exercisable, each right will
entitle the holder to purchase one one-hundredth of one share of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $72.50 in cash. Until the rights
become exercisable, they will be evidenced by the certificates or ownership of
our common stock and they will not be transferable apart from the common stock.
The rights will become exercisable following the tenth day after a person
or group announces acquisition of 15% or more of the Company's common stock or
announces commencement of a tender offer the consummation of which would result
in ownership by the person or group of 15% or more of the common stock. If a
person or group were to acquire 15% or more of the Company's common stock, each
right would become a right to buy that number of shares of common stock that
would have a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. Rights
beneficially owned by the acquiring person or group would, however, become void.
At any time prior to the time the rights become exercisable, the board of
directors may redeem the rights at a price of $0.01 per right. At any time after
the acquisition by a person or group of 15% or more but less than 50% of the
common stock, the board may redeem all or part of the rights by issuing common
stock in exchange for them at the rate of one share of common stock for each two
shares of common stock for which each right is then exercisable. The rights will
expire on May 15, 2008 unless previously extended or redeemed.
(14) PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company has adopted SFAS 132, which revised disclosures about pension
and other postretirement benefit plans. Disclosures regarding pension benefits
represent the plan for certain union employees of a foreign subsidiary.
Disclosures regarding postretirement benefits represent health care and life
insurance benefits for employees who were retired at the time the Company was
acquired from C-E.
F-21
<PAGE> 99
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The following table sets forth the plan's benefit obligation, fair value of plan
assets, and funded status at March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PENSION BENEFITS POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
------------------------ ---------------------------
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1998 1998 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of the
period...................................... $385 $418 $ 14,608 $ 15,194
Service cost.................................. 34 39 -- --
Interest cost................................. 31 33 1,048 786
Participant contributions..................... -- -- 142 83
Actuarial loss................................ 14 106 159 53
Foreign currency exchange rate differences.... (15) (34) -- --
Contribution from former plan holder.......... -- -- 1,047 1,104
Benefit payments.............................. (31) (35) (1,810) (1,633)
---- ---- -------- --------
Benefit obligation at end of period........... $418 $527 $ 15,194 $ 15,587
==== ==== ======== ========
CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of
period...................................... $613 $647 $ -- $ --
Actual return on plan assets.................. 88 54 -- --
Foreign currency exchange rate differences.... (23) (49) -- --
Employer contributions........................ -- -- 621 446
Participant contributions..................... -- -- 142 83
Contribution from former plan holder.......... -- -- 1,047 1,104
Benefit payments.............................. (31) (35) (1,810) (1,633)
---- ---- -------- --------
Fair value of plan assets at end of period.... 647 617 -- --
---- ---- -------- --------
Funded status................................. 229 90 (15,194) (15,587)
Unrecognized loss............................. 54 156 -- --
---- ---- -------- --------
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost................ $283 $246 $(15,194) $(15,587)
==== ==== ======== ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS
Discount rate................................. 8.5% 7.5% 7.0% 6.75%
Expected return on plan assets................ 9.0% 7.5% N/A N/A
Rate of compensation increase................. N/A N/A N/A N/A
Health care trend rates....................... -- -- 4.5%-7.5% 4.5%-6.5%
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST:
Service cost.................................. $ 34 $ 39 $ -- $ --
Interest cost................................. 31 33 1,048 786
Recognized gains.............................. (51) (54) -- --
---- ---- -------- --------
Net periodic benefit cost..................... $ 14 $ 18 $ 1,048 $ 786
==== ==== ======== ========
1% DECREASE 1% INCREASE
Effect on interest cost component............. $ (41) $ 85
Effect on the health care component of the
accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation.................................. $ (611) $ 1,266
</TABLE>
Deferred Compensation Plan. TEST adopted a deferred compensation plan (the
TEST Plan) effective July 1, 1995 to provide incentives and rewards to certain
individuals. Awards are payable in five equal annual installments plus any
earnings, which have been allocated to a participant's account. The Company has
elected not to make any additional awards for the plan year beginning January 1,
1998. As
F-22
<PAGE> 100
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
of December 31, 1998, the total amount owed under the TEST Plan was $578. This
balance presently accrues interest at the prime rate plus 1%.
Defined Contribution Plans. The Company and its subsidiaries each have
defined contribution pension plans covering substantially all nonunion hourly
and salaried employees who have completed three months of service. Employee
contributions of up to 4% of each covered employee's compensation are matched
100% by the Company. In addition, the Company may at its discretion, contribute
up to an additional 2% of such compensation as a profit sharing contribution.
Company contributions to the plan totaled $1,912 and $912 for the year ended
March 31, 1998 and the nine months ended December 31, 1998, respectively.
(15) OPERATING LEASES
The Company and its subsidiaries lease various facilities and equipment
under noncancellable operating lease agreements. These leases expire on various
dates through 2003. Future minimum lease payments required under operating
leases that have remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year at
December 31, 1998, are as follows: 1999 -- $2,901, 2000 -- $2,376,
2001 -- $1,405, 2002 -- $420, 2003 -- $48. Total expense for operating leases
for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, for the nine months ended December
31, 1998, and the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was $2,241, $2,563,
$2,298, and $2,383, respectively.
Lease and rental income of $688, $648, $486, and $321 are included in
revenues for years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, the nine months ending
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999, respectively.
(16) RELATED PARTIES
The Company agreed in 1989 to pay $350 per year plus specified
out-of-pocket expenses to Capricorn Management to perform management and other
services for the Company and PTH. At the time of the spin-off of PTH, the
agreement was modified to limit the services to administrative services and to
reduce the fee to $75 per year plus expenses. Fees paid to Capricorn Management
totaled $374, $163 and $56 for the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 and the
nine months ended December 31, 1998, respectively.
Employees of Capricorn Management have participated in various NATCO
employee benefit plans and the Company has from time to time been billed by
vendors for services provided to Capricorn Management personnel acting for the
benefit of the Company. Capricorn Management reimburses the Company for the
foregoing expenses. At December 31, 1998, Capricorn Management owed the Company
$16 for these expenses.
For the year ended March 31, 1998 and the nine months ended December 31,
1998, PTH paid $95, and $49, respectively to the Company for tax consulting and
analysis services. The Company currently provides tax consulting and analysis
services to PTH for $7 per month.
On November 1, 1989, two former officers purchased 420,168 shares of common
stock from the Company for $285 in cash and personal notes of $419. The interest
rates on the notes were based on the three-month commercial paper rate until the
officers left the Company and entered into option agreements (see below), at
which time the interest rate became 18%. Interest is payable annually in arrears
and the notes were due November 15, 1996. Accrued interest receivable of $2 is
included with the notes receivable balance at March 31, 1997. During the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998 both notes were paid in full.
Effective December 31, 1994, Capricorn entered into an option agreement
with a former officer and 2.5% stockholder of the Company (see above). The
option, which enabled the stockholder to exchange
F-23
<PAGE> 101
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
common stock for a specified interest in a note from the Company, was exercised
on May 10, 1995 for an 18% subordinated note for $1,330 (see note 11). Also,
during fiscal year 1997, Capricorn purchased $1,079 of the note from the note
holder. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, Capricorn purchased the
remaining portion of the note.
During 1997, the Company loaned the amount of $1,525 (at a rate of 10% per
annum) to a director of the Company who is also an affiliate of Capricorn. In
March 1998, the related promissory note was amended to change the interest rate
to 11% per annum. The principal is due on the date on which Capricorn has
distributed its holding of Company common stock to its partners. During 1998,
the Company acquired an option at a cost of $200 to purchase 173,050 shares of
Company common stock from the director at a price of $8.81 per share. At the
Company's option, the note may be repaid with shares of the common stock of the
Company. The cost to acquire the option has been recorded as treasury stock in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
An executive officer of the Company has an employment agreement pursuant to
which he was entitled to a bonus upon the occurrence of any sale or public
offering of the Company. Such bonus was to equal one and one-half percent (1.5%)
of the value of all securities owned by stockholders of the Company prior to the
sale or offering, including Common Stock valued at the price per share received
in either the sale or public offering, and any debt held by such stockholders.
In July 1999, the Company amended the agreement to eliminate the bonus.
Instead the Company agreed to lend the officer $1,205 to purchase 136,832 shares
of common stock. The loan accrues interest at 6% annually. The officer will
receive a bonus equal to the outstanding principal and interest of the note upon
the sale or public offering of the Company.
(17) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS -- PTH
PTH manufactures vibrating screens, rock crushing equipment, conveyor
components and screening media with operations in the United States, Canada, and
Scotland. On June 30, 1997 the Company completed the tax-free spin-off of PTH by
distributing the 14,250 shares of PTH stock that it owned to Capricorn I as the
holder of its common stock. Capricorn I was the sole stockholder of the Company
at the time of distribution, and accordingly this transaction was recorded on a
historical cost basis. The spin-off distribution reduced stockholders' equity by
$4,558 that represents the net assets of PTH at the date of spin-off including
the assumption of $4,576 of debt owed by the Company to Capricorn and the
forgiveness of $2,347 of intercompany balances.
The historical results for discontinued operations include an allocation of
the Company's nonspecific interest expense based on the ratio of net assets for
PTH divided by the sum of net assets of the Company, plus all the Company's
debt. Debt and interest expense directly incurred by NATCO was excluded from the
ratio. Interest expense for the Company attributable to the PTH operations and
included in the profit and loss from discontinued operations for the year ending
March 31, 1998, up to and including the disposal date of June 30, 1997; this
amount was $285.
At the time of the spin-off, the Company and PTH entered into a tax sharing
agreement with provisions for determining responsibility for tax liabilities of
PTH for the years that PTH was included in the Company's consolidated tax
returns. Income taxes have been allocated to PTH based on its pretax income and
calculated on a separate company basis pursuant to the requirements of SFAS No.
109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Income tax allocated to PTH for the year ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998 were $2,982 and $395, respectively.
F-24
<PAGE> 102
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Summarized financial data for the discontinued operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
MARCH 31,
-----------------
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 1997 1998
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues.................................................... $86,664 $13,541
Income before income taxes and minority interest............ 314 1,162
Income tax provision (benefit).............................. (825) 395
Minority interest........................................... 39 --
------- -------
Income from operations...................................... 1,100 767
Gain on disposal of division of discontinued operations net
of income taxes........................................... 4,788 --
------- -------
Total net discontinued operations................. $ 5,888 $ 767
======= =======
</TABLE>
The financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to
present financial information for these businesses as discontinued operations.
The results of operations for both businesses have been classified as
discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income and are shown
net of related income tax expense.
(18) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In June 1997, the Company, in connection with a financing effected to
provide funds for the acquisition of TEST and other corporate purposes,
distributed all of the outstanding stock of PTH then owned by the Company to its
then sole stockholder, Capricorn. In connection with the distribution, the
Company received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the distribution would
be tax-free to both the Company and Capricorn. Tax-free treatment of the
distribution depends, in part, upon the underlying facts and circumstances at
the time of the distribution. There can be no assurance that the Internal
Revenue Service will agree with the Company's and its counsel's interpretation
of such facts and circumstances. If the Internal Revenue Service were to
challenge the tax-free treatment of the distribution and such challenge were
ultimately to prevail, the Company would be treated as recognizing gain with
respect to the distribution in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market
value of the PTH stock at the time of the distribution over its tax basis to the
Company. Such treatment could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.
(19) LITIGATION
We are a party to various routine legal proceedings. These primarily
involve commercial claims, products liability claims, asbestos related personal
injury claims and workers' compensation claims. We cannot predict the outcome of
these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims with certainty. Nevertheless, we
believe that the outcome of all of these proceedings, even if determined
adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial
condition.
(20) INDUSTRY SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Company's eight business
units have separate management teams and infrastructures that offer different
products and services. The business units have been aggregated into four
reportable segments (described below) since the long-term financial performance
of these reportable segments is affected by similar economic conditions.
Engineered Systems: This segment consists of five business units; U.S.
Engineered Systems, Cynara, NATCO Japan, NATCO Venezuela, and NATCO London, that
provide design, engineering, manufactur-
F-25
<PAGE> 103
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
ing and start-up services for engineered process systems. The principal markets
for this segment include all major oil and gas producing regions of the world
including North America, Latin America, Europe, Africa and the Far East.
Customers include major multi-national, independent and national or state-owned
companies.
Traditional Production Equipment and Services: U.S. Sales & Service is the
sole business unit reported in this segment. This unit designs, engineers,
manufactures, and provides start-up services for production equipment, which is
generally less complex than those units provided by Engineered Systems. This
segment also provides replacement parts, field and shop servicing of equipment,
and used equipment refurbishing. The principal market for this segment is the
U.S. onshore and offshore market; however this segment does cover international
markets also. Customers include major multi-national, independent and national
or state-owned companies.
Instrumentation and Electrical Systems: TEST is the sole business unit
reported in this segment. This unit designs, manufactures, installs and services
instrumentation and electrical control systems. The principal markets for this
segment include all major oil and gas producing regions of the world including
North America, Latin America, Europe, Kazakhstan, Africa and the Far East.
Customers include major multi-national, independent and national or state-owned
companies.
NATCO Canada: This segment consists of our subsidiary in Canada. NATCO
Canada provides design, engineering, manufacturing and start-up services for
engineered process systems. It also provides replacement parts, field and shop
servicing of equipment, and used equipment refurbishing. NATCO Canada has also
done selective manufacturing for the Engineered Systems segment in the past. The
principal markets for this segment are the oil and gas producing regions of
Canada. Customers include major multi-national and independent companies.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those
described in Note 2. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating
segments based on income before net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation
and amortization expense, accounting changes, and nonrecurring items.
F-26
<PAGE> 104
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Summarized financial information concerning the Company's reportable
segments is shown in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TRADITIONAL
PRODUCTION INSTRUMENTATION
ENGINEERED EQUIPMENT & & ELECTRICAL NATCO CORPORATE &
SYSTEMS SERVICES SYSTEMS CANADA ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
MARCH 31, 1997*
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers..................... 42,744 55,814 -- 28,099 -- 126,657
Revenues from affiliates........ 863 1,085 -- 3,896 (5,844) --
Segment profit (loss)........... 633 4,214 -- 3,018 (5,054) 2,811
Total assets.................... 14,203 22,739 -- 13,740 9,879 60,561
Capital expenditures............ 511 372 -- 163 113 1,159
Depreciation and amortization... 197 400 -- 120 145 862
MARCH 31, 1998*
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers..................... 33,455 76,139 32,728 59,701 -- 202,023
Revenues from affiliates........ 795 643 453 20 (1,911) --
Segment profit (loss)........... (1,131) 7,251 3,485 6,465 (4,401) 11,669
Total assets.................... 11,778 30,214 23,668 17,264 12,489 95,413
Capital expenditures............ 419 383 301 139 14 1,256
Depreciation and amortization... 204 392 445 130 151 1,322
DECEMBER 31, 1998**
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers..................... 33,888 51,472 34,458 25,793 -- 145,611
Revenues from affiliates........ 1,317 386 1,095 2,484 (5,282) --
Segment profit (loss)........... 1,500 3,031 3,944 2,425 (3,420) 7,480
Total assets.................... 37,022 27,543 24,137 14,052 15,658 118,412
Capital expenditures............ 191 391 169 871 14 1,636
Depreciation and amortization... 436 295 445 187 110 1,473
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998**
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers..................... 30,676 56,291 33,721 31,017 -- 151,705
Revenues from affiliates........ 706 585 802 1,698 (3,791) --
Segment profit (loss)........... (23) 4,732 3,505 2,325 (3,388) 7,151
Total assets.................... 11,928 32,415 24,566 16,654 13,230 98,793
Capital expenditures............ 111 342 345 327 20 1,145
Depreciation and amortization... 134 226 451 112 249 1,172
SEPTEMBER 30, 1999**
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers..................... 42,098 39,275 31,988 12,533 -- 125,894
Revenues from affiliates........ 1,599 612 1,577 -- (3,788) --
Segment profit (loss)........... 6,907 1,109 4,535 136 (5,408) 7,279
Total assets.................... 34,531 23,630 21,107 9,591 15,187 104,046
Capital expenditures............ 1,370 477 259 318 103 2,527
Depreciation and amortization... 2,440 301 408 191 151 3,491
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Year then ended.
** Nine months then ended.
F-27
<PAGE> 105
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The Company's geographic data for continuing operations for the years ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended December 31, 1998 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED UNITED CORPORATE &
STATES CANADA KINGDOM OTHER ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
MARCH 31, 1997
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers.................... $ 92,518 $28,099 $ 3,464 $2,576 $ -- $126,657
Revenues from affiliates....... 1,385 3,896 443 120 (5,844) --
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Revenues....................... $ 93,903 $31,995 $ 3,907 $2,696 $(5,844) $126,657
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Operating income (loss)........ $ 416 $ 2,076 $(1,247) $ 294 $(2,283) $ (744)
Total assets................... $ 45,357 $13,740 $ 2,408 $1,165 $(2,109) $ 60,561
Discontinued assets............ 9,483
--------
$ 70,044
--------
MARCH 31, 1998
Revenues from unaffiliated
customers.................... $132,004 $59,701 $ 4,772 $5,546 $ -- $202,023
Revenues from affiliates....... 909 20 327 202 (1,458) --
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Revenues....................... $132,913 $59,721 $ 5,099 $5,748 $(1,458) $202,023
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Operating income (loss)........ $ 6,458 $ 6,074 $(1,793) $1,179 $(2,778) $ 9,140
Total assets................... $ 73,884 $17,264 $ 4,792 $1,582 $(2,109) $ 95,413
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Revenues from unaffiliated
Customers.................... $113,396 $25,793 $ 2,152 $4,270 $ -- $145,611
Revenues from affiliates....... 2,494 2,484 78 226 (5,282) --
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Revenues....................... $115,890 $28,277 $ 2,230 $4,496 $(5,282) $145,611
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --------
Operating income (loss)........ $ 3,328 $ 2,173 $ (505) $ 959 $(2,707) $ 3,248
Total assets................... $100,671 $14,052 $ 1,750 $4,048 $(2,109) $118,412
</TABLE>
Corporate expenses consist of corporate overhead and research and
development expenses. Revenue from one customer in Canada for the year ended
March 31, 1998 amounted to $19,923. The contract was awarded to NATCO Canada
principally as the result of sales efforts made by NATCO Corporate personnel
located in the United States.
(21) OFFICE CLOSURE
During 1997, the Company began winding down the operations of Natco U.K.
Ltd. These activities include transferring the net assets and employees at the
Company's parts and service business to a new U.S. subsidiary, Natco London,
Inc., and resolving pending severance, office closure and leasehold issues.
Included in the March 31, 1998 statement of operations is a charge of $282
recognized as the estimated cost to exit these activities, which principally
consists of lease termination costs, and professional fees associated with
winding down the operation.
During the nine months ended September 30, 1999, the Company completed the
closure and reached favorable settlements related to various amounts owed to and
by customers and vendors related to a number of contracts entered into between
1993 and 1995. The accrual for the costs associated with these various claims
had been accrued in fiscal years 1995 through 1998 based on the best available
information at that time. In connection with these favorable settlements, the
Company revised its previous estimates and reversed $314 of these accruals.
F-28
<PAGE> 106
NATCO GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(22) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In September and October 1999, the Company executed non-binding letters of
intent to acquire Porta-Test International Inc., Engineering Specialties, Inc.,
and Modular Production Equipment, Inc. The Company expects to acquire Porta-Test
for cash and a note totaling approximately $6.1 million, net of cash acquired.
The Company expects to acquire Engineering Specialties, Inc. for cash totaling
approximately $7.3 million, net of cash and marketable securities acquired. The
Company expects to acquire Modular Production Equipment, Inc. for cash and a
note totaling $2.7 million, net of cash acquired. These transactions are subject
to negotiation and execution of definitive agreements.
F-29
<PAGE> 107
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Board of Directors
The Cynara Company
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of The Cynara Company (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31,
1997 and the period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31,
1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year
ended December 31, 1997 and the period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 1998,
except for Note 15, as to which the date is
May 29, 1998
F-30
<PAGE> 108
THE CYNARA COMPANY
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
------------------------ SEPTEMBER 30
1996 1997 1998
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash................................................. $ 646,714 $ 2,556,540 $ 390,645
Restricted cash...................................... -- 262,000 262,000
Accounts receivable.................................. 1,089,524 347,270 2,483,166
Stockholder advances................................. 101,579 -- --
Inventories.......................................... 1,545,493 2,631,753 2,640,183
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts............................. 191,788 620,579 1,098,953
Prepaids and other current assets.................... 200,395 210,955 266,401
---------- ----------- -----------
Total current assets......................... 3,775,493 6,629,097 7,141,348
Property, plant, and equipment, net.................. 4,055,091 8,798,151 8,838,884
Loan origination fees................................ 161,662 92,625 88,529
Other assets......................................... 67,500 52,500 40,000
---------- ----------- -----------
Total assets................................. $8,059,746 $15,572,373 $16,108,761
========== =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable..................................... $ 883,845 $ 1,836,602 $ 1,909,286
Accrued compensation and benefits.................... 308,707 442,794 431,262
Stockholder distributions payable.................... -- 263,189 --
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts............................. -- 235,878 179,863
Other accrued liabilities............................ 425,022 943,759 802,105
Common stock warrants liability...................... 60,903 493,480 294,655
Current maturities of long-term debt................. 969,599 1,300,000 1,300,000
---------- ----------- -----------
Total current liabilities.................... 2,648,076 5,515,702 4,917,171
Long-term debt....................................... 3,784,798 7,138,000 9,566,282
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, voting, $.001 par value:
Authorized shares -- 90,000
Issued and outstanding shares -- 50,000........... 50 50 50
Class B common stock, nonvoting, $.001 par value:
Authorized shares -- 10,000
Issued and outstanding shares -- None............. -- -- --
Additional paid-in capital........................... 1,659,377 1,659,377 1,659,377
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).............. (32,555) 1,259,244 (34,119)
---------- ----------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity................... 1,626,872 2,918,671 1,625,308
---------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity... $8,059,746 $15,572,373 $16,108,761
========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-31
<PAGE> 109
THE CYNARA COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
MARCH 5, 1996 NINE MONTHS ENDED
(DATE OF INCEPTION) YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
TO DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, --------------------------
1996 1997 1997 1998
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Construction projects and module
revenues............................ $ 996,125 $13,814,684 $ 8,813,553 $ 8,553,129
Processing services and other
revenues............................ 3,041,497 4,811,948 3,812,399 3,549,436
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
4,037,622 18,626,632 12,625,952 12,102,565
Cost of revenues:
Construction projects and module
revenues............................ 701,552 8,339,673 5,065,826 5,227,476
Processing services and other
revenues............................ 1,566,211 3,276,574 2,696,547 4,494,591
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
2,267,763 11,616,247 7,762,373 9,722,067
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Gross profit............................. 1,769,859 7,010,385 4,863,579 2,380,498
Operating expenses:
Research and development............... 116,656 309,237 150,103 252,005
Management fees to related party....... 86,624 327,940 225,000 294,565
Selling, general, and administrative... 1,183,625 3,150,287 1,808,270 2,474,633
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Total operating expenses....... 1,386,905 3,787,464 2,183,373 3,021,203
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Operating income (loss).................. 382,954 3,222,921 2,680,206 (640,705)
Interest expense......................... (341,712) (1,233,989) (486,712) (505,361)
Other income, net........................ 3,352 43,637 57,798 25,176
Equity loss in Partnership............... (9,082) -- -- --
---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Net income (loss).............. $ 35,512 $ 2,032,569 $ 2,251,292 $ (1,120,890)
========== =========== =========== ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-32
<PAGE> 110
THE CYNARA COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RETAINED
CLASS A CLASS A ADDITIONAL EARNINGS TOTAL
COMMON STOCK COMMON PAID-IN (ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT) EQUITY
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common stock issued at March 5,
1996 (date of inception)........ 16,320 $16 $ 59,411 $ -- $ 59,427
Issuance of common stock...... 33,680 34 1,599,966 -- 1,600,000
Distributions to
stockholders............... -- -- -- (68,067) (68,067)
Net income.................... -- -- -- 35,512 35,512
------ --- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 1996.... 50,000 50 1,659,377 (32,555) 1,626,872
Distributions to
stockholders............... -- -- -- (740,770) (740,770)
Net income.................... -- -- -- 2,032,569 2,032,569
------ --- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 1997.... 50,000 50 1,659,377 1,259,244 2,918,671
Distributions to stockholders
(unaudited)................ -- -- -- (172,473) (172,473)
Net loss (unaudited).......... -- -- -- (1,120,890) (1,120,890)
------ --- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balance at September 30, 1998
(unaudited)................... 50,000 $50 $1,659,377 $ (34,119) $ 1,625,308
====== === ========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-33
<PAGE> 111
THE CYNARA COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
MARCH 5, 1996
(DATE OF NINE MONTHS
INCEPTION) TO YEAR ENDED ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
1996 1997 1997 1998
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)......................... $ 35,512 $2,032,569 $2,251,292 $(1,120,890)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization........... 429,600 1,175,780 705,003 1,610,348
Amortization of loan origination fees
and debt discount.................... 69,188 212,140 103,629 15,795
Loss on disposal of fixed assets........ -- 52,365 -- (198,825)
Common stock warrants revaluation....... -- 432,577 -- --
Equity loss in Partnership.............. 9,082 -- -- --
Change in assets and liabilities:
Restricted cash...................... -- (262,000) (262,000) --
Accounts receivable.................. 482,608 742,254 942,188 (2,135,896)
Inventory............................ 67,774 (1,086,260) (456,125) (8,430)
Costs and estimated earnings in
excess of billings on uncompleted
contracts.......................... (191,788) (428,791) (215,289) (478,374)
Prepaids and other current assets.... (184,738) (10,560) (139,336) (55,446)
Accounts payable..................... 453,534 952,757 718,525 72,684
Billings in excess of costs and
estimated earnings on uncompleted
contracts.......................... -- 235,878 -- (56,015)
Other accrued liabilities............ 411,183 652,824 651,884 (416,373)
Other................................ -- -- 101,578 --
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities.............................. 1,581,955 4,701,533 4,401,349 (2,771,422)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures...................... (360,848) (3,601,205) (2,182,838) (1,638,582)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired......... (6,589,297) (2,355,000) -- --
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Net cash used in investing activities..... (6,950,145) (5,956,205) (2,182,838) (1,638,582)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from revolving loans and term
loans................................... 6,700,000 13,288,000 2,050,000 5,865,589
Payments on revolving loans and long-term
loans................................... (1,900,000) (9,650,000) (1,850,000) (3,437,307)
Loan origination fees..................... (215,550) (97,500) (46,875) (11,700)
Issuance of common stock.................. 1,600,000 -- -- --
Issuance of common stock warrants......... 100 -- -- --
Distributions to stockholders............. (169,646) (376,002) (477,580) (172,473)
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.............................. 6,014,904 3,164,498 (324,455) 2,244,109
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Increase (decrease) in cash............... 646,714 1,909,826 1,894,056 (2,165,895)
Cash at beginning of period............... -- 646,714 646,714 2,556,540
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Cash at end of period..................... $ 646,714 $2,556,540 $2,540,770 $ 390,645
=========== ========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-34
<PAGE> 112
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The Cynara Company, formerly RHRK Holdings, Inc., was incorporated on March
5, 1996 as an S corporation by Robert J. Hamaker ("Hamaker") and Ralph M. Kelly
("Kelly"). Hamaker and Kelly each contributed his 5% limited interest in a
partnership known as The Cynara Company (the "Partnership") in exchange for
8,160 shares each of Class A common stock of the company. Effective July 1,
1996, concurrent with the acquisition described in Note 3, the company changed
its name to The Cynara Company (the "Company").
The Company uses hollow fiber membranes to separate CO(2) from streams of
fluids produced from oil and gas reservoirs. The Company designs, constructs,
sells, leases, or owns and operates commercial CO(2) separation plants using
this process in the Gulf Coast region of the U.S., Southeast Asia, and South
America. The Company either sells equipment to or contracts with operators of
such reservoirs to perform such separations on a fee basis.
Effective July 1, 1996, concurrent with the acquisition described in Note
3, a group of individual investors (collectively, "HHDS&P" or the "Majority
Stockholders") individually purchased a total of 33,680 shares of the Company's
Class A common stock for $1.6 million. Concurrently, Hamaker and Kelly each
individually sold certain of his Class A common stock to an individual HHDS&P
investor, resulting in the Majority Stockholders controlling 80% of the
outstanding shares of Class A common stock, with Hamaker and Kelly each
controlling 10%.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
INTERIM INFORMATION
The financial statements included herein as of September 30, 1998, and for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited, and, in the
opinion of management, the information furnished reflects all material
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair
statement of the results for the interim periods presented.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company accounts for earnings from long-term construction contracts on
the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the
percentage-of-completion method, earnings on contracts-in-process are recognized
based on the percentage of estimated total earnings that costs incurred bear to
currently estimated total costs on each contract, commencing when sufficient
progress has been made to estimate final results with reasonable accuracy.
Provisions are made for the full amounts of anticipated losses in the period in
which they are first determinable. Costs and estimated earnings on contracts-in-
process in excess of amounts billed are reported as a current asset. Amounts
billed on contracts-in-process in excess of related costs and estimated earnings
are reported as a current liability.
Revenues from CO(2) separation services are based on volumes processed and
revenues from membrane module sales are recognized when the modules are shipped.
CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
F-35
<PAGE> 113
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Expenditures for major improvements which extend the lives of property and
equipment are capitalized, while minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs
are charged to operations as incurred.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
The costs of materials and equipment that are acquired for research and
development activities, and which have alternative future uses, are capitalized
and depreciated over the period of future benefit. All other research and
development costs are charged to operations as incurred.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, using average
cost for raw materials and standard cost for work-in-progress and finished
membrane modules, which approximates actual cost.
USE OF ESTIMATES
Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments which subject the Company to concentrations of credit
risk consist principally of trade receivables. The Company's policy is to
evaluate each customer's financial condition and determine the amount of credit
to be extended. The Company sells to a limited number of customers, primarily in
the petrochemical industry. Collateral is generally not required on these
receivables. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, there were no allowances for
doubtful accounts.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial
statements to conform to the current year presentation.
3. ACQUISITION
Effective July 1, 1996, the Company purchased Dow's 90% interest in the
Partnership and certain other assets (primarily inventory and certain
Pittsburgh, California, membrane manufacturing plant assets) from Dow. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby
all of the assets and liabilities acquired were adjusted to their fair values at
the acquisition date, which approximated the purchase price. The tentative
purchase price at July 1, 1996 was $7.1 million and consisted of $6.3 million in
cash, assumption of certain liabilities of $454,000, and acquisition costs of
$300,000. Effective immediately prior to the acquisition on July 1, 1996, the
Partnership distributed certain net liabilities of approximately $174,000 to the
Company. The final purchase price was contingent upon the resolution of an
operating agreement with Pennzoil for CO(2) separation services at the SACROC
Unit, as more fully described in Note 4. In August 1997, the Company negotiated
a new operating agreement with Pennzoil and was required to pay an additional
cash consideration of $2,355,000, resulting in a total purchase price of
$9,455,000. The additional purchase price was allocated to the SACROC Unit. The
financial statements reflect all operations of the acquired entity from July 1,
1996 through December 31, 1997.
F-36
<PAGE> 114
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. CO(2) SEPARATION SERVICES
The Partnership had an operating agreement with Pennzoil (assumed from
Chevron U.S.A., Inc., in 1994) to provide CO(2) separation services at a
facility in Snyder, Texas (the "SACROC Unit"). Separation services began at the
SACROC Unit in December 1983 and the agreement expired in August 1993, with
automatic annual renewals. In May 1996, Pennzoil notified the Partnership of its
intent to terminate the agreement effective September 1, 1996. The Company, as
successor to the Partnership, continued to provide CO(2) separation services at
the SACROC Unit on a month-to-month basis until August 1997. In August 1997, the
Company entered into a new agreement with Pennzoil to provide such services. The
agreement expires February 2008, with automatic annual renewals unless either
party provides written notice of termination at least 90 days prior to the
renewal date.
In August 1996, the Company began operations under an agreement with Texaco
to provide CO(2) separation services at a facility in Paradis, Louisiana (the
"Paradis Unit"). The agreement expires July 31, 2001, with automatic annual
renewals unless either party provides written notice of termination at least 90
days prior to the renewal date.
Approximately $3.3 million and $1.3 million of total revenues resulted from
separation services at the SACROC Unit and Paradis Unit, respectively, for the
year ended December 31, 1997. Approximately $2.3 million and $500,000 of total
revenues resulted from separation services at the SACROC Unit and Paradis Unit,
respectively, for the period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December
31, 1996.
5. COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
In January 1997, the Company entered into a long-term construction contract
valued at approximately $18.2 million with Unocal Thailand, Ltd. ("Unocal"). The
contract is estimated to be completed in the second quarter of 1998. At December
31, 1997, the Company has issued a $1.5 million letter of credit for the benefit
of Unocal, which reduces the available borrowing base under the revolving loan
described in Note 8.
In July 1997, the Company entered into a long-term construction contract
valued at approximately $2.6 million with Total Exploration and Production
Thailand ("Total"). The contract is estimated to be completed in the second
quarter of 1998. At December 31, 1997, the Company has restricted cash of
$262,000 to secure its performance on this contract.
For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately $12.6 million and
$601,000 of the Company's revenues resulted from the contracts with Unocal and
Total, respectively.
UNAUDITED
In March 1998, management lowered the estimated cost to complete the Unocal
contract. As a result, the Company determined the contract to be approximately
92% complete for purposes of revenue recognition compared to 84% complete prior
to the revision in estimate. This change in estimate resulted in a $1.5 million
revenue recognition adjustment.
F-37
<PAGE> 115
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following at December 31 and September 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30,
1996 1997 1998
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Raw materials................................... $ 171,375 $ 335,895 $ 581,288
Work-in-progress................................ 183,155 420,458 146,390
Finished goods.................................. 1,190,963 1,875,400 1,912,505
---------- ---------- ----------
$1,545,493 $2,631,753 $2,640,183
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
7. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
USEFUL LIFE 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Leasehold improvements....................... Up to 5 years $ 184,269 $ 188,446
Machinery and equipment...................... 5 years 4,054,932 8,854,407
Furniture and fixtures....................... 7 years 58,134 112,311
Computers and office equipment............... 5 years 158,566 296,156
Construction-in-progress..................... 21,290 907,269
---------- -----------
4,477,191 10,358,589
Less accumulated depreciation................ 422,100 1,560,438
---------- -----------
Property, plant, and equipment, net.......... $4,055,091 $ 8,798,151
========== ===========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the
period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996 was
$1,161,000 and $436,000, respectively. During 1997, the Company disposed of
certain fixed assets which were used primarily in an older manufacturing
process. The loss on disposal of such assets was approximately $52,000 and is
netted with other income in the statement of operations.
F-38
<PAGE> 116
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Term loan with Bank One Capital Partners II, LTD ("BOCP");
interest payable quarterly at a rate of 12%, principal
payable in quarterly installments of $250,000 commencing
March 31, 1997, due July 1, 2001, secured by all assets of
the Company................................................. $4,500,000 --
Revolving loan with BOCP; interest payable monthly at a rate
of prime plus 1 1/2%, due the earlier of July 1, 1998 or
the date the term loan is paid in full, secured by all
assets of the Company..................................... 300,000 --
Term loan with Bank One; interest payable quarterly at a
rate of 9.5%, principal payable in quarterly installments
of $325,000 commencing March 31, 1998, due December 31,
2002, secured by all assets of the Company................ -- $7,000,000
Revolving loan with Bank One; interest payable monthly at a
rate of 8.5%, due October 8, 1999, secured by all assets
of the Company............................................ -- 1,438,000
Less debt discount.......................................... (45,603) --
---------- ----------
4,754,397 8,438,000
Less current maturities, including related debt discount.... 969,599 1,300,000
---------- ----------
Long-term debt due after one year........................... $3,784,798 $7,138,000
========== ==========
</TABLE>
Upon resolution of the SACROC operating agreement, as more fully described
in Note 4, the Company refinanced all of its outstanding borrowings with Bank
One. The debt agreement provides for a term loan of $7.0 million and a revolving
loan not to exceed $6.0 million. The Company has issued a $1.5 million letter of
credit which reduces the available borrowing base under the revolving loan. A
commitment fee of 0.5% is charged on the unused portion of the revolving loan.
In 1997, the Company paid loan origination fees of approximately $98,000, which
are being amortized to interest expense over five years. The revolving loan is
subject to certain borrowing base requirements based primarily on current asset
balances. The existing debt agreement provides, among other things, for the
maintenance of certain minimums, as defined, for working capital, net worth,
liquidity, and cash flow coverage of debt service.
Scheduled maturities of the Company's long-term debt are as follows for the
years ending December 31:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998.................................................... $1,300,000
1999.................................................... 2,738,000
2000.................................................... 1,300,000
2001.................................................... 1,300,000
2002 and thereafter..................................... 1,800,000
----------
$8,438,000
==========
</TABLE>
The Company paid interest of $464,000 and $259,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1997 and for the period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1996, respectively. The carrying value of the Company's long-term
debt approximates its fair value, as the interest rates on outstanding
borrowings approximate the market rate.
F-39
<PAGE> 117
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
9. INCOME TAXES
The stockholders have elected to treat the Company as an S corporation, as
defined by the Internal Revenue Code. In general, the corporate income or loss
of an S corporation is allocated to the stockholders for inclusion in their
personal federal income tax returns. As a result, federal income taxes are not
reflected in these financial statements.
10. COMMITMENTS
The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases
that expire at various dates through 2002. Minimum rental commitments under all
noncancelable leases with an initial term in excess of one year are payable as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998.................................................... $ 493,035
1999.................................................... 244,255
2000.................................................... 152,530
2001.................................................... 152,530
2002.................................................... 152,530
----------
$1,194,880
==========
</TABLE>
Total rental expense charged to operations during the year ended December
31, 1997 and for the period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December
31, 1996 was $523,775 and $233,174, respectively.
From time to time, the Company is subject to claims arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of these
claims is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial
statements.
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company entered into a management services agreement with HHDS&P
whereby the Company pays monthly management fees to HHDS&P for certain
management services provided. Unpaid management fees and expenses were
approximately $188,000 and $38,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
12. STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
The Company entered into a Stockholders Agreement (the "Agreement") on July
1, 1996 with the holders of its outstanding shares of common stock and BOCP. The
Agreement provides the stockholders and BOCP the right of first refusal to
purchase the selling stockholder's shares. The Agreement also provides the
stockholders and BOCP the right of co-sale when a selling stockholder elects a
third-party offer when such selling shares are not purchased under the right of
first refusal. The Agreement further states that the Majority Stockholders may
require, with 30 days' written notice, the other stockholders and BOCP to sell
their shares to a purchaser on the same terms and for the same price that the
Majority Stockholders have agreed to sell their shares.
The Agreement provides Hamaker and Kelly the right, if terminated for any
reason other than for cause, to require the Company to purchase all of their
outstanding shares. Conversely, the Agreement also provides the Company the
option, if Hamaker or Kelly is terminated for cause, to purchase all of the
outstanding shares held by the terminated employee. The put or call option price
per share shall be the fair market value per share of the Company on a fully
diluted basis, as mutually determined by the parties or a financial institution.
F-40
<PAGE> 118
THE CYNARA COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The Agreement allows quarterly distributions to be made to the
stockholders, to the extent permitted under the Company's debt agreement, to
satisfy the stockholder's aggregate federal and state income tax liability
incurred in respect to the income of the Company. The Company may require
stockholders to refund distributions in excess of the stockholders' aggregate
tax liability, or the Company may reduce the first distribution of the following
year. During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company distributed cash of
$376,000, and an additional $263,000 is recorded as stockholder distributions
payable in the balance sheet. During the period from March 5, 1996 (date of
inception) to December 31, 1996, the Company distributed cash of $170,000 to
stockholders, of which $102,000 is recorded as stockholder advances in the
balance sheet.
The Agreement allows stockholders to exchange their shares of Class A
voting common stock for Class B nonvoting common stock and vice versa upon
written request.
The Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of the following: (1) the
sale, transfer, or disposition by Hamaker, Kelly, and BOCP of all their shares;
(2) an initial public offering of the Company's common stock; (3) the sale or
transfer of all of the outstanding common stock to a third-party offeror; or (4)
June 30, 2006.
13. COMMON STOCK WARRANTS AND OPTIONS
Concurrent with the execution of its debt agreement with BOCP, the Company
issued 1,282 common stock warrants to BOCP in exchange for $100. The proceeds of
the debt and detachable warrants were allocated between the debt and warrants,
resulting in a debt discount. The common stock warrants entitle BOCP the right
to purchase 1,282 shares of Class B nonvoting common stock at $.01 per share.
The warrants also have put rights, which entitle the holder to require the
Company to purchase all of the outstanding warrants or warrant shares at the put
price. The put price is determined based on the fair value, as mutually agreed
by the parties or based on defined formulas. The warrants are recorded at their
estimated put price at December 31, 1997, based on the consideration expected to
be received in conjunction with the proposed merger (as more fully described in
Note 15), and are included in liabilities in the balance sheet. The warrants
expire on October 8, 2002.
BOCP also has common stock options to purchase 3,846.15 shares of Class B
common stock from the Majority Stockholders at an exercise price of $52.26 per
share.
14. BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution retirement plan covering all
eligible employees. This plan allows for employees to defer up to 16% of their
compensation, with the Company matching 50% of the first 10% of the
participant's contribution. In addition, the Company may make a discretionary
contribution at the end of the plan year. Participants are immediately and fully
vested in employer contributions. The Company's matching contribution charged to
operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the period from March 5,
1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996 was $83,000 and $32,000,
respectively.
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
In March 1998, management of the Company announced an agreement in
principle to merge the business of the Company with NATCO Group Inc. ("NATCO").
The transaction is expected to be completed in June 1998 and is contingent on
NATCO's successful initial public offering anticipated to occur in June 1998.
Upon completion, NATCO will own 100% of the Company's capital stock. The Company
has obtained approval of the proposed transaction with the holder of outstanding
borrowings.
F-41
<PAGE> 119
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Porta-Test International Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Porta-Test International
Inc. as of June 30, 1999, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the year ended
June 30, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Porta-Test International
Inc. as of June 30, 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the year ended June 30, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
KPMG LLP
September 17, 1999
Houston, Texas
F-42
<PAGE> 120
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1999 1999
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 80,405 $ --
Trade accounts receivable................................. 613,351 784,432
Inventory................................................. 638,996 1,062,170
Note receivable from related party........................ 137,287 --
Investments and other current assets...................... 106,772 216,556
---------- ----------
Total current assets.............................. 1,576,811 2,063,158
Property, plant and equipment, net.......................... 338,582 346,225
---------- ----------
$1,915,393 $2,409,383
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 93,547 $ 66,709
Bank overdraft............................................ -- 474,115
Bonuses payable........................................... 757,666 810,312
Accounts payable.......................................... 357,519 488,885
Accrued expenses and other................................ 136,036 44,184
Advances from shareholders................................ 68,059 68,151
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities......................... 1,412,827 1,952,356
Long-term debt, excluding current installments.............. 162,843 163,065
Deferred tax liability...................................... 28,302 28,341
---------- ----------
Total liabilities................................. 1,603,972 2,143,762
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.72 par value. Authorized unlimited shares,
issued and outstanding 100 shares...................... 72 72
Retained earnings......................................... 322,629 299,227
Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (11,280) (33,678)
---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity........................ 311,421 265,621
Commitments and contingencies
---------- ----------
$1,915,393 $2,409,383
========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-43
<PAGE> 121
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
JUNE 30, -----------------------
1999 1998 1999
---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.............................................. $7,255,961 $2,802,983 $1,469,612
Cost of goods sold.................................... 4,483,103 1,030,175 1,133,902
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit........................................ 2,772,858 1,772,808 335,710
Selling, general and administrative expenses.......... 2,797,026 1,207,978 312,294
Depreciation and amortization expense................. 66,491 1,271 12,784
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) from operations....................... (90,659) 563,559 10,632
Interest expense, net................................. 16,464 -- 4,626
Loss on disposal of investments and other assets,
net................................................. 109,263 338 29,408
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes................... (216,386) 563,221 (23,402)
Income tax benefit.................................... 26,946 107,012 --
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)................................... $ (189,440) $ 456,209 $ (23,402)
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-44
<PAGE> 122
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCUMULATED
OTHER TOTAL
COMMON RETAINED COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCK EARNINGS LOSS EQUITY
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at June 30, 1998......................... $72 $ 512,069 $(26,376) $ 485,765
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss........................................ -- (189,440) -- (189,440)
Unrealized gains on investments................. -- -- 21,628 21,628
Foreign currency translation adjustment......... -- -- (6,532) (6,532)
---------
Total comprehensive loss................ -- -- -- (174,344)
--- --------- -------- ---------
Balances at June 30, 1999......................... $72 $ 322,629 $(11,280) $ 311,421
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss (unaudited)............................ -- (23,402) (23,402)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(unaudited).................................. -- (22,398) (22,398)
Total comprehensive income
(unaudited)........................... -- (45,800)
--- --------- -------- ---------
Balances at September 30, 1999 (Unaudited)........ $72 $ 299,227 $(33,678) $ 265,621
=== ========= ======== =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-45
<PAGE> 123
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
JUNE 30, -----------------------
1999 1998 1999
---------- ----------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)...................................... $(189,440) $ 456,209 $ (23,402)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense............... 66,491 1,271 12,784
Loss on disposal of investments and other assets,
net............................................... 109,263 -- 29,408
Deferred income taxes............................... (1,989) (5,309) --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts
receivable..................................... 318,797 (1,833,721) (171,081)
(Increase) decrease in inventories................ 27,669 225,576 (423,174)
Increase in bonus payable......................... 757,666 793,370 52,646
Increase in accounts payable...................... 33,883 136,477 131,366
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and
other.......................................... (41,068) 287,811 (91,721)
--------- ----------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities...... 1,081,272 61,684 (483,174)
--------- ----------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures for property, plant and
equipment........................................... (58,901) (47,406) (20,427)
Purchase of investments, net........................... (24,612) 3,381 (139,192)
Note receivable to related party repayments
(advances).......................................... (246,550) (41,123) 137,287
--------- ----------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities.......... (330,063) (85,148) (22,332)
--------- ----------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase (decrease) in bank overdraft.................. (710,620) 24,821 474,115
Proceeds (payments) from long-term debt................ 186,352 (12,596) (26,616)
Repayments of advances from shareholders............... (16,870) (6,727) --
Advances from (repayments) to related party............ (129,666) 59,024 --
--------- ----------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities...... (670,804) 64,522 447,499
--------- ----------- ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes.......................... -- (41,058) (22,398)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..... 791,025 -- (80,405)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period......... -- -- 80,405
--------- ----------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period............... $ 80,405 -- --
========= =========== =========
Cash payments for:
Interest............................................... $ 16,464 $ -- $ --
Income taxes........................................... 13,753 -- --
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-46
<PAGE> 124
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1999
(1) THE COMPANY
Porta-Test International Inc. (the Company), incorporated in Alberta,
Canada, is a manufacturer of equipment for separating gases, liquids and
suspended solids. The Company's manufacturing facility is located in Edmonton,
Alberta and sales are primarily to customers located in Canada, Mexico and the
United States.
The Company's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
UNAUDITED INTERIM PERIODS
The interim financial statements as of September 30, 1999 and for the three
months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 are unaudited. These interim financial
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial
statements included herewith. In the opinion of management, all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the
balance sheet, results of operations and cash flows with respect to the interim
financial statements, have been included. The results of the operations for the
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire
fiscal year.
CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all highly-liquid investment instruments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Company had revenues from one single customer that represented 54% of
revenues for the year ended June 30, 1999.
INVENTORIES
Finished goods and work-in-process are valued at the lower of cost and net
realizable value. Raw materials and supplies are valued at the lower of cost and
net replacement cost. Cost is determined principally on a first-in, first-out
basis. Cost includes materials, labor and manufacturing overhead.
INVESTMENTS
Investments at June 30, 1999 consist of equity securities which the Company
classifies as available-for-sale. Investments are recorded at fair value, and
unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported
as a separate component of other comprehensive income(loss) until realized.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less an allowance for
depreciation. Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance
and repair costs are expensed as incurred; renewals and betterments are
capitalized. Upon the sale or retirement of properties, the accounts are
relieved of the cost and the related accumulated depreciation, with any
resulting profit or loss included in income. The carrying values of property,
plant and equipment by location are reviewed at least annually or whenever there
are indications that these assets may be impaired.
F-47
<PAGE> 125
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair value estimates are made at discrete points in time based on relevant
market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment, and therefore cannot be
determined with precision.
The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its current assets and
current liabilities approximate the fair value of such items due to their
short-term nature. The carrying amounts of long-term debt approximate fair value
as the interest rates thereon approximate market.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenues from fixed-price and modified fixed-price construction contracts
are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools
and repair costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to
expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts
are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those
arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may
result in revisions to costs and income and are included in revenues when their
realization is reasonably assured. Claims are included in revenues when
realization is probable and can be reliably estimated.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Financial statement amounts have been translated into their United States
dollar equivalents at exchange rates as follows: (1) balance sheet accounts at
year-end exchange rates, and (2) statement of operations accounts at a weighted
average exchange rate for the period. The gains or losses resulting from such
translations are included in the determination of comprehensive income (loss).
Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are reflected in the
statement of operations.
USE OF ESTIMATES
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities and the amounts of revenues and expenses
recognized during the period to prepare these financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from
these estimates.
F-48
<PAGE> 126
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(3) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1999 1999
-------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and supplies.......................... $134,297 $ 150,976
Work-in-process................................ 433,428 849,794
Finished goods................................. 71,271 61,400
-------- ----------
$638,996 $1,062,170
======== ==========
</TABLE>
(4) INVESTMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Investments and other current assets consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1999 1999
-------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term investments.............................. $ 84,215 $ 209,551
Other.......................................... 22,557 7,005
-------- ----------
$106,772 $ 216,556
======== ==========
</TABLE>
(5) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ESTIMATED
1999 1999 USEFUL LIFE
--------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Buildings and improvements............. $ 30,177 $ 30,216 5 years
Machinery and equipment................ 373,264 389,846 3 - 15 years
Computer and office equipment.......... 116,068 120,258 2 - 5 years
--------- --------
519,509 540,320
Less accumulated depreciation........ (180,927) (194,095)
--------- --------
$ 338,582 $346,225
========= ========
</TABLE>
F-49
<PAGE> 127
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(6) LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1999 1999
-------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Bank term loan, with monthly repayments of $8,334 (CAN$)
plus interest at prime plus 1.25% (7.50% at June 30, 1999),
secured by a general security agreement and a postponement
of shareholder advances..................................... $226,446 $209,746
Bank term loan, with monthly repayments of $4,167 (CAN$)
plus interest at prime plus 3/4% (7.00% at June 30, 1999),
secured by a general security agreement and a postponement
of shareholder advances................................... 19,802 11,339
Bank term loan, with monthly repayments of $712 (CAN$) plus
interest at prime plus 2% (8.25%) at June 30, 1999),
secured by an assignment of book debts and a postponement
of shareholder advances................................... 10,142 8,689
-------- --------
Total long-term debt.............................. 256,390 229,774
Less current installments................................... 93,547 66,709
-------- --------
Long-term debt, less current installments......... $162,843 $163,065
======== ========
</TABLE>
At June 30, 1999, aggregate annual future maturities of long-term debt are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2000........................................................ $ 93,547
2001........................................................ 72,279
2002........................................................ 67,940
2003........................................................ 22,624
--------
$256,390
========
</TABLE>
(7) ADVANCES FROM SHAREHOLDERS
Advances from shareholders are due on demand, bear no interest and have no
fixed terms of repayment. As such, these advances have been classified as
current on the accompanying balance sheet.
(8) INCOME TAXES
Income tax benefit consists of the following for the year ended June 30,
1999:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Current-Foreign............................................. $24,957
Deferred-Foreign............................................ 1,989
-------
Total............................................. $26,946
=======
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 1999, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Property, plant and equipment............................... $28,302
-------
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $28,302
=======
</TABLE>
F-50
<PAGE> 128
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Income tax benefit for the year ended June 30, 1999 differs from the amount
computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to loss before
income taxes as a result of the following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Income tax benefit computed at U.S. statutory rate.......... $ 73,571
Differences between U.S. and foreign tax rate............... (32,458)
Other....................................................... (14,167)
--------
$ 26,946
========
</TABLE>
(9) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company is related to 554257 Alberta Ltd. and Quantum Mechanical Ltd.
by virtue of common control exercised by members of the shareholders' family.
554257 Alberta Ltd. leases the building occupied by the Company as outlined in
note 10. Rent expense is paid to 554257 Alberta Ltd. at commercial rates. The
Company has written off advances to Quantum Mechanical Ltd. in the amount of
$140,806 during the year ended June 30, 1999.
At June 30, 1999, the Company had a note receivable from Westana Financial
Corporation (Westana) in the amount of $137,287. Westana is a related party in
that an officer at Westana serves as a director of the Company. The note
receivable is due on demand, accrues interest at 18% and is unsecured.
(10) OPERATING LEASES
The Company operates in premises leased from a related party under a
long-term lease from February 1996 to January 2000. The lease provides for
annual lease payments of $228,000 (CAN$), plus a five-year renewal option to
extend this lease at annual rates to be negotiated.
In addition, the Company leases various facilities and equipment under
noncancelable operating lease agreements. These leases expire on various dates
through 2003. Future minimum lease payments required under these operating
leases are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, AMOUNT
<S> <C>
2000........................................................ $173,527
2001........................................................ 106,263
2002........................................................ 11,577
--------
Total minimum lease payments...................... $291,367
========
</TABLE>
Total expense for operating leases for the year ended June 30, 1999, was
$199,095.
(11) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The accumulated balances for each classification of comprehensive income
(loss) are as follows at June 30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCUMULATED
FOREIGN UNREALIZED OTHER
CURRENCY GAINS ON COMPREHENSIVE
TRANSLATION INVESTMENTS INCOME (LOSS)
----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Beginning balance.............................. $(26,376) $ -- $(26,376)
Current period change.......................... (6,532) 21,628 15,096
-------- ------- --------
Ending balance................................. $(32,908) $21,628 $(11,280)
======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
F-51
<PAGE> 129
PORTA-TEST INTERNATIONAL INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(12) GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
For the year ended June 30, 1999, the Company had revenues from external
customers in the following countries:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Mexico...................................................... $4,231,037
United States............................................... 1,845,315
Canada...................................................... 1,179,609
----------
$7,255,961
==========
</TABLE>
(13) SALE OF COMPANY
The shareholders of the Company have signed a letter of intent to sell all
of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company to NATCO Canada,
Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of NATCO Group Inc. in exchange for cash
and notes.
F-52
<PAGE> 130
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Stockholders
Engineering Specialties, Inc. and
Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Engineering
Specialties, Inc. and Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. (ESI) as of December 31,
1998, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders' equity
and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended. These combined
financial statements are the responsibility of ESI's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ESI as of December
31, 1998 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year
then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
September 24, 1999
F-53
<PAGE> 131
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1999
ASSETS ------------ -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash...................................................... $1,043,248 228,841
Investments............................................... 1,700,205 2,574,100
Receivables:
Trade.................................................. 741,475 134,552
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts................................ 139,588 512,104
---------- ---------
Total receivables................................. 881,063 646,656
Inventories............................................... 190,890 381,351
Prepaid expenses.......................................... 36,561 40,522
---------- ---------
Total current assets.............................. 3,851,967 3,871,470
---------- ---------
Property and equipment, net................................. 239,569 189,080
Other assets................................................ 8,934 8,934
---------- ---------
$4,100,470 4,069,484
========== =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts.................................. $ -- 65,191
Accounts payable.......................................... 93,068 50,426
Accrued expenses.......................................... 122,326 254,774
---------- ---------
Total current liabilities......................... 215,394 370,391
---------- ---------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock.............................................. 2,000 2,000
Additional paid-in capital................................ 4,096 4,096
Retained earnings......................................... 4,653,456 4,557,186
Accumulated other comprehensive income.................... 215,524 125,811
Treasury stock............................................ (990,000) (990,000)
---------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity........................ 3,885,076 3,699,093
Commitments
---------- ---------
$4,100,470 4,069,484
========== =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-54
<PAGE> 132
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
DECEMBER 31, ---------------------
1998 1998 1999
------------ --------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................................................. $3,905,553 2,330,961 2,129,286
Cost of goods sold........................................ 1,881,915 1,248,058 1,320,216
---------- --------- ---------
Gross profit.................................... 2,023,638 1,082,903 809,070
---------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Production expenses..................................... 327,143 205,435 224,249
Selling expenses........................................ 275,866 219,589 204,970
General and administrative expenses..................... 693,340 520,736 496,476
---------- --------- ---------
1,296,349 945,760 925,695
---------- --------- ---------
Operating profit (loss)............................ 727,289 137,143 (116,625)
Other income (expense):
Dividend income......................................... 85,150 66,034 42,550
Gain (loss) on sale of investments...................... (18,111) (201) 121,057
Other, net.............................................. 1,524 796 37,281
---------- --------- ---------
68,563 66,629 200,888
---------- --------- ---------
Earnings before income taxes......................... 795,852 203,772 84,263
Income taxes.............................................. 4,986 988 --
---------- --------- ---------
Net earnings.................................... $ 790,866 202,784 84,263
========== ========= =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-55
<PAGE> 133
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCUMULATED
ADDITIONAL OTHER TOTAL
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED COMPREHENSIVE TREASURY STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS INCOME STOCK EQUITY
------ ---------- ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at December 31, 1997... $2,000 4,096 4,947,908 122,245 (990,000) 4,086,249
Comprehensive income
Net income.................... -- -- 790,866 -- -- 790,866
Net unrealized changes in
investments................ -- -- -- 93,279 -- 93,279
------ ----- ---------- ------- -------- ----------
Total comprehensive
income.............. -- -- 790,866 93,279 -- 884,145
Shareholder distributions....... -- -- (1,085,318) -- -- (1,085,318)
------ ----- ---------- ------- -------- ----------
Balances at December 31, 1998... 2,000 4,096 4,653,456 215,524 (990,000) 3,885,076
Comprehensive income
Net income (unaudited)........ -- -- 84,263 -- -- 84,263
Net unrealized changes in
investments (unaudited).... -- -- -- (89,713) -- (89,713)
------ ----- ---------- ------- -------- ----------
Total comprehensive
income (unaudited).. -- -- 84,263 (89,713) -- (5,450)
Shareholder distributions
(unaudited)................... -- -- (180,533) -- -- (180,533)
------ ----- ---------- ------- -------- ----------
Balances at September 30, 1999
(unaudited)................... $2,000 4,096 4,557,186 125,811 (990,000) 3,699,093
====== ===== ========== ======= ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-56
<PAGE> 134
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
DECEMBER 31, -----------------------
1998 1998 1999
------------ ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings.......................................... $ 790,866 202,784 84,263
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation..................................... 65,335 40,295 44,588
Loss (gain) on sale of investments............... 18,111 201 (121,057)
Gain on sale of property and equipment........... -- -- (36,570)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables................................... (2,133) 234,407
Inventories................................... 14,714 (4,353) (190,461)
Prepaid expenses.............................. (22,784) (4,099) (3,961)
Other assets.................................. (1,177) -- --
Accounts payable.............................. 115,981 17,681 (42,642)
Accrued expenses.............................. (14,881) 46,803 31,020
Billings in excess of cost.................... -- -- 65,191
----------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..... 1,173,666 297,179 64,778
----------- ---------- ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of investments..................... 1,200,101 245,000 1,009,016
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.......... -- -- 50,000
Purchases of investments.............................. (835,150) (60,958) (1,851,567)
Capital expenditures.................................. (39,296) (25,260) (7,529)
----------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities.................................. 325,655 158,782 (800,080)
Cash flows from financing activities -- distributions to
stockholder........................................... (1,085,318) (1,029,147) (79,105)
----------- ---------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash............... 414,003 (573,186) (814,407)
Cash at beginning of period............................. 629,245 629,245 1,043,248
----------- ---------- ----------
Cash at end of period................................... $ 1,043,248 56,059 228,841
=========== ========== ==========
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions:
Change in unrealized gain on investments.............. $ 93,279 (81,203) (89,713)
=========== ========== ==========
Accrued distributions to stockholder.................. $ -- 133,558 101,428
=========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-57
<PAGE> 135
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
(1) ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) ORGANIZATION
The combined financial statements include the accounts of Engineering
Specialties, Inc. and Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. (the Company),
which are affiliated through common ownership. Significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination.
Engineering Specialties, Inc. (ESI) was organized under the laws of the
State of Louisiana in 1964, and is located in Covington, Louisiana. ESI
designs, engineers, manufactures and markets wastewater treating
equipment for use by the industrial and oilfield wastewater markets. The
Company serves clients worldwide, providing services and equipment in 24
countries. Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. is a foreign sales
corporation organized in 1995.
(B) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Trade receivables from four customers collectively represented 77% and
individually represented 30%, 21%, 15% and 11% of total trade
receivables at December 31, 1998. The Company had revenues from two
customers that collectively represented 31% and individually represented
20% and 11% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998. Export
sales to Norway and Saudi Arabia represented 12% and 19% of revenues,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1998.
(C) INVESTMENTS
Investments consist of shares in mutual funds. The Company classifies
these investments as available-for-sale, and thus records them at their
fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from
earnings and are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive
income until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of the
investments are determined on a specific identification basis.
A decline in the market value of an investment below cost that is deemed
to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to
fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis
for the investment is established. Dividend and interest income are
recognized when earned.
(D) INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in,
first-out method, or market.
(E) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less an allowance for
depreciation. Depreciation is computed by accelerated methods over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease
term or the estimated useful life of the asset. The carrying values of
property and equipment are reviewed at least annually or whenever there
are indications that these assets may be impaired.
F-58
<PAGE> 136
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
(F) REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenues from significant contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Earned revenue is based
on the percentage that incurred costs to date bear to total estimated
costs after giving effect to the most recent estimates of total cost.
The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the
progress of work is reflected in the year in which these changes become
known. Earned revenue reflects the original contract price, adjusted for
agreed upon change order revenue, if any. Losses expected to be incurred
on jobs in progress, after consideration of estimated minimum recoveries
from change orders, are charged to income as soon as such losses are
known. Progress billings are included in accounts receivable and are
considered currently due.
(G) INCOME TAXES
Engineering Specialties, Inc. elected under the applicable provision of
the Internal Revenue Code not to be taxed as a corporation, but to have
their income taxed to the individual stockholder. Accordingly, no
provision for Federal and state income taxes with respect to income from
Engineering Specialties, Inc. has been made in the accompanying combined
financial statements. Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc., however, is
taxed as a C-corporation. Gross profits earned on the export sales of
Engineering Specialties, Inc., net of operating expense allocations, are
recorded as commission income at Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. and
as commission expense by Engineering Specialties, Inc. The commission
expense is fully deductible by Engineering Specialties, Inc. but a
portion of the commission income is excludable by Engineering
Specialties FSC, Inc. under the Internal Revenue Code.
Income taxes for Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc. are accounted for
under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable
to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets
and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date. For all periods presented,
there were no differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases.
(H) USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
(I) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
On January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting
and presentation of comprehensive income
F-59
<PAGE> 137
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
and its components in a full set of financial statements. Comprehensive
income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on
investments and is presented in the statements of stockholders' equity
and comprehensive income. The Statement requires only additional
disclosures in the financial statements; it does not affect the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
(J) UNAUDITED INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited combined
financial information of the Company contains all adjustments,
consisting only of those of a recurring nature, necessary to present
fairly the Company's combined financial position as of September 30,
1999 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the
nine-months periods ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the changes
in stockholders' equity for the nine months ended September 30, 1999.
These results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected for the full fiscal year.
(2) INVESTMENTS
The amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains, gross unrealized
holding losses and fair value of available-for-sale investments in mutual
funds as of December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS GROSS
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
AMORTIZED HOLDING HOLDING FAIR
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1998....................... $1,484,681 215,524 -- 1,700,205
September 30, 1999...................... $2,448,289 128,396 (2,585) 2,574,100
</TABLE>
Proceeds from the sale of investments were $1,200,101, $245,000 and
$1,009,016 for the year ended December 31, 1998, and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Gross realized gains
included in income for the same periods were $14,340, $60 and $132,088,
respectively. Gross realized losses included in income for the same periods
were $32,451, $261 and $11,031, respectively.
F-60
<PAGE> 138
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
(3) COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
Contract costs are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1999
------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cumulative expenditures on uncompleted contracts......... $524,772 407,022
Estimated earnings thereon............................... 285,135 194,585
-------- --------
809,907 601,607
Less billings to date.................................... (670,319) (154,694)
-------- --------
$139,588 446,913
======== ========
Included in the combined balance sheets under the
following captions:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of................ $
billings on uncompleted contracts........................ 139,588 512,104
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts.................................. -- (65,191)
-------- --------
$139,588 446,913
======== ========
</TABLE>
(4) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1999
------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Finished goods............................................ $ 26,424 89,809
Work-in-progress.......................................... 164,466 291,542
-------- -------
$190,890 381,351
======== =======
</TABLE>
(5) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, ESTIMATED
1998 1999 USEFUL LIVES
------------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Leasehold improvements..................... $ 406,181 406,181 15 - 25 years
Buildings.................................. 280,614 180,614 31 - 39 years
Automobiles and equipment.................. 413,816 415,622 5 years
Furniture and fixtures..................... 184,205 162,001 5 - 7 years
----------- ----------
1,284,816 1,164,418
Less accumulated depreciation.............. (1,045,247) (975,338)
----------- ----------
$ 239,569 189,080
=========== ==========
</TABLE>
F-61
<PAGE> 139
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES, INC. AND
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES FSC, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
(6) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
A summary of ESI's authorized and issued common stock and additional
paid-in capital at December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ISSUED AND ADDITIONAL
PAR VALUE AUTHORIZED OUTSTANDING COMMON PAID-IN
PER SHARE SHARES SHARES STOCK CAPITAL
--------- ---------- ----------- ------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Engineering Specialties, Inc......... $ -- 1,000 500 $1,000 $4,096
Engineering Specialties, FSC, Inc.... -- 10,000 1,000 1,000 --
</TABLE>
(7) INCOME TAXES
All income tax expense in 1998 related to the federal tax expense of
Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc.
Actual income tax expense differs from amounts computed by applying the
U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 34% to earnings before income
taxes as a result of the following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense............................. $270,590
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
Earnings taxed directly to shareholders..................... (233,479)
Benefit of FSC.............................................. (24,219)
Effect of graduated rates................................... (7,906)
--------
$ 4,986
========
</TABLE>
Cash paid for income taxes in 1998 was approximately $5,000.
(8) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has a land lease with the stockholder of Engineering
Specialties, Inc. that required monthly rental payments of $3,000 through
December 31, 1998. The monthly rental payment increased to $5,000 effective
January 1, 1999. This lease expires in 2001. Rent expense to the
stockholder was $36,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998.
Revenues from contracts between the stockholder of Engineering Specialties,
Inc. and the Company totaled $23,886 for the year ended December 31, 1998.
These revenues were recorded as distributions to the stockholder. The
Company paid $30,000 in professional services to a related party during
1998.
(9) COMMITMENTS
The Company has various outstanding letters of credit totaling
approximately $140,000 and $171,000, at December 31, 1998 and September 30,
1999, respectively. These letters of credit are maintained for certain
customers in accordance with the terms of their contract. The outstanding
letters of credit have expiration dates ranging from January 1999 through
October 2000.
F-62
<PAGE> 140
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
, 1999
[NATCO GROUP LOGO]
7,500,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
---------------------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
SIMMONS & COMPANY
INTERNATIONAL
DLJDIRECT INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON TO GIVE YOU
WRITTEN INFORMATION OTHER THAN THIS PROSPECTUS OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS AS TO
MATTERS NOT STATED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MUST NOT RELY ON UNAUTHORIZED
INFORMATION. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES OR OUR
SOLICITATION OF YOUR OFFER TO BUY THE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THAT
WOULD NOT BE PERMITTED OR LEGAL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALES MADE HEREUNDER AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR THE AFFAIRS OF NATCO HAVE
NOT CHANGED SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNTIL , 2000 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS
IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 141
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The expenses of the offering are estimated to be as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee......... $ 30,858
NASD filing fee............................................. 11,600
NYSE listing fee............................................ 116,100
Legal fees and expenses..................................... 250,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................ 260,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)........... 10,000
Printing expenses........................................... 100,000
Transfer Agent fees......................................... 15,000
Miscellaneous............................................... 6,442
---------
TOTAL............................................. $ 800,000
=========
</TABLE>
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Delaware
corporation has the power, under specified circumstances, to indemnify its
directors, officers, employees and agents in connection with threatened, pending
or completed actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in right of the
corporation), brought against them by reason of the fact that they were or are
such directors, officers, employees or agents, against expenses, judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in any
such action, suit or proceeding. Article Eleventh of the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of NATCO Group Inc. (the "Company") provides that the Company may
indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or
may be hereafter amended. Article VI of the Company's Bylaws provides that the
Company shall indemnify each person who is or was made a party to any actual or
threatened civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding because such person is or was an officer or director of the Company
or is a person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service relating to employee
benefit plans, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as it existed at the time the indemnification provisions of the
Company's Bylaws were adopted or as may be thereafter amended.
Article VI of the Company's Bylaws also provides that the Company may
maintain insurance, at its own expense, to protect itself and any director,
officer, employee or agent of the Company or of another entity against any
expense, liability, or loss, regardless of whether the Company would have the
power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such
provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for its or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to liability for unauthorized
acquisitions or redemptions of, or dividends on, capital stock) or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Article Tenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation contains such a
provision.
II-1
<PAGE> 142
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
On March 5, 1998, the Company effected a four for three split of its common
stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"). All references to shares
of Common Stock herein are on a post-split basis. On November 17, 1998, the
Company amended its charter to divide its common stock into two classes, Class A
common stock and Class B common stock.
On June 30, 1997, the Company issued $2,359,864 in principal amount of its
13% Subordinated Promissory Notes due 2000 and 2,113,334 shares of Common Stock
to Capricorn Investors II, L.P. in consideration of the payment to the Company
of $13,000,000. In so doing, the Company relied on the private placement
provisions of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in claiming exemption for the
offering, sale and delivery of such securities from the registration provisions
of the Securities Act. Capricorn Investors II, L.P. was not organized solely to
acquire the Company's securities. All of the limited partners of Capricorn
Investors II, L.P. are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 of
Regulation D under the Securities Act.
As of June 30, 1998, Capricorn Investors, L.P. and Capricorn Investors II,
L.P. delivered to the Company $5,084,501 and $2,359,864, respectively, in
principal amount of the Company's 13% Subordinated Notes due 2000 in exchange
for the issuance by the Company to such limited partnerships out of authorized
but unissued Common Stock 1,010,333 shares and 468,925 shares, respectively. In
so doing, the Company relied on the exchange of existing securities provisions
of Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act in claiming exemption from the
registration provisions of the Securities Act. No commission or other
remuneration was paid or given, directly or indirectly, for soliciting such
exchange.
On November 18, 1998, in connection with the merger of The Cynara Company
("Cynara") with and into the Company, the Company issued 500,000 shares of Class
B common stock to the former stockholders of Cynara in partial consideration of
the receipt of all of the outstanding shares of the common stock, par value $.01
per share, of Cynara. As of September 30, 1999, the Company issued an additional
325,836 shares of Class B common stock to the former stockholders of Cynara as
contingent consideration for such shares of Cynara common stock, pursuant to
certain earn-out provisions contained in the merger agreement. In so doing, the
Company relied in each case on the private placement provisions of Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act in claiming exemption for the offering, sale and delivery
of such securities from the registration provisions of the Securities Act. In
connection with the execution of the Cynara merger agreement, all of the former
stockholders of Cynara executed letters acknowledging that they are accredited
investors within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities
Act.
On November 18, 1998, the Company issued $5,300,000 in principal amount of
its Convertible Promissory Note due 1999 to Capricorn Investors II, L.P. in
consideration of the payment to the Company of $5,300,000. In so doing, the
Company relied on the private placement provisions of Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act in claiming exemption for the offering, sale and delivery of such
securities from the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Capricorn
Investors II, L.P. was not organized solely to acquire the Company's securities.
All of the limited partners of Capricorn Investors II, L.P. are accredited
investors within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities
Act.
On December 17, 1998, Capricorn Investors II, L.P. delivered to the Company
$5,300,000 in principal amount of the Company's Convertible Promissory Note due
1999 in exchange for the issuance by the Company to such limited partnership out
of authorized but unissued Class A common stock 504,762 shares. In so doing, the
Company relied on the exchange of existing securities provisions of Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Act in claiming exemption from the registration
provisions of the Securities Act. No commission or other remuneration was paid
or given, directly or indirectly, for soliciting such exchange.
As of July 12, 1999, the Company issued 136,832 shares of Class A common
stock to Nathaniel A. Gregory in consideration of the payment to the Company of
$1,205,489.92. In so doing, the Company relied on the private placement
provisions of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in claiming exemption for the
offering, sale and delivery of such securities from the registration provisions
of the Securities Act. Mr. Gregory, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of
Regulation D under the Securities Act.
II-2
<PAGE> 143
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
1.1*** -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1* -- Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
November 17, 1998 but effective March 26, 1998 among the
Company, NATCO Acquisition Company, National Tank Company
and The Cynara Company.
2.2* -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1997 among
Enterra Petroleum Equipment Group, Inc., National Tank
Company and Weatherford Enterra, Inc.
2.3** -- Letter of Intent dated July 22, 1999 between NATCO Group
Inc. and Porta-Test International Inc.
2.4** -- Letter of Intent dated September 28, 1999 between NATCO
Group Inc. and Engineering Specialties, Inc.
2.5** -- Letter of Intent dated October 28, 1999 between NATCO
Group Inc. and Modular Production Equipment, Inc.
3.1** -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as
amended by Certificate of Amendment dated November 18,
1998 and Certificate of Amendment dated November 29,
1999.
3.2* -- Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.
3.3** -- Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended.
4.1* -- Specimen Common Stock certificate.
4.2* -- Rights Agreement dated as of May 15, 1998 by and among
the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.,
as Rights Agent.
4.3* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
1998 among the Company and Capricorn Investors, L.P. and
Capricorn Investors II, L.P.
4.4* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
1998 among the Company and the former stockholders of The
Cynara Company.
4.5** -- Form of lock-up letter to the Underwriters from certain
directors and officers of the Company.
5.1** -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
10.1* -- Directors Compensation Plan.
10.2* -- Form of Nonemployee Director's Option Agreement.
10.3* -- Employee Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4* -- International Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of June
30, 1997 between National Tank Company and Chase Bank of
Texas, N.A.
10.5* -- Commitment Letter dated November 24, 1994 from The Bank
of Nova Scotia to NATCO Canada, Ltd.
10.6* -- Service and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of July 1,
1997 between the Company and Capricorn Management, G.P.
10.7* -- Term Loan Facility and Revolving Loan Facility dated June
30, 1997 among National Tank Company and Chase Bank of
Texas, N.A.
10.8* -- Loan Agreement dated as of October 8, 1997 between The
Cynara Company and Bank One Texas, N.A.
10.9* -- Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and
its officers and directors.
10.10* -- Securities Exchange Agreement dated as of March 5, 1998
by and among the Company, Capricorn Investors, L.P. and
Capricorn Investors II, L.P.
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 144
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
10.11* -- Stockholders' Agreement by and among the Company,
Capricorn Investors, L.P. and Capricorn Investors II,
L.P.
10.12* -- Employment Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Nathaniel A. Gregory, as amended as of
July 12, 1999.
10.13* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Nathaniel A. Gregory, as amended as of
July 12, 1999.
10.14* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Patrick M. McCarthy.
10.15* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and William B. Wiener III.
10.16* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Frank Smith.
10.17* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Frank Smith.
10.18* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and David Volz.
10.19* -- Stockholder's Agreement dated as of November 18, 1998
among the Company, Capricorn Investors, L.P., Capricorn
Investors II, L.P. and the former stockholders of The
Cynara Company.
10.20* -- Change of Control Policy dated as of September 28, 1999.
10.21* -- Severance Pay Summary Plan Description.
10.22* -- Loan Agreement ($22,000,000 U.S. Revolving Loan Facility,
$10,000,000 Canadian Revolving Loan Facility and
$32,500,000 Term Loan Facility) dated as of November 20,
1998 among National Tank Company, NATCO Canada, Ltd.,
Chase Bank of Texas, National Association, The Bank of
Nova Scotia and the other lenders parties thereto and
joined in by NATCO Group Inc., as amended.
10.23* -- International Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of June
30, 1997 between National Tank Company and Texas Commerce
Bank, National Association, as amended.
10.24* -- Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.
21.1* -- List of subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1** -- Consent of KPMG LLP regarding NATCO Group Inc.
23.2** -- Consent of KPMG LLP regarding Engineering Specialties,
Inc. and Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc.
23.3** -- Consent of KPMG LLP regarding Porta-Test International
Inc.
23.4** -- Consent of Ernst &Young LLP regarding The Cynara Company.
23.5** -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit
5.1 hereto).
24.1* -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page
hereto).
27.1** -- Financial Data Schedule.
99.1* -- Consent of George K. Hickox, Jr. to serve as director.
99.2** -- Audited Financial Statement of Total Engineering Services
Team, Inc.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
* Previously filed.
** Filed herewith.
*** To be filed by amendment.
II-4
<PAGE> 145
All other schedules are omitted because the required information is
inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial
Statements or related notes.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Company hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at
the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
The undersigned Company hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
<PAGE> 146
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston,
State of Texas, on the 10th day of December, 1999.
NATCO GROUP INC.
By: /s/ NATHANIEL A. GREGORY
----------------------------------
Nathaniel A. Gregory
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman
of the Board of Directors
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on the 10th day of December, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
<C> <S>
/s/ NATHANIEL A. GREGORY Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
- --------------------------------------------- Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Nathaniel A. Gregory
/s/ J. MICHAEL MAYER Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
- --------------------------------------------- Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
J. Michael Mayer
/s/ STEPHEN J. GOODLAND Vice President -- Finance and Accounting
- --------------------------------------------- (Principal Accounting Officer)
Stephen J. Goodland
HERBERT S. WINOKUR, JR.* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Herbert S. Winokur, Jr.
E. HALE STALEY* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
E. Hale Staley
PATRICK M. MCCARTHY* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Patrick M. McCarthy
HOWARD I. BULL* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Howard I. Bull
KEITH K. ALLAN* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Keith K. Allan
GEORGE K. HICKOX, JR.* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
George K. Hickox, Jr.
*By: /s/ DANIEL R. CARTER
----------------------------------------
Daniel R. Carter, pursuant to a power of
attorney filed with Amendment No. 2 to
this Registration Statement No.
333-48851, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on October 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 147
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
1.1*** -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1* -- Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
November 17, 1998 but effective March 26, 1998 among the
Company, NATCO Acquisition Company, National Tank Company
and The Cynara Company.
2.2* -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1997 among
Enterra Petroleum Equipment Group, Inc., National Tank
Company and Weatherford Enterra, Inc.
2.3** -- Letter of Intent dated July 22, 1999 between NATCO Group
Inc. and Porta-Test International Inc.
2.4** -- Letter of Intent dated September 28, 1999 between NATCO
Group Inc. and Engineering Specialties, Inc.
2.5** -- Letter of Intent dated October 28, 1999 between NATCO
Group Inc. and Modular Production Equipment, Inc.
3.1** -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as
amended by Certificate of Amendment dated November 18,
1998 and Certificate of Amendment dated November 29,
1999.
3.2* -- Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.
3.3** -- Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended.
4.1* -- Specimen Common Stock certificate.
4.2* -- Rights Agreement dated as of May 15, 1998 by and among
the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.,
as Rights Agent.
4.3* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
1998 among the Company and Capricorn Investors, L.P. and
Capricorn Investors II, L.P.
4.4* -- Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
1998 among the Company and the former stockholders of The
Cynara Company.
4.5** -- Form of lock-up letter to the Underwriters from certain
directors and officers of the Company.
5.1** -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
10.1* -- Directors Compensation Plan.
10.2* -- Form of Nonemployee Director's Option Agreement.
10.3* -- Employee Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4* -- International Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of June
30, 1997 between National Tank Company and Chase Bank of
Texas, N.A.
10.5* -- Commitment Letter dated November 24, 1994 from The Bank
of Nova Scotia to NATCO Canada, Ltd.
10.6* -- Service and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of July 1,
1997 between the Company and Capricorn Management, G.P.
10.7* -- Term Loan Facility and Revolving Loan Facility dated June
30, 1997 among National Tank Company and Chase Bank of
Texas, N.A.
10.8* -- Loan Agreement dated as of October 8, 1997 between The
Cynara Company and Bank One Texas, N.A.
10.9* -- Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and
its officers and directors.
10.10* -- Securities Exchange Agreement dated as of March 5, 1998
by and among the Company, Capricorn Investors, L.P. and
Capricorn Investors II, L.P.
10.11* -- Stockholders' Agreement by and among the Company,
Capricorn Investors, L.P. and Capricorn Investors II,
L.P.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 148
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
10.12* -- Employment Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Nathaniel A. Gregory, as amended as of
July 12, 1999.
10.13* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Nathaniel A. Gregory, as amended as of
July 12, 1999.
10.14* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Patrick M. McCarthy.
10.15* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and William B. Wiener III.
10.16* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Frank Smith.
10.17* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and Frank Smith.
10.18* -- Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 31, 1997 between
the Company and David Volz.
10.19* -- Stockholder's Agreement dated as of November 18, 1998
among the Company, Capricorn Investors, L.P., Capricorn
Investors II, L.P. and the former stockholders of The
Cynara Company.
10.20* -- Change of Control Policy dated as of September 28, 1999.
10.21* -- Severance Pay Summary Plan Description
10.22* -- Loan Agreement ($22,000,000 U.S. Revolving Loan Facility,
$10,000,000 Canadian Revolving Loan Facility and
$32,500,000 Term Loan Facility) dated as of November 20,
1998 among National Tank Company, NATCO Canada, Ltd.,
Chase Bank of Texas, National Association, The Bank of
Nova Scotia and the other lenders parties thereto and
joined in by NATCO Group Inc., as amended.
10.23* -- International Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of June
30, 1997 between National Tank Company and Texas Commerce
Bank, National Association, as amended.
10.24* -- Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.
21.1* -- List of subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1** -- Consents of KPMG LLP regarding NATCO Group Inc.
23.2** -- Consent of KPMG LLP regarding Engineering Specialties,
Inc. and Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc.
23.3** -- Consent of KPMG LLP regarding Porta-Test International
Inc.
23.4** -- Consent of Ernst &Young LLP regarding The Cynara Company.
23.5** -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit
5.1 hereto).
24.1* -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page
hereto).
27.1** -- Financial Data Schedule.
99.1* -- Consent of George K. Hickox, Jr. to serve as director.
99.2** -- Audited Financial Statements of Total Engineering
Services Team, Inc.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
* Previously filed.
** Filed herewith.
*** To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 2.3
July 22, 1999
Mr. Bill Kocken
President
Porta-Test International Inc.
571 - 17th Street
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6P 1S4
Dear Bill:
NATCO Group Inc. ("NATCO") is very pleased to extend a formal offer to
acquire Porta-Test International Inc. ("Porta-Test") under terms and conditions
outlined below. The fit between our companies is excellent, and we are committed
to working with Porta-Test management and employees to make this combination
highly successful. I hope that you and the other shareholders will accept our
offer.
NATCO proposes to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Porta-Test
for a Price equal to: (i) seven million Canadian dollars ($C7MM) in cash paid at
closing; plus (ii) a note (the "Note") in an amount of one million Canadian
dollars ($C1MM). The cash portion of the Price to be paid by NATCO will be
adjusted at closing, as follows: (i) the Price will be increased by the amount
of cash and cash value of short-term securities on the books at closing; and
(ii) the Price will be decreased by income taxes owed and all debt (except for
capital leases currently in place) on the books at closing. We will immediately
repay debt and, in any event, personal bank guarantees by shareholders will be
eliminated at closing. Related party receivables or obligations (other than
those incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as lease payables) would
have to be eliminated prior to closing. The Note will be due in one year, and it
will carry an above-market interest rate of 15% per annum.
In addition to the Price set forth above, NATCO would enter into an
agreement which provides additional compensation (the "Earnout") to shareholders
and key employees over a three year period following the closing. The details of
this Earnout will have to be finalized between us. However, in principal, the
terms of the Earnout would conform to the attached memo, which was sent to you
for review and approval on 6/25/99; except as we further discussed that: (i) the
"Base Sales Revenue" referred to in the attachment will be calculated as an
average of sales (on the applicable products) over a two year period prior to
the closing date; and (ii) NATCO would agree to increase the earnout payment
from 15% to 20% of applicable gross margins amounts.
<PAGE> 2
Mr. Bill Kocken
July 22, 1999
Page - 2 -
As an additional incentive and alternative to cash at closing, if you
should so decide, we are willing for Porta-Test shareholders to elect to be paid
in NATCO common stock as opposed to cash (up to an aggregate maximum of $C3MM).
The stock would be priced at the "carrying value" used by NATCO's principal
shareholder (Capricorn Investors, L.P.) at the time of closing.
The acquisition will be pursuant to a mutually acceptable purchase
agreement (the "Agreement"). That Agreement will include representations and
indemnities which are customary in a transaction of this kind, including, among
other things, representations regarding Porta-Test ownership, legal standing,
financial statements, past tax filings, insurance coverage, intellectual
property, environmental violations, contractual claims, litigation, etc. We
would expect to be indemnified (above some minimum threshold and within a
limited time period) against the adverse impact of contingent liabilities and
NATCO would have the right to offset some portion of the Note to cover such
indemnities. I have asked our outside counsel, Vinson & Elkins, to draft a
proposed purchase agreement which I will send to you as soon as possible, should
you agree to the offer contained in this letter. We have successfully completed
similar acquisitions and I am confident we can negotiate an Agreement that
satisfies both sides.
This offer assumes and is entirely conditional on reaching an agreement
with the controlling shareholder (the "Shareholder") of Porta-Test Systems, Inc.
("Systems") containing, among other things, the following terms: (i) Systems
will sell to NATCO all drawings, files, customer information, and any other
material, proprietary or otherwise, which is necessary for the conduct of the
business of Systems; (ii) Systems and Shareholder agree to the exclusive and
unlimited use by NATCO and Porta-Test of the Porta-Test name, trademarks,
intellectual property, etc. on a worldwide base; and (iii) Systems and
Shareholder sign a "non-compete" agreement. In exchange, NATCO will pay
Shareholder $500,000 cash. If Shareholder should so decide, he may elect to be
paid in NATCO common stock for all or part of the amount at the "carrying value"
referred to above. In addition, the Shareholder retains all of his stock in
Systems and therefore retains all accounts receivable and contingent assets (as
well as any liabilities), whether in liquidation or otherwise.
This offer is non-binding and subject to typical final due diligence
including a legal and accounting review of documents, books and records. The
offer will not be binding and should not be relied upon unless or until an
Agreement is executed between us.
You have correctly conditioned your interest in this acquisition on
satisfaction with the financial strength and prospects of NATCO. Should you
agree to the offer contained in this letter, we will provide information and
material to meet your requirements. I might add, the Agreement would contain
certain representations and indemnities from NATCO, as appropriate.
<PAGE> 3
Mr. Bill Kocken
July 22, 1999
Page - 3 -
As you are aware, we are enthusiastic about the combination of NATCO
and Porta-Test and hope you will accept our offer. I commit to you that we will
move forward on a timely basis and am currently aware of no material issue or
condition that is likely to hinder a successful closing. If this offer is
acceptable, on behalf of the shareholders, please return this letter with your
signature (which is non-binding until an Agreement is executed between us). I
look forward to hearing from you.
Best regards,
/s/ NAT GREGORY
Subject to approval of the final documents, including the purchase agreement,
earnout agreement and employment agreement, and on the basis of the
clarifications set out in your letter of August 21, 1999, on behalf of the
shareholders of Porta-Test International Inc., I hereby confirm the
acceptability of the foregoing.
- -------------
Bill Kocken
/s/ BILL KOCKEN
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 2.4
[NATCO GROUP INC. LETTERHEAD]
September 28, 1999
Mr. Uncas B. Favret, Jr.
c/o G.F. Gay LeBreton
Chaffe & Associates, Inc.
220 Camp Street
New Orleans, LA 70130
Dear Mr. Favret:
This Letter of Intent sets forth the mutual intention of NATCO Group Inc.
("NGI") and Engineering Specialties, Inc. ("ESI") and its shareholder (the
"Shareholder") to pursue in good faith the purchase of the outstanding stock of
ESI by NGI ("Acquisition") on the general terms and conditions set forth herein.
This Letter of Intent, whether or not accepted and signed by either or both
parties, is not a binding agreement to proceed with the Acquisition. A binding
agreement to proceed will only be evidenced by a subsequent stock purchase
agreement ("Agreement") executed by NGI , ESI and the Shareholder.
1. The Acquisition will be made on the following terms. Prior to closing, the
property identified as "Excluded Property" on Schedule A will be
distributed from ESI to its Shareholder and excluded from the Acquisition;
the property identified as "Included Property" on Schedule A will be
contributed to ESI from its Shareholder and included in the Acquisition. At
closing, NGI will pay certain consideration ("Consideration") for all of
ESI outstanding stock. The Consideration will be made up of: (i)
$10,000,000 cash, subject to increase or decrease ("Adjustment") as
outlined below and (ii) 25,000 options to acquire NGI common stock at a
price equal to the price at which NGI offers shares for purchase in its
initial public offering (the "NGI IPO"). The options will be exercisable
until five years after the later of (i) the NGI IPO, and (ii) the closing
of the Acquisition. The Agreement will provide for a substitute benefit of
comparable value if the NGI IPO has not occurred by a date to be specified
in the Agreement. The Adjustment will be equal to the increase or decrease
in shareholder's equity of ESI from June 30, 1999 (as shown on the balance
sheet appearing on pages 32 and 33 of the "Evaluation Material" prepared by
Chaffe & Associates, Inc.), through the closing, the purchase price to be
increased by such increase or decreased by such decrease. In calculating
the increase or decrease in shareholder's equity, the distribution of
Excluded Property and contribution of Included Property will not be taken
into account. The complete methodology and mechanism for calculation of the
Adjustment will be set forth in the Agreement.
<PAGE> 2
September 28, 1999
G.F. Gay LeBreton
Page -2-
2. ESI is understood by NGI to own all intellectual property (including, but
not limited to patents, patents pending, trade secrets, know-how,
inventions, designs, processes, methods, computer programs, and technical
data) used in the business of ESI, other than intellectual property that is
licensed from third parties or is in the public domain. To the extent any
intellectual property relating to the water treatment business of ESI is
owned separately by the Shareholder, it shall be contributed as Included
Property to ESI prior to closing. To the extent that the Shareholder
currently has ideas under development that relate to the water treatment
business of ESI, those ideas will be developed as intellectual property
owned by ESI or its successors as and to the extent to be provided in the
Agreement.
3. At the closing, (i) Uncas Favret, ESI and NGI will enter into the
employment and consulting arrangements that are described on Exhibit A, and
(ii) ESI and NGI will agree to employ the employees named in Exhibit B and
will provide them benefits as stated in Exhibit B.
4. The Agreement, when executed, shall also provide specifically for closing
conditions, representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants not to
compete, and other appropriate covenants, terms, and conditions that the
parties deem necessary and advisable. The Agreement will define the limits
of the indemnities by the Shareholder in favor of NGI and ESI.
5. It is the intention of the parties to complete the Acquisition on 1/1/00
and to execute the Agreement as soon as possible. If an Agreement has not
been signed by 12/31/99, this Letter of Intent shall terminate unless
extended by consent of both parties. The Agreement will define a mutually
agreeable methodology for calculating the Adjustment at the Closing. (As
one example: Payment of the Adjustment at the Closing will be based on
ESI's reasonable estimate thereof. Any resulting underpayment or
overpayment will be paid by or to NGI (as the case may be) as soon as the
Adjustment has been finally determined. Such payment will be accompanied by
interest thereon at a floating rate equal to the prime rate.)
6. ESI's intention is that between today and closing all proposals given to
customers, project execution plans, patent applications, changes in
staffing and compensation levels, capital expenditures, and other expenses
and activities in general will be conducted in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice.
7. ESI agrees to provide NGI and its advisors and auditors with full
cooperation and access to key personnel, business files, books and records
as necessary and appropriate to conduct due diligence and to prepare
audited financial statements; provided that such access shall be
<PAGE> 3
September 28, 1999
G.F. Gay LeBreton
Page -3-
during reasonable business hours and conducted in such manner as not to be
disruptive to ESI.
8. The Securities Act of 1933 and regulations thereunder may require that
certain disclosures be made concerning ESI in connection with the NGI IPO.
ESI will permit the making of any such required disclosures notwithstanding
the prohibitions of the letter confidentiality agreement dated June 24,
1999, subject to the following: (1) no such disclosure will be made unless
ESI has been given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the
proposed disclosure, (2) no such disclosure will be made if ESI reasonably
objects thereto on a timely basis , and (3) NGI will defend, indemnify and
hold harmless ESI and its affiliates (collectively, Aindemnified persons@)
from and against any claims, actions or liabilities (including reasonable
attorney's fees) that result from or are based upon any alleged
misstatements or omissions of material fact in the Registration Statement
or Prospectus relating to the NGI IPO, including any such misstatements or
omissions of information concerning ESI; except that an indemnified person
shall not be entitled to indemnification with respect to any such
misstatement or omission that is made in conformity with information
supplied by such person that was actually known by such person to be
materially false when supplied.
9. During the term of this Letter of Intent, ESI agrees that it will refrain,
and it will instruct its affiliates, employees, and representatives
(including its financial advisors) to refrain, from directly or indirectly
initiating, soliciting, or encouraging any proposal from a third party for
a transaction of the same nature as the Acquisition. If ESI receives any
inquiry or proposal to that effect, ESI will immediately notify NGI thereof
in writing. If ESI (directly or through its affiliates, employees and
representatives, including its financial advisors) breaches this Section 9
and within one year of the termination of this Letter of Intent ESI should
be sold to a third party for consideration exceeding the amount set forth
in Section 1 above, then ESI shall within 30 days reimburse NGI for all
expenses incurred in connection with the pursuit of the Acquisition
(including expenses incurred in due diligence, lawyers fees, audit fees,
and any other related expenditures by NGI), but not to exceed $100,000.
10. Except as set forth in Section 9, each party shall bear its own expenses.
11. This Letter of Intent is not legally binding, except for the provisions of
Sections 8, 9, 10 and 11. Either NGI or ESI may terminate this Letter of
Intent by written notification at any time. Such termination (or
termination in accordance with Section 5) shall terminate all provisions of
this Letter of Intent, except that such termination shall not terminate
Sections 8 and 10 and the last sentence of Section 9, and shall not
terminate any liability existing at the time of
<PAGE> 4
September 28, 1999
G.F. Gay LeBreton
Page -4-
termination for any breach of Sections 8, 9 or 10. The exclusive liability
for breach of Section 9 shall be as provided in the last sentence thereof.
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please execute and return this
Letter of Intent to me at your earliest convenience.
Respectfully,
/s/ NAT GREGORY
Nat Gregory
Chairman and CEO
AGREED to on the 30th day of
September, 1999 by:
/s/ UNCAS B. FAVRET, JR.
- ----------------------------------
Uncas B. Favret, Jr.
President of ESI
<PAGE> 5
Schedule A: Property Excluded or Included in the Acquisition
Excluded Property
o Houston sales office(b)
o Building held or expansion(b) and associated land (lot 3)(a)
o Other property of a personal nature to be listed on a schedule to the
Agreement and consisting of art, furnishings and memorabilia which are
not used in the Company's business; the Beau Chene membership; and the
automobile located in Houston, Texas. If any such property is on the
Company's books, the Shareholder will pay the Company the book value at
the closing date.
Included Property
o Office building(b)
o Manufacturing facility with several cranes(b)
o Lots used for storage and coating(b)
o Land defined by lots(a) 2, 23, 39, 40 and 41
o Intellectual Properties as provided as Section 2
Notes
(a) As defined by the attached Covington Industrial Park plot plan.
(b) As defined on page 12 of the "Evaluation Material" prepared by Chaffe &
Associates, Inc.
<PAGE> 6
EXHIBIT A
Employment Terms for Mr. Uncas B. Favret
Employment Offer
Duties: To be determined
Work Schedule: Three (3) days per week
Term: One (1) year from transaction date
Salary: $120,000 per annum, paid in equal monthly installments
of $10,000
Benefits: Vacation - four (4) weeks per annum
NGI to provide Mr. Favret with vehicle allowance
Health Insurance
Other benefits typically provided to NGI employees
Reimbursement of direct expenses relating to the performance
of NGI duties (travel, phone, etc.)
Other: A consulting agreement to age 65 @ $150 per hour
Health insurance to age 65
<PAGE> 7
EXHIBIT B
ESI and NGI will agree to employ Sandy McPeek, Ky Doucet and Paul Lemons
for a term of not less than one year after closing. Compensation will not be
less than present salary and bonus.
The parties will discuss NGI and ESI continuing to indemnify the directors,
officers, employees and agents of ESI for claims made against them in such
capacities (and related legal fees and expenses), if the indemnified person met
the standard of conduct required by the Louisiana Business Corporation Law.
NGI will provide ESI employees with a benefits package equivalent to that
provided by NGI to its own employees.
<PAGE> 8
EXHIBIT C
[MAP OF COVINGTON INDUSTRIAL PARK]
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 2.5
[NATCO GROUP, INC. LETTERHEAD]
October 28, 1999
Revision 4
Mr. Guy Carriere
Modular Production Equipment, Inc.
10430 Rodgers Road
Houston, TX 77070
Re: Possible Acquisition of Modular Production Equipment, Inc.
("MPE") by NATCO Group, Inc. ("NGI")
Dear Mr. Carriere:
This Letter of Intent sets forth the mutual intention of NATCO Group
Inc. ("NGI") and Modular Production Equipment, Inc. ("MPE") and its
shareholders, Guy and Nadine Carriere, (together, the "Shareholders") to pursue
in good faith the purchase of all of the outstanding shares of stock of MPE (the
"Shares") by NGI ("Acquisition") on the general terms and conditions set forth
herein. This Letter of Intent, whether or not accepted and signed by any or all
of the parties, is not a binding agreement to proceed with the Acquisition. A
BINDING AGREEMENT TO PROCEED WILL ONLY BE EVIDENCED BY A SUBSEQUENT STOCK
PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT")TO BE NEGOTIATED AND EXECUTED BY NGI, MPE AND
THE SHAREHOLDERS.
1. The Acquisition will be made on the following terms. At closing, NGI will
pay certain consideration ("Consideration") for all of the MPE shares. The
Consideration will be made up of: (i) $2,200,000 cash, subject to increase
or decrease ("Adjustment") as outlined below plus (ii) a note (the "Note")
in an amount of $500,000. The Adjustment will be equal to the increase or
decrease in shareholder's equity of MPE from September 1999 (as shown on
the attached September 1999 balance sheet) through the closing, the
purchase price to be increased by such increase or decreased by such
decrease. The complete methodology and mechanism for calculation of the
Adjustment will be set forth in the Agreement. The note will be due in one
year and will carry an above market interest rate of 10% per annum. In lieu
of receiving a cash payment from the Shareholder, NGI, in its good faith
discretion, may elect to offset and/or charge against any and all payments
due to MPE under the Note the amount of any Adverse Consequences to which
NGI is entitled to or may become entitled to by reason of the provisions of
the Agreement. One such Adverse Consequence is the potential for
non-payment of $250,000 by Petrobras (or any additional claim by Petrobras
over and above this $250,000) for the Maritima P-37V project due to a
dispute involving piping specification changes. (In this regard, NATCO will
make customary and reasonable attempts to collect these receivables from
Petrobras.) At the closing, MPE will forgive the $53,842 loan to officer.
<PAGE> 2
October 28, 1999
Page -2-
2. MPE is understood by NGI to own all intellectual property (including, but
not limited to, patents, patents pending, trade secrets, know-how,
inventions, designs, processes, methods, computer programs, and technical
data) used in the business of MPE, other than intellectual property that is
licensed from third parties or is in the public domain. Any royalty
payments that are customarily being paid through technology licenses
agreements will continue to be paid by NGI after closing, provided that
they have been paid as an ordinary operating expense in the past. To the
extent that the Shareholder or its employees currently has ideas under
development that relate to the water treatment business of MPE, those ideas
will be developed as intellectual property owned by MPE or its successors
as and to the extent to be provided in the Agreement.
3. NGI will employ Guy Carriere for a period consistent with having MPE make
an orderly transition into the NGI headquarters in Houston. This period
will be a minimum of 4 months. During this period, Guy Carriere will be
paid a salary of $10,000/month. One week paid vacation will be allowed
during this period. NGI and Guy Carriere may also discuss a possible
consulting relationship for Guy Carriere at a rate of $150/hour for any
services agreed upon by the parties after the transition period. In
addition, NGI will agree to employ several key MPE employees. At a minimum,
these will include Roy Lister, Greg Berger, and Jeff Brackett. These
employees will be paid a salary consistent with their experience level and
will be eligible for participation in NGI's benefits program. NGI will, at
its sole expense, provide Guy and Nadine Carriere with health insurance
coverage no less favorable than that currently provided to them until each
of them qualifies for Medicare coverage at age 65. NGI agrees to assume the
existing lease, at a rate consistent with past practice, for a minimum
period of 6 months.
4. The Agreement, when executed, shall be in form customary for transactions
of this type and shall also provide specifically for closing conditions,
representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants not to compete, and
other appropriate covenants, terms, and conditions that the parties deem
necessary and advisable and which are mutually acceptable to the parties.
The Agreement will define the limits of the indemnities by the Shareholder
in favor of NGI and MPE.
5. It is the intention of the parties to execute the Agreement and complete
the Acquisition on a closing date that is mutually agreed to, but no later
than January 15, 1999. If an Agreement has not been signed by 12/31/99,
this Letter of Intent shall terminate unless extended by consent of all
parties.
6. MPE's intention is that between today and closing all proposals given to
customers, project execution plans, patent applications, changes in
staffing and compensation levels, capital expenditures, and other expenses
and activities in general will be conducted in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice.
7. MPE agrees to provide NGI and its advisors and auditors with full
cooperation and access to key personnel, business files, books and records
as necessary and appropriate to conduct due diligence and to prepare
audited financial statements; provided that such access shall be during
reasonable business hours and conducted in such manner as not to be
disruptive to MPE.
<PAGE> 3
October 28, 1999
Page -3-
8. No party hereto shall make any public announcement about this Letter of
Intent or the proposed Acquisition without the prior written approval of
the other parties, unless it determines in good faith that it is legally
required to do so.
9. During the term of this Letter of Intent, MPE agrees that it will refrain,
and it will instruct its affiliates, employees, and representatives
(including its financial advisors) to refrain, from directly or indirectly
initiating, soliciting, or encouraging any proposal from a third party for
a transaction of the same nature as the Acquisition. If MPE receives any
inquiry or proposal that MPE believes they would have an interest in
pursuing, MPE will immediately notify NGI thereof in writing. If MPE
(directly or through its affiliates, employees and representatives,
including its financial advisors) breaches this Section 9 and within one
(1) year of the termination of this Letter of Intent MPE is sold to a third
party for consideration exceeding the amount set forth in Section 1 above,
then upon the written request of NGI, MPE shall within thirty (30) days
thereafter reimburse NGI for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection
with the pursuit of the Acquisition (including expenses incurred in due
diligence, lawyers fees, audit fees, and any other related expenditures by
NGI) up to a maximum aggregate amount of $60,000.
10. Except as set forth in Section 9, each party shall bear its own expenses
incurred in connection with this transaction; provided, however, MPE may
pay up to a maximum amount of $20,000 of the shareholders pre-closing
transaction expenses.
11. This Letter of Intent is not legally binding, except for the provisions of
Sections 8, 9, 10 and 11. Either NGI or MPE may terminate this Letter of
Intent by written notification to the other at any time. Such termination
(or termination in accordance with Section 5) shall terminate all
provisions of this Letter of Intent, except that such termination shall not
terminate Sections 8, 10 and 11 and the last sentence of Section 9, and it
shall not terminate any liability existing at the time of termination for
any breach of Sections 9 or 10. The exclusive liability for breach of
Section 9 shall be as provided in the last sentence thereof.
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign in the space
provided and return this Letter of Intent to me at your earliest convenience.
Respectfully,
/s/ ROBERT A. CURCIO 10/28/99
Robert A. Curcio
Senior Vice President
AGREED to on the 28th day of October, 1999 by:
MODULAR PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT, INC.
By: /s/ Guy Carriere
----------------------------------------
Guy Carriere, President
/s/ Nadine Carriere
----------------------------------------
Nadine Carriere
<PAGE> 4
Modular Production Equipment
Consolidated Departments
Corrected Balance Sheet
September 30, 1999
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Current Assets:
Cash 44,884.01
Accounts Receivable 751,224.73
Revenue In Excess of Billings 631,340.00
Advances 62.05
Inventory 200,636.29
Other Advances 395.31
Loan to Officers 53,842.26
Work in Progress 108,150.42
Total Current Assets 1,790,335.07
Fixed Assets:
Equipment to Lease 74,300.00
Furniture 26,072.31
Automobile 35,313.66
Property improvements 160,388.73
Equipment 65,543.58
Shop Machines 130,623.04
Office Equipment 153,115.72
Capital Lease Equipment 57,894.52
Leased Equipment 21,043.58
Deposits 0.00
Letter of Credit 0.00
----------
724,275.14
Less Accumulated Depreciation 358,848.00
----------
Total Net Fixed Assets 365,427.14
Research & Development Cost 30,060.70
Amortized Loan Costs 22,500.00
Accumulated Amortization 18,750.00
Total Other Assets 33,810.70
Total Assets 2,189,572.91
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
Modular Production Equipment
Consolidated Departments
Corrected Balance Sheet
September 30, 1999
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER EQUITY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable-Trade 323,859.88
Inventory Clearing Account 0.00
Royalty Payable 0.00
AP Clearing Account 0.00
Job Cost Clearing Account 0.00
Billings Clearing Account 0.00
Accrued Liabilities 178,158.55
Accrued Salaries/Royalties 0.00
------------
Total Current Liabilities 502,018.43
Long Term Liabilities:
Domestic Receivables Loan 0.00
Export Receivables Loan 925,000.00
Bridge Loan 0.00
Truck Loan 0.00
TCB Equipment Loan 0.00
TCB Phone Loan 6,626.78
Car Loan #42287600 10,531.96
Capital Lease Obligations 86,932.75
------------
Total Long Term Liabilities 1,028,091.49
Deferred Income:
Deferred Income - Projects 0.00
------------
Total Deferred Income 0.00
Shareholders Equity:
Common Stock - MPE 82,000.00
Common Stock - HPC 500.00
Additional Paid in Capital 0.00
Profit/Loss Prior Periods 0.00
Dividends 0.00
Opening Retained Earnings 756,168.58
Profit (Loss) for Period 178,205.57
----------
Total Shareholders Equity 659,462.99
Total Liabilities & Shareholders Equity 2,189,572.91
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.1
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATCO GROUP INC.
FIRST: The name of the corporation is NATCO Group Inc.
SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at
that address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the
Delaware Code.
FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of capital stock that the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000 shares, of which
5,000,000 shall be shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share
("Preferred Stock"), and 50,000,000 shall be shares of Common Stock, par value
of $.01 per share ("Common Stock").
The following is a statement fixing certain of the designations and
powers, voting powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or
other rights of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock of the Corporation,
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and the authority
with respect thereto expressly granted to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation:
I. Preferred Stock
The Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with the
authority to adopt a resolution or resolutions providing for the
issuance of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, which
shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series and in
such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors in such
resolution or resolutions. The voting powers, full or limited, or no
voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of each
series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions, if any, of such preferences and/or rights (collectively
the "Series Terms"), shall be such as are stated and expressed in a
resolution or resolutions providing for the creation or revision of
such Series Terms (a "Preferred Stock Series Resolution") adopted by
the Board of Directors.
Any of the Series Terms, including voting rights, of any series
may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside this
Certificate of Incorporation and the Preferred Stock Series
Resolution, provided that the manner in which such facts shall operate
upon such Series Terms is clearly and expressly set forth in this
Certificate of Incorporation or in the Preferred Stock Series
Resolution.
<PAGE> 2
Except in respect of characteristics of a particular series
fixed by the Board of Directors, all shares of Preferred Stock shall
be of equal rank and shall be identical. All shares of any one series
of Preferred Stock so designated by the Board of Directors shall be
alike in every particular, except that shares of any one series issued
at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends
thereon shall be cumulative,
II. Common Stock
1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of any Preferred Stock
Series Resolution, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, out
of funds legally available for the payment of dividends and at such
times and in such manner as determined by the Board of Directors,
declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock.
2. Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other
liabilities of the Corporation and payment or setting aside for
payment of any preferential amount due to the holders of any other
class or series of stock, the holders of the Common Stock shall be
entitled to receive ratably any or all assets remaining to be paid or
distributed,
3. Voting Rights. Except as may otherwise be required by law,
this Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of any Preferred
Stock Series Resolution, each holder of Common Stock shall have one
vote for each share of such stock held by such holder on each matter
voted upon by the stockholders.
III. No Preemptive Rights
No holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall have any
preemptive or other rights, except as such rights are expressly
provided by contract, to purchase or subscribe for or receive any
shares of any class, or series thereof, of stock of the Corporation,
whether now or hereafter authorized, or any warrants, options, bonds,
debentures or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or
carrying any right to purchase any shares of any class, or series
thereof, of stock.
FIFTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or
repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, except as may otherwise be provided in
the bylaws.
SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the
State of Delaware, as the bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of
the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in applicable
law) outside the State of Delaware at such place as may be designated from time
to time by the Board of Directors or the bylaws of the Corporation,
SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
2
<PAGE> 3
EIGHTH: No action required or permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, pursuant to
Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise, unless a
consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of all the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote
with respect to such matter if the matter had been presented at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation duly called and convened.
NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers
appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8
of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the
case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a
majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or
class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this Corporation.
TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of
this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
ELEVENTH: The Corporation may indemnify any director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended.
TWELFTH: The number of directors which shall constitute the whole
board shall be such as from time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided
in the bylaws of the Corporation or, in the absence of any such provision, by
resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no case shall the number be less
than three.
The right to cumulate votes in the election of directors is expressly
prohibited.
The election of directors shall be by written ballot.
The directors shall be classified with respect to the time for which
they shall severally hold office by dividing them into three classes, which
classes shall consist of an equal, or as near to equal as possible, number of
directors. At the first election of directors following the effective time of
the
3
<PAGE> 4
certificate of amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation
reflecting this Article, the director or directors of the first class shall be
elected for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 1999; the director or directors of the second class
for a term expiring at the annual meeting to be held in 2000; and the director
or directors of the third class for a term expiring at the annual meeting to be
held in 2001. At each annual meeting, commencing with the annual meeting in
1999, the successor or successors to the class of directors whose term shall
expire in that year shall be elected to hold office for the term of three
years, so that the term of office for one class of directors shall expire in
each year. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors constituting the
Board shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of
directors in each class as near as possible to one-third of the whole number of
directors as so adjusted. Any director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy
shall hold office for the remaining term of the class to which such
directorship is assigned. No decrease in the number of directors constituting
the Corporation's Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising through death,
resignation or removal of a director, or through an increase in the number of
directors of any class, shall be filled by the majority vote of the remaining
directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The
bylaws may contain any provision regarding classification of the Corporation's
directors not inconsistent with the terms hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more
classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the
right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of
vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the
terms of the Preferred Stock Series Resolutions applicable thereto, and such
directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article
Twelfth unless expressly provided by such terms.
4
<PAGE> 5
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATCO GROUP INC.
THE UNDERSIGNED SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF
NATCO GROUP INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION (THE "CORPORATION"), DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY:
I. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted at a meeting
duly called and held resolutions setting forth proposed amendments of the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, approving such amendments,
declaring such amendments advisable and recommending such amendments to the
stockholders of the Corporation for approval thereof. The resolutions setting
forth the proposed amendments are as follows:
RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Certificate
of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended so as to be and read in its
entirety as follows:
FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of capital stock that
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000 shares, of
which 5,000,000 shall be shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per
share ("Preferred Stock"), and 50,000,000 shall be shares of Common
Stock, par value of $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), divided into
45,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock ("Class A Common Stock") and
5,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock ("Class B Common Stock").
and further
RESOLVED, that Section II of Article Fourth of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation be amended so as to be and read in its entirety
as follows:
II. Common Stock
The Common Stock of the Corporation shall consist of
two classes: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Each such
class of Common Stock shall have the relative rights, powers,
preferences, limitations and restrictions set forth in this Section II:
A. Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of any
Preferred Stock Series Resolution, the Board of Directors may,
in its discretion, out of funds legally available for the
payment of dividends and at such times and in such manner as
determined by the Board of Directors, declare and pay
dividends on the Class A
<PAGE> 6
Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, equally and
ratably as if such classes were but a single class.
2. Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether
voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for
payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation
and payment or setting aside for payment of any preferential
amount due to the holders of any other class or series of
stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock shall be entitled to receive any or all assets
remaining to be paid or distributed, equally and ratably as if
such classes were but a single class; provided, however, that,
if any obligation of the Corporation to purchase shares of
Class B Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Put is then
pending, then upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution, or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of
Class B Common Stock at the time outstanding will be entitled
to receive out of the net assets of the Corporation legally
available for distribution to shareholders after satisfaction
of liabilities to creditors as required by the Texas Business
Corporation Act, subject to the rights of the holders of any
stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Class B Common
Stock in respect of distributions of assets upon liquidation,
dissolution, or winding-up of the Corporation but before any
distribution of assets is made with respect to any shares of
Class A Common Stock, an amount equal to the aggregate of the
liquidation preference specified in paragraph 6 of this
subsection B.
3. Voting Rights. Except as may otherwise be required
by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of
any Preferred Stock Series Resolution, the holders of Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a
single class, shall have one vote for each share of such stock
held by such holder on each matter voted upon by the
stockholders.
4. Other Rights. Neither class of Common Stock shall
be subject to mandatory redemption or to redemption at the
option of the Corporation. Except as hereinafter provided,
neither class of Common Stock shall have any rights of
conversion or exchange. The registered owner of any shares of
Class B Common Stock may at any time and from time to time
convert any or all such shares into Class A Common Stock on
the basis of one share of Class A Common Stock for each share
of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion rate shall be subject
to equitable adjustment in the event the outstanding shares of
Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock are changed into
a different number of shares or a different class by reason of
any stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification,
recapitalization, split, combination or exchange of shares. In
addition, any shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding on
January 1, 2002 shall automatically and without any action on
the part of the holder thereof be converted into shares of
Class A Common Stock on the basis of one share of Class A
Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock and
thereupon the Common Stock of the Corporation shall consist of
a single class consisting of 50,000,000 authorized shares,
designated as Common Stock;
<PAGE> 7
provided, however, that, if any Exercise Notice (as defined
below) shall have been given and be outstanding on January 1,
2002, such conversion shall be deferred until such time as
the Put transaction contemplated hereby to occur as the
result of the giving of such Exercise Notice has been
consummated.
B. Additional Rights of Class B Common Stock.
1. Definitions. The following additional
terms have the respective meanings specified below:
"Bank Credit Agreement" shall mean that certain Loan
Agreement to be dated as of November 18, 1998 among,
inter alia, the Corporation, as U.S. Borrower, NATCO
Canada, Ltd., as Canadian Borrower, and Chase Bank of
Texas, National Association, as U.S. Agent for the
lenders thereunder, Bank of Nova Scotia, as Canadian
Agent for the lenders thereunder, and such lenders,
as amended from time to time.
"Business Day" means any day other than a day on
which banks in the State of Texas are authorized or
obligated to be closed.
"Corporate Statute" shall mean the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
"Effective Time" shall have the meaning ascribed to
such term in paragraph (1) of subsection D of this
Section II.
"Exercise Notice" shall have the meaning ascribed to
such term contained in paragraph 4 of this subsection
B.
"Holder" shall mean the registered owner of shares of
Class B Common Stock as indicated by the stock
transfer records for the Class B Common Stock of the
Corporation.
"Put" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
contained in paragraph 2 of this subsection B.
"Put Period" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
term contained in paragraph 2 of this subsection B.
2. Put. Each Holder of Class B Common Stock shall
have the option (the "Put"), commencing on June 30, 2000 and
ending on December 31, 2001 (the "Put Period"), of causing the
Corporation to purchase from time to time any or all the
shares of Class B Common Stock then held by such Holder at a
cash purchase price per share of $13.00 per share.
<PAGE> 8
3. Applicable Covenant. The rights of each Holder of
Class B Common Stock under this Section II are subject to the
covenants of the Corporation contained in Section 8.5 of the
Bank Credit Agreement.
4. Method of Exercise. Any Holder of Class B Common
Stock may exercise a Put by giving, during the Put Period,
written notice (an "Exercise Notice") to the Corporation
specifying in such Exercise Notice the number of shares of
Class B Common Stock to be sold to the Corporation, the
certificate numbers of the stock certificates that evidence
such shares of Class B Common Stock and the aggregate purchase
price specified herein to be received by such Holder of Class
B Common Stock therefor.
5. Consummation. Subject to fulfillment or waiver of
the conditions thereto, the closing of such sale shall be
effected on the 20th Business Day following receipt of the
Exercise Notice by the Corporation. At the closing, the Holder
of Class B Common Stock shall deliver to the Corporation one
or more stock certificates registered in the name of such
Holder and evidencing the number of shares of Class B Common
Stock to be sold by the Holder thereof pursuant to the Put,
and the Corporation shall deliver to or for the account of
such Holder the aggregate purchase price for such shares in
immediately available funds.
6. Conditions. The obligation of the Corporation to
consummate a transaction pursuant to the exercise of a Put
shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following
conditions:
(a) Compliance with Corporate Statute. The
consummation of the purchase by the Corporation of
the shares of Class B Common Stock tendered for
purchase by a Holder thereof pursuant to the exercise
of a Put shall then comply with the applicable
provisions of the Corporate Statute and the Bank
Credit Agreement, as amended from time to time.
(b) Reporting Company Status. Neither the
Corporation nor any issuer of any class or series of
security or securities into which the Class B Common
shall have been converted or for which the Class B
Common Stock shall have been exchanged, in either
case pursuant to any merger, consolidation, share
exchange, sale of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's assets or liquidation or dissolution of
the Corporation, shall then be or have previously
been subject to the reporting obligations imposed by
Section 15(d) or Section 13 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
If a transaction pursuant to the exercise of a Put is not
consummated as a result of the nonfulfillment of the condition
contained in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 6, then the
obligation of the Corporation to purchase shares of Class B
Common Stock pursuant to such Put shall continue in full force
and effect, regardless of any expiration of the time periods
provided herein for the exercise of any such Put, until
<PAGE> 9
the Corporation shall have complied with the terms of the Put
so exercised; provided, however, that the price per share of
Class B Common Stock of the Corporation payable pursuant to
paragraph 2 of this subsection B shall increase by a factor
equivalent to interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to
the prime rate of interest in effect from time to time at The
Chase Manhattan Bank for its most creditworthy corporate
customers from the date on which such price would otherwise
have been paid in accordance with the other provisions of this
subsection B until the date on which actually paid; provided,
however, that, commencing on the first anniversary of the
related Exercise Notice, such rate shall increase to such
prime rate plus 250 basis points. The aggregate amount of the
Corporation's obligation to purchase shares of Class B Common
Stock pursuant to such Put pending at any given time shall
constitute a liquidation preference of the Class B Common
Stock. At such time as the condition contained in subparagraph
(b) of this paragraph 6 shall occur (regardless of whether a
Put shall then have been exercised), the obligation of the
Corporation to purchase shares of Class B Common Stock
pursuant to any Put shall terminate.
7. Representations and Warranties. At the closing of
the sale of any shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the
exercise of a Put, the Holder of such shares of Class B Common
Stock shall represent and warrant in writing to the
Corporation that: (i) such Holder of Class B Common Stock has
full right, power and authority to sell and deliver such
shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation, (ii) such
Holder of Class B Common Stock owns such shares of Class B
Common Stock of record and beneficially, free and clear of any
liens, encumbrances and adverse claims and (iii), upon
delivery thereof to the Corporation pursuant to the exercise
of a Put by the Holder of Class B Common Stock, the
Corporation will acquire good title to such shares of Class B
Common Stock free and clear of any liens, encumbrances and
adverse claims (other than any that may have been created by
the Corporation).
8. Nonassignability. The rights of the Holder of
Class B Common Stock pursuant to this subsection B are
personal to the Holder of Class B Common Stock and may not be
assigned by any Holder of Class B Common Stock other than
proportionally in connection with an assignment of such shares
of Class B Common Stock by operation of law, by death pursuant
to a will or the laws of descent and distribution, by transfer
to a member of the immediate family of the Holder of Class B
Common Stock or a trust for the benefit of any such family
member, by transfer to a commercial bank or other lending
institution in accordance with the terms of a bona fide pledge
or, in the case of a Holder of Class B Common Stock that is a
legal entity at the Effective Time, by such entity to an
affiliate (no further assignment being permitted) or successor
of such entity or to the purchaser of all or substantially all
of that entity's assets, any or all of which exceptions shall
be permitted if the transferor or transferee shall give notice
of such assignment, together with such information as may be
reasonably necessary to evidence qualification of the
transferee to be an assignee thereof, to the Corporation. Any
assignment or transfer
<PAGE> 10
of shares of Class B Common Stock that is not in compliance
with the provisions of this paragraph 8 shall cause the
relinquishment and termination of the rights contained in
this subsection B as they would otherwise apply to such
shares of Class B Common Stock.
C. Limited Rights to Class Vote.
1. So long as any shares of Class B Common Stock are
outstanding, the consent of the holders of not less than a
majority of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock then
outstanding, given in person or by proxy either at a regular
meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose or
pursuant to written consents, at which or pursuant to which,
as the case may be, the holders of Class B Common Stock shall
vote separately as a class, shall be necessary (i) to approve
the issuance by the Corporation of any additional shares of
Class B Common Stock and (ii) for effecting, validating or
authorizing any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the
provisions of this Section II of Article Fourth of this
Certificate of Incorporation, or any amendment thereto, or any
other certificate filed pursuant to law (excluding, however,
any such amendment, alteration or repeal effected by any
merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is a party to
the extent provided in paragraph 2 of this subsection C) that
would adversely affect any of the designations, preferences,
limitations or relative rights of the shares of Class B Common
Stock then outstanding; provided, however, that any amendment
or amendments to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended, so as to authorize or create, or to
increase the authorized amount of, any capital stock of the
Corporation ranking pari passu with or senior or junior to the
Class B Common Stock as to the payment of dividends or as to
the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution
or winding-up of the Corporation shall not be deemed to affect
adversely the designations, preferences, limitations or
relative rights of the Class B Common Stock.
2. The class vote accorded to the Class B Common
Stock by paragraph 1 of this subsection B shall not apply to
any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions
of this Section II effected by a merger to which the
Corporation is a party:
(a) if the Class B Common Stock would in
such merger be converted into
(i) a right to receive cash;
(ii) any equity security if that equity
security is registered pursuant to Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or was issued by a corporation
that is then subject to the reporting
obligations imposed by Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
as a result of registration of an offering
of that
<PAGE> 11
equity security under the registration
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended ("Equity Security");
(iii) any security immediately convertible
into or exchangeable for an Equity Security;
(iv) any option or warrant immediately
exercisable with respect to an Equity
Security; or
(v) any combination of any of the
foregoing; or
(b) if the Class B Common Stock would in
such merger be converted, in whole or in part, into
any security not contemplated by subparagraph (a) of
this paragraph 2 ("Other Security") if the relevant
documents provide that the Put shall continue after
the effective date of such merger as a right to cause
the Corporation or any successor thereto, subject to
the other provisions of this Section II, to purchase,
at the per share price specified in paragraph 2 of
subsection B less the amount of any cash
consideration per share of Class B Common Stock paid
in the merger, the number of shares or other units of
such Other Security into which each share of Class B
Common Stock was converted in the merger.
3. So long as any shares of the Class B Common Stock
remain outstanding, the holders of shares of the Class B
Common Stock, voting separately as a class, shall have the
right to nominate and to elect, by a majority vote of such
shares, one director to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation and to fill such position at any regular meeting
of stockholders or special meeting called for that purpose or
pursuant to written consents. Any director who shall have been
elected by holders of shares of Class B Common Stock may be
removed at any time, either for or without cause, by, and only
by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
number of shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding,
voting separately as a class, given at any regular meeting of
stockholders or a special meeting of such stockholders called
for that purpose or pursuant to written consents, and any
vacancy thereby created may be filled only by the holders of
shares of Class B Common Stock. Such director shall be a
member of the Class II Directors. Any director so nominated
and elected shall serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders at which members of Class II Directors are
elected and until his successor shall have been duly elected
or until his earlier resignation, removal or death. The first
individual designated by the holders of the Class B Common
Stock to serve as a director of the Corporation shall be
George K. Hickox, Jr., the term of such director to commence
at the effective time of the first issuance of any shares of
Class B Common Stock.
D. Exchange of Common Stock for Class A Common Stock.
<PAGE> 12
1. Issued Shares. Upon the filing of a Certificate of
Amendment reflecting these amendments to the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Time"), each then
issued share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of
the Corporation (the "Prior Common Stock"), including any such
shares held in the treasury of the Corporation, shall be
converted, without any action on the part of the holder
thereof, into one share of Class A Common Stock.
2. Reserved Shares. From and after the Effective
Time, each unissued share of the Prior Common Stock reserved
for issuance shall be converted, without any action on the
part of any Person, into one share of Class A Common Stock and
any obligation of the Corporation, whether contractual or
otherwise, to issue any shares of the Prior Common Stock shall
be deemed to be an obligation to issue an identical number of
shares of Class A Common Stock upon the same terms and
conditions.
3. Certificates. From and after the Effective Time,
each holder of a certificate theretofore evidencing shares of
the Prior Common Stock may be surrendered by the holder
thereof in exchange for a certificate or certificates
evidencing an equivalent number of shares of Class A Common
Stock.
II. That in lieu of a special meeting and vote of the stockholders, the
stockholders of the Corporation, by written consent, approved, adopted and
consented to such amendments in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
III. That such amendments were duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.
The undersigned, being the duly elected and currently acting Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NATCO Group Inc., the Corporation
to which reference is made in this Certificate, does make this Certificate as of
the 18th day of November, 1998, and affirms and acknowledges, under penalties of
perjury, that this Certificate is the act and deed of the Corporation and that
the facts stated herein are true.
/s/ WILLIAM B. WIENER III
-------------------------------------------------
William B. Wiener III
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
NATCO Group Inc.
<PAGE> 13
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATCO GROUP INC.
THE UNDERSIGNED PRESIDENT OF NATCO GROUP INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION
("CORPORATION"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
I. That the Board of the Corporation adopted at a meeting duly called and
held resolutions setting forth proposed amendments of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, approving such amendments, declaring such
amendments advisable and recommending such amendments to the stockholders of
the Corporation for approval thereof. The resolutions setting forth the
proposed amendments are as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors hereby approves an amendment of
Article EIGHTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation,
which amendment permits action by stockholders of the Corporation to be
taken by written consent less than all of the stockholders in lieu of
meeting if (i) the action to be effected by written consent of stockholders
and (ii) the taking of such action by such written consent shall have been
expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Company,
such amendment to be effected by deleting Article EIGHTH from the current
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and amending and restating
Article EIGHTH so as to be and to read in its entirety as follows:
EIGHTH: No action required or permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting,
pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or
otherwise, unless a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the
action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of all the outstanding
capital stock entitled to vote with respect to such matter if the
matter had been presented at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation duly called and convened; provided,
however, that any such action may be taken by written consent in
accordance with Section 228 or any successor provision of the Delaware
General Corporation Law if (i) the action to be effected by written
consent of stockholders and (ii) the taking of such action by such
written consent shall have been expressly approved in advance by the
Board of Directors of the Company.
II. That in lieu of a special meeting and vote of the stockholders, the
stockholders of the Corporation, by written consent setting forth the action so
taken and signed by the holders of all the outstanding capital stock entitled
to vote with respect thereto, approved, adopted and consented to such amendment
in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General
<PAGE> 14
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and Article Eighth of the Certificate
of Incorporation of the Corporation.
III. That such amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.
The undersigned, being the duly elected and currently acting President of
NATCO Group Inc., the Corporation to which reference is made in this
Certificate, does make this Certificate and affirms and acknowledges, under
penalties of perjury, that this Certificate is the act and deed of the
Corporation and that the facts stated herein are true.
NATCO Group Inc.
/s/ PATRICK M. McCARTHY
-----------------------
Patrick M. McCarthy
President
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS, AS AMENDED
OF
NATCO GROUP INC.
A Delaware Corporation
<PAGE> 2
NATCO GROUP INC.
BYLAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Article I
Offices................................................................................................-1-
Section 1. Registered Office..........................................................................-1-
Section 2. Other Offices..............................................................................-1-
Article II
Stockholders...........................................................................................-1-
Section 1. Place of Meetings..........................................................................-1-
Section 2. Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings............................................................-1-
Section 3. Annual Meetings............................................................................-2-
Section 4. Special Meetings...........................................................................-2-
Section 5. Record Date................................................................................-2-
Section 6. Notice of Meetings.........................................................................-3-
Section 7. Stock List.................................................................................-3-
Section 8. Proxies....................................................................................-3-
Section 9. Voting; Elections; Inspectors..............................................................-3-
Section 10. Conduct of Meetings.......................................................................-4-
Section 11. Treasury Stock............................................................................-5-
Section 12. Action Without Meeting....................................................................-5-
Section 13. Notice of Stockholder Business............................................................-5-
Article III
Board of Directors.....................................................................................-5-
Section 1. Power; Number; Term of Office..............................................................-5-
Section 2. Quorum.....................................................................................-6-
Section 3. Place of Meetings; Order of Business.......................................................-6-
Section 4. First Meeting..............................................................................-6-
Section 5. Regular Meetings...........................................................................-6-
Section 6. Special Meetings...........................................................................-6-
Section 7. Removal....................................................................................-6-
Section 8. Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors............................................-6-
Section 9. Compensation...............................................................................-7-
Section 10. Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting....................................-7-
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 11. Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by Stockholders.............................-7-
Article IV
Committees.............................................................................................-8-
Section 1. Designation; Powers........................................................................-8-
Section 2. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum................................................................-8-
Section 3. Substitution of Members....................................................................-8-
Article V
Officers...............................................................................................-8-
Section 1. Number, Titles and Term of Office..........................................................-8-
Section 2. Salaries...................................................................................-9-
Section 3. Removal....................................................................................-9-
Section 4. Vacancies..................................................................................-9-
Section 5. Powers and Duties of the Chief Executive Officer...........................................-9-
Section 6. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board.............................................-9-
Section 7. Powers and Duties of the President.........................................................-9-
Section 8. Vice Presidents...........................................................................-10-
Section 9. Treasurer.................................................................................-10-
Section 10. Assistant Treasurers.....................................................................-10-
Section 11. Secretary................................................................................-10-
Section 12. Assistant Secretaries....................................................................-10-
Section 13. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations..................................-10-
Article VI
Indemnification of Directors,
Officers, Employees and Agents........................................................................-11-
Section 1. Right to Indemnification..................................................................-11-
Section 2. Indemnification of Employees and Agents...................................................-11-
Section 3. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit...........................................................-12-
Section 4. Nonexclusivity of Rights..................................................................-12-
Section 5. Insurance.................................................................................-12-
Section 6. Savings Clause............................................................................-12-
Section 7. Definitions...............................................................................-12-
Article VII
Capital Stock.........................................................................................-13-
Section 1. Certificates of Stock.....................................................................-13-
Section 2. Transfer of Shares........................................................................-13-
Section 3. Ownership of Shares.......................................................................-13-
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 4. Regulations Regarding Certificates........................................................-14-
Section 5. Lost or Destroyed Certificates............................................................-14-
Article VIII
Miscellaneous Provisions..............................................................................-15-
Section 1. Fiscal Year...............................................................................-15-
Section 2. Corporate Seal............................................................................-15-
Section 3. Notice and Waiver of Notice...............................................................-15-
Section 4. Resignations..............................................................................-15-
Section 5. Facsimile Signatures......................................................................-15-
Section 6. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records..................................................-15-
Article IX
Amendments............................................................................................-16-
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
BYLAWS
OF
NATCO GROUP INC.
Article I
Offices
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be
maintained in the State of Delaware, shall be the registered office named in the
original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended and restated
from time to time (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), or such other office as
may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner
provided by law. Should the Corporation maintain a principal office within the
State of Delaware such registered office need not be identical to such principal
office of the Corporation.
Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require.
Article II
Stockholders
Section 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be
held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within
or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices
or waivers of notice thereof.
Section 2. Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings. Unless otherwise required
by law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the
holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at
any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business and the act of a
majority of such stock so represented at any meeting of stockholders at which a
quorum is present shall constitute the act of the meeting of stockholders. The
stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact
business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation or these bylaws, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a
majority of the issued and outstanding stock, present in person or represented
by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders, whether or not a quorum is present,
shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any
notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the
holding of the adjourned meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
(30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
<PAGE> 6
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
Section 3. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders, for
the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the
transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting,
shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix and set forth in the
notice of the meeting, which date shall be within fifteen (15) months subsequent
to the date of the last annual meeting of stockholders.
Section 4. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders for any
purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board (if
any), by the President or by a majority of the Board of Directors, or by a
majority of the executive committee (if any), and shall be called by the
Chairman of the Board (if any), by the President or the Secretary upon the
written request therefor, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting,
delivered to such officer, signed by the holder(s) of at least ten percent (10%)
of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 5. Record Date. For the purpose of determining stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any
rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the
purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of
stockholders, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than
ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days
prior to any other action.
If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for any meeting of
the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with
Article VIII, Section 3 of these bylaws notice is waived, at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If, in
accordance with Section 13 of this Article II, corporate action without a
meeting of stockholders is to be taken, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing,
when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on
which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining
stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.
-2-
<PAGE> 7
Section 6. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law or
the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of the place, date and hour of
all meetings, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the
Chairman of the Board (if any) or the President, the Secretary or the other
person(s) calling the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat not
less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
Such notice may be delivered either personally or by mail. If mailed, notice is
given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the
stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
Section 7. Stock List. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote
at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of
stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares
registered in the name of such stockholder, shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting,
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held. The stock list shall also be produced and
kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may
be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 8. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by
proxy. Proxies for use at any meeting of stockholders shall be filed with the
Secretary, or such other officer as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine by resolution, before or at the time of the meeting. All proxies shall
be received and taken charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed
by the secretary of the meeting who shall decide all questions touching upon the
qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies, and the acceptance or
rejection of votes, unless an inspector or inspectors shall have been appointed
by the chairman of the meeting, in which event such inspector or inspectors
shall decide all such questions.
No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from its date, unless the
proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless
expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest
sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.
Should a proxy designate two or more persons to act as proxies, unless
such instrument shall provide the contrary, a majority of such persons present
at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have
and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred,
or if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if
an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, each
proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in respect of the
same portion of the shares as he is of the proxies representing such shares.
Section 9. Voting; Elections; Inspectors. Unless otherwise required by
law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall have
one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his
name on the record date for the meeting. Shares registered in the name of
another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or
proxy as
-3-
<PAGE> 8
the bylaw (or comparable instrument) of such corporation may prescribe, or in
the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors (or comparable body) of
such corporation may determine. Shares registered in the name of a deceased
person may be voted by his executor or administrator, either in person or by
proxy.
All voting shall be by stock vote. Every stock vote shall be taken by
written ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy
voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure
established for the meeting. All elections of directors shall be by ballot,
unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
At any meeting at which a vote is taken by ballots, the chairman of the
meeting may appoint one or more inspectors, each of whom shall subscribe an oath
or affirmation to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such meeting
with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. Such
inspector shall receive the ballots, count the votes and make and sign a
certificate of the result thereof. The chairman of the meeting may appoint any
person to serve as inspector, except no candidate for the office of director
shall be appointed as an inspector.
Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
cumulative voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited.
Section 10. Conduct of Meetings. The meetings of the stockholders shall
be presided over by the Chairman of the Board (if any), or if he is not present,
by the President, or if neither the Chairman of the Board (if any), nor
President is present, by a chairman elected at the meeting. The Secretary of the
Corporation, if present, shall act as secretary of such meetings, or if he is
not present, an Assistant Secretary shall so act; if neither the Secretary nor
an Assistant Secretary is present, then a secretary shall be appointed by the
chairman of the meeting. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall
determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such
regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him
in order. Unless the chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall otherwise
determine, the order of business shall be as follows:
(a) Calling of meeting to order.
(b) Election of a chairman and the appointment of a secretary if
necessary.
(c) Presentation of proof of the due calling of the meeting.
(d) Presentation and examination of proxies and determination of a
quorum.
(e) Reading and settlement of the minutes of the previous meeting.
(f) Reports of officers and committees.
(g) The election of directors if an annual meeting, or a meeting
called for that purpose.
(h) Unfinished business.
(i) New business.
(j) Adjournment.
-4-
<PAGE> 9
Section 11. Treasury Stock. The Corporation shall not vote, directly or
indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it and such shares shall not be
counted for quorum purposes.
Section 12. Action Without Meeting. Any action permitted or required by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws to be taken at a meeting
of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by the holders of all of the outstanding shares entitled to vote
thereon.
Section 13. Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of
stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly
brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors
or (b) by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving
such notice, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with
the notice procedures set forth in this Section. For business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have
given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Company not less than 40 days prior to the
meeting. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each
matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and
address, as they appear on the Company's books, of the stockholder proposing
such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Company that are
beneficially owned by the stockholder and (d) any material interest of the
stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the
contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in
compliance with this Section. The Chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not
properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be
transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, a
stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with
respect to the matters set forth in this Section.
Article III
Board of Directors
Section 1. Power; Number; Term of Office. The business and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors, and subject to the restrictions imposed by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, they may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.
The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of
Directors shall be six. Each director shall hold office for the term for which
he is elected, and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
-5-
<PAGE> 10
Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
directors need not be stockholders nor residents of the State of Delaware.
Section 2. Quorum. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business of the Board of Directors and the vote of
a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Place of Meetings; Order of Business. The directors may hold
their meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Corporation,
except as otherwise provided by law, in such place or places, within or without
the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine
by resolution. At all meetings of the Board of Directors business shall be
transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by the
Chairman of the Board (if any), or in his absence by the President, or by
resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 4. First Meeting. Each newly elected Board of Directors may
hold its first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of
business, if a quorum is present, immediately after and at the same place as the
annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such meeting shall not be
required. At the first meeting of the Board of Directors in each year at which a
quorum shall be present, held next after the annual meeting of stockholders, the
Board of Directors shall proceed to the election of the officers of the
Corporation.
Section 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time
by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notice of such regular meetings shall
not be required.
Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman of the Board (if any), the President or, on the
written request of any two directors, by the Secretary, in each case on at least
twenty-four (24) hours personal, written, telegraphic, cable or wireless notice
to each director. Such notice, or any waiver thereof pursuant to Article VIII,
Section 3 hereof, need not state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, except
as may otherwise be required by law or provided for in the Certificate of
Incorporation or these bylaws.
Section 7. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may
be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares
then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided that, unless the
Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, if the Board of Directors is
classified, then the stockholders may effect such removal only for cause; and
provided further that, if the Certificate of Incorporation expressly grants to
stockholders the right to cumulate votes for the election of directors and if
less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without
cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if
then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors, or, if
there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which
such director is a part.
Section 8. Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors. Unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly
created directorships resulting from any
-6-
<PAGE> 11
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of
the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining
director; and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual
election and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless
sooner displaced.
If the directors of the Corporation are divided into classes, any
directors elected to fill vacancies or newly created directorships shall hold
office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have
been chosen, and until their successors shall be duly elected and shall qualify.
Section 9. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate
of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of directors.
Section 10. Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting.
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action
required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or
any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may be taken without a
meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may
be consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such consent
shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may
be stated as such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of
State of Delaware.
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
subject to the requirement for notice of meetings, members of the Board of
Directors, or members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may
participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee, as the case
may be, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Section 11. Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by
Stockholders. The Board of Directors in its discretion may submit any act or
contract for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders,
or at any special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of
considering any such act or contract, and any act or contract that shall be
approved or be ratified by the vote of the stockholders holding a majority of
the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
and present in person or by proxy at such meeting (provided that a quorum is
present), shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the
stockholders as if it has been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the
Corporation. In addition, any such act or contract may be approved or ratified
by the written consent of stockholders holding a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote and such
consent shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the
stockholders as if it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the
Corporation.
-7-
<PAGE> 12
Article IV
Committees
Section 1. Designation; Powers. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more
committees, including, if they shall so determine, an executive committee, each
such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.
Any such designated committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers and
authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the Corporation as may be provided in such resolution, except that no
such committee shall have the power or authority of the Board of Directors in
reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of
merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets,
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution of the Corporation, or amending, altering or
repealing the bylaws or adopting new bylaws for the Corporation and, unless such
resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provides, no such
committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Any such designated committee may authorize the
seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In
addition to the above such committee or committees shall have such other powers
and limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by
resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Any committee designated
pursuant to Section 1 of this Article shall choose its own chairman, shall keep
regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors
when requested, shall fix its own rules or procedures, and shall meet at such
times and at such place or places as may be provided by such rules, or by
resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board of Directors. At every
meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members
thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the
members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution.
Section 3. Substitution of Members. The Board of Directors may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In
the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or
members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not
constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of
Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified
member.
Article V
Officers
Section 1. Number, Titles and Term of Office. The officers of the
Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more
of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a
Treasurer, a Secretary and, if the Board of Directors so elects, a Chairman of
the Board and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to
time
-8-
<PAGE> 13
elect or appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be
duly elected and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or
shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of
offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation
provides otherwise. Except for the Chairman of the Board, if any, no officer
need be a director.
Section 2. Salaries. The salaries or other compensation of the officers
and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors.
Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the
Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, by the vote of
a majority of the whole Board of Directors at a special meeting called for the
purpose, or at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, provided the
notice for such meeting shall specify that the matter of any such proposed
removal will be considered at the meeting but such removal shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or
appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.
Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
Corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 5. Powers and Duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The
President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation unless the
Board of Directors designates the Chairman of the Board as chief executive
officer. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the executive
committee (if any), the chief executive officer shall have general executive
charge, management and control of the properties, business and operations of the
Corporation with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such
responsibilities; he may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences
of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and may
sign all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and shall
have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these bylaws
and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
Section 6. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board. If elected,
the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and
of the Board of Directors; and he shall have such other powers and duties as
designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board of Directors.
Section 7. Powers and Duties of the President. Unless the Board of
Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree
upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other
obligations in the name of the Corporation; and, unless the Board of Directors
otherwise determines, he shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or
if there be no Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and (should he be a director) of the Board of Directors; and he
shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these
bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of
Directors.
-9-
<PAGE> 14
Section 8. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, or in the
event of his inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the
Board of Directors shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting
shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
President. In the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of a Vice
President to perform the duties of the President, or in the event of his absence
or inability or refusal to act, the Vice President who is present and who is
senior in terms of time as a Vice President of the Corporation shall so act. The
Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as
the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the
custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and he
shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. He shall
perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control
of the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors; and he shall, if
required by the Board of Directors, give such bond for the faithful discharge of
his duties in such form as the Board of Directors may require.
Section 10. Assistant Treasurers. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have
the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other
powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors. The
Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the powers of the Treasurer during that
officer's absence or inability or refusal to act.
Section 11. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all
meetings of the Board of Directors, committees of directors and the
stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; he shall attend to the giving
and serving of all notices; he may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal
of the Corporation to all contracts of the Corporation and attest the affixation
of the seal of the Corporation thereto; he may sign with the other appointed
officers all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; he
shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers,
and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, all of
which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon
application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; he shall
have such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time
to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors; and he shall in
general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the
control of the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors.
Section 12. Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Secretary shall have
the usual powers and duties pertaining to his office, together with such other
powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors. The
Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that
officer's absence or inability or refusal to act.
Section 13. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.
Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer
shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in
person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with
-10-
<PAGE> 15
respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation in which this
Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and
powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of
securities in such other corporation.
Article VI
Indemnification of Directors,
Officers, Employees and Agents
Section 1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person
of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become
a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to
serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether
the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to
serve as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any
such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation
to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability
and loss (including without limitation, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA
excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement)
reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the
capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall
inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators;
provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the
board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in
this Article VI shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid
by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware
General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a
director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such
person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an
employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding,
shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on
behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall
ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be
indemnified under this Section or otherwise.
Section 2. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation
may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees
and agents of the Corporation,
-11-
<PAGE> 16
individually or as a group, with the same scope and effect as the
indemnification of directors and officers provided for in this Article.
Section 3. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received
by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article
VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety days after such receipt,
the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part,
the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such
claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to
enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has
been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of
conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for
the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden
of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances
because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the
Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has
not met the applicable standard of conduct.
Section 4. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and
the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not
be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power
to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 6. Savings Clause. If this Article VI or any portion hereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and
officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect
to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this
Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law.
Section 7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article, reference to the
"Corporation" shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a
-12-
<PAGE> 17
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of
an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors,
after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued,
would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and
employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this
Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have
with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had
continued.
Article VII
Capital Stock
Section 1. Certificates of Stock. The certificates for shares of the
capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with
that required by law and the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved
by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board (if any), President or a
Vice President shall cause to be issued to each stockholder one or more
certificates, under the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof if the
Board of Directors shall have provided for such seal, and signed by the Chairman
of the Board (if any), President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer certifying the
number of shares (and, if the stock of the Corporation shall be divided into
classes or series, the class and series of such shares) owned by such
stockholder in the Corporation; provided, however, that any of or all the
signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. The stock record books and the
blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary, or at the office
of such transfer agent or transfer agents as the Board of Directors may from
time to time by resolution determine. In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall
have been placed upon any such certificate or certificates shall have ceased to
be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued
by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue. The stock certificates shall be
consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as
they are issued and shall exhibit the holder's name and number of shares.
Section 2. Transfer of Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation
shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders
thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives
upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares.
Upon surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a
certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the
Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel
the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
Section 3. Ownership of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to
treat the holder of record of any share or shares of capital stock of the
Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound
to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share
-13-
<PAGE> 18
or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express
or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State
of Delaware.
Section 4. Regulations Regarding Certificates. The Board of Directors
shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as
they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration or the
replacement of certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 5. Lost or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may
determine the conditions upon which a new certificate of stock may be issued in
place of a certificate which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed;
and may, in their discretion, require the owner of such certificate or his legal
representative to give bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the
Corporation and each transfer agent and registrar against any and all losses or
claims which may arise by reason of the issue of a new certificate in the place
of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed.
-14-
<PAGE> 19
Article VIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
such as established from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a
suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation. The Secretary shall have
charge of the seal (if any). If and when so directed by the Board of Directors
or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the
Treasurer or by the Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.
Section 3. Notice and Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required
to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or under the provisions of
these bylaws, said notice shall be deemed to be sufficient if given (i) by
telegraphic, cable or wireless transmission or (ii) by deposit of the same in a
post office box in a sealed prepaid wrapper addressed to the person entitled
thereto at his post office address, as it appears on the records of the
Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of
such transmission or mailing, as the case may be.
Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or under any of the provisions of these bylaws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders,
directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any
written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation
or the bylaws.
Section 4. Resignations. Any director, member of a committee or officer
may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take
effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of
its receipt by the chief executive officer or Secretary. The acceptance of a
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so
provided in the resignation.
Section 5. Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for the
use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these bylaws,
facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used
whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 6. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director and
each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the
performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the
books of account or reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, or
by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with
-15-
<PAGE> 20
reasonable care by the Board of Directors or by any such committee, or in
relying in good faith upon other records of the Corporation.
Article IX
Amendments
Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the
Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal from time to
time bylaws of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of the Board of
Directors upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in
office, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect
thereto to amend or repeal such bylaws as adopted or amended by the Board of
Directors.
-16-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4.5
November ___, 1999
NATCO Group Inc.
Brookhollow Central III
2950 North Loop West, Suite 750
Houston, Texas 77092
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Simmons & Company International
DLJdirect Inc.
c/o Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned understands that Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Simmons & Company
International and DLJdirect Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters
(the "UNDERWRITERS"), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement with NATCO
Group Inc. (the "COMPANY"), providing for the initial public offering (the
"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING") of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share
(together with the Class B common stock, the "COMMON STOCK") of the Company.
To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Initial Public
Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Initial Public
Offering, the undersigned, during the period commencing on the date hereof and
ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Initial
Public Offering, agrees not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell
any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that the
undersigned owns or are subject to disposition solely by the undersigned or (ii)
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the
economic consequences associated with the ownership of any Common Stock
(regardless of whether any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii)
is to be settled by the delivery of Common Stock, or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise), without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation other
<PAGE> 2
than as gifts to family members or transfers from a partnership to its partners;
provided that, any such transferee executes a written instrument under which
such transferee agrees to abide by the provisions hereunder for the period
remaining hereunder after such transfer.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to enter into the agreements set forth herein, and
that, upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents
reasonably necessary or desirable in connection with the enforcement hereof. All
authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or
incapacity of the undersigned and any obligations of the undersigned shall be
binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns of the
undersigned.
Very truly yours,
---------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
(Name - Please Type)
- ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
(Address)
- ------------------------------------------------
(Social Security or Taxpayer Identification No.)
<PAGE> 3
Number of shares of Common Stock owned:
Certificate Numbers:
Number of [list names of securities that are convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock]:
Number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
[conversion, exercise or exchange]
or such securities:
Certificate Numbers:
----------------
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 5.1
[VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]
December 7, 1999
NATCO Group Inc.
Brookhollow Central III
2950 North Loop West, Suite 750
Houston, Texas 77092
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as counsel for NATCO Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), in connection with the proposed offer and sale (the "Offering")
by the Company and the several selling stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders")
set forth in the Registration Statement (as defined below) to the several
underwriters (the "Underwriters") set forth in the underwriting agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement") to be executed in connection with the Offering among
the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters, pursuant to the
prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.
333-48851, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March
30, 1998 (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof,
being referred to herein as the "Registration Statement"), of an aggregate of
7,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
Company ("Common Stock"), together with a maximum of 1,125,000 shares of Common
Stock which may be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the over-allotment
option provided in the Underwriting Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.
We are rendering this opinion as of the time the Registration Statement
becomes effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.
In connection with this opinion, we have assumed that the Registration
Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments),
will have become effective and the shares of Common Stock will be issued and
sold in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the
manner described in the Registration Statement and the applicable prospectus.
In connection with the opinion expressed herein, we have examined,
among other things, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and
the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended, the records of
corporate proceedings that have occurred prior to the date hereof with respect
to the Offering, the Registration Statement and the form of Underwriting
Agreement to be executed among the Company, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Simmons & Company
International and DLJdirect Inc.,
<PAGE> 2
NATCO Group Inc.
Page 2
December 7, 1999
as representatives of the several Underwriters. We have also reviewed such
questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the shares of
Common Stock proposed to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters
have been validly authorized for issuance and, upon the issuance and delivery
thereof as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) the shares of Common Stock proposed to be
sold by the Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters were duly authorized and
validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.
This opinion is limited in all respects to the Constitution of the
State of Delaware and the Delaware General Corporation Law, as interpreted by
the courts of the State of Delaware.
We hereby consent to the statements with respect to us under the
heading "Legal Matters" in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, but we do not thereby admit that we are within the class of persons
whose consent is required under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
issued thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
------------------------------------
VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
The Board of Directors
NATCO Group Inc.
We consent to the use of our report dated March 5, 1999, related to the
consolidated financial statements of NATCO Group Inc. as of March 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1998, and for each of the years in the two year period ended March
31, 1998, and the nine month period ended December 31, 1998, included herein,
and the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
December 10, 1999
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
The Board of Directors
Engineering Specialties, Inc. and
Engineering Specialties FSC, Inc.
We consent to the use of our report dated September 24, 1999, related to the
combined financial statements of Engineering Specialties, Inc. and Engineering
Specialties FSC, Inc. (ESI) as of and for the year ended December 31, 1998,
included herein, and the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in
the Prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
December 10, 1999
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.3
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
The Board of Directors
Porta-Test International Inc.
We consent to the use of our report dated September 17, 1999, related to the
financial statements of Porta-Test International Inc. as of and for the year
ended June 30, 1999, included herein, and the reference to our firm under the
heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
December 10, 1999
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.4
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated February 27, 1998, except for Note 15, as to which the
date is May 29, 1998, with respect to the financial statements of The Cynara
Company included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No.
333-48851) and related Prospectus of NATCO Group Inc. for the registration of
its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
December 9, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 9-MOS 9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998 DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START> APR-01-1998 JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998 SEP-30-1999
<CASH> 3,263 1,675
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 43,164 30,114
<ALLOWANCES> 579 580
<INVENTORY> 22,254 20,754
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 74,602 58,923
<PP&E> 28,282 30,013
<DEPRECIATION> 9,988 12,360
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 118,412 104,046
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 43,136 32,615
<BONDS> 41,777 32,926
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 91 96
<OTHER-SE> 24,099 28,008
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 118,412 104,046
<SALES> 145,611 125,894
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 145,611 125,894
<CGS> 115,521 94,979
<TOTAL-COSTS> 115,521 27,127
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 150
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 1,988 2,546
<INCOME-PRETAX> 1,260 1,477
<INCOME-TAX> 608 1,075
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 652 402
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 652 402
<EPS-BASIC> 0.08 0.04
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.07 0.04
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.2
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Total Engineering Services Team, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Total Engineering
Services Team, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the
related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Total Engineering Services
Team, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Houston, Texas
January 29, 1998
<PAGE> 2
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
----------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- ------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Accounts receivable....................................... $13,387 $ 9,646 $13,463
Inventories............................................... 4,816 8,085 3,943
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 166 148 255
Deferred tax assets....................................... 521 566 606
------- ------- -------
Total current assets.............................. 18,890 18,445 18,267
------- ------- -------
Property, plant and equipment:
Land...................................................... 107 329 329
Machinery and equipment................................... 1,226 1,576 1,686
Buildings and improvements................................ 1,080 2,002 2,036
------- ------- -------
2,413 3,907 4,051
------- ------- -------
Less accumulated depreciation............................. 311 692 896
------- ------- -------
2,102 3,215 3,155
------- ------- -------
Goodwill, net............................................... 579 562 555
Noncompete agreements, net.................................. 157 -- --
Deposits.................................................... 248 54 48
------- ------- -------
Total assets...................................... $21,976 $22,276 $22,025
======= ======= =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable.......................................... $ 2,261 $ 1,525 $ 1,908
Cash overdraft............................................ 768 644 1,185
Accrued liabilities....................................... 2,573 5,005 2,682
Income taxes payable...................................... 1,206 2,039 363
Payable to Parent Company................................. 4,070 1,272 3,854
------- ------- -------
Total current liabilities......................... 10,878 10,485 9,992
Deferred tax liability...................................... -- 4 --
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $10 par value, 2,000 shares authorized, 100
shares issued and outstanding.......................... 1 1 1
Additional paid-in capital................................ 7,833 7,833 7,833
Retained earnings......................................... 3,264 3,953 4,199
------- ------- -------
Total stockholders' equity........................ 11,098 11,787 12,033
Commitments and contingencies
------- ------- -------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........ $21,976 $22,276 $22,025
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
2
<PAGE> 3
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS
DECEMBER 31, ENDED
----------------------------- JUNE 30,
1994 1995 1996 1997
------- ------- ------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.......................................... $33,645 $42,434 $53,969 $22,905
Direct costs...................................... 25,767 33,652 45,317 18,381
------- ------- ------- -------
Gross profit.................................... 7,878 8,782 8,652 4,524
Operating expenses................................ 4,489 6,274 6,992 3,868
------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income................................ 3,389 2,508 1,660 656
Other income and expenses:
Interest expense................................ (153) (155) (224) (88)
Other........................................... 179 188 2 7
------- ------- ------- -------
Income before income taxes.............. 3,415 2,541 1,438 575
Income tax expense................................ 1,085 573 749 329
------- ------- ------- -------
Net income.............................. $ 2,330 $ 1,968 $ 689 $ 246
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
3
<PAGE> 4
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONAL TOTAL
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS EQUITY
------ ---------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at December 31, 1993.................... $ 1 $5,235 $2,786 $ 8,022
Purchase adjustment.............................. -- 2,598 (3,820) (1,222)
Net income....................................... -- -- 2,330 2,330
--- ------ ------ -------
Balances at December 31, 1994.................... 1 7,833 1,296 9,130
Net income....................................... -- -- 1,968 1,968
--- ------ ------ -------
Balances at December 31, 1995.................... 1 7,833 3,264 11,098
Net income....................................... -- -- 689 689
--- ------ ------ -------
Balances at December 31, 1996.................... 1 7,833 3,953 11,787
Net income (unaudited)........................... -- -- 246 246
--- ------ ------ -------
Balances at June 30, 1997 (unaudited)............ $ 1 $7,833 $4,199 $12,033
=== ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
4
<PAGE> 5
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED
--------------------------------- JUNE 30,
1994 1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income........................................... $ 2,330 $ 1,968 $ 689 $ 246
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 67 249 381 204
Deferred income taxes............................. 116 (435) (41) (44)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts
receivable................................... (1,816) (656) 3,741 (3,817)
(Increase) decrease in inventories.............. (639) (675) (3,269) 4,142
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and
other assets................................. 46 (70) 18 (107)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable......... 212 (1,057) (736) 383
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities...... 581 (1,871) 2,432 (2,323)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable..... (361) 1,058 833 (1,676)
------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities................................. 536 (1,489) 4,048 (2,992)
------- ------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment........... -- (962) (1,494) (144)
Business acquisition................................. -- (3,300) -- --
Goodwill............................................. -- -- 17 7
Other noncurrent assets.............................. 293 101 351 6
------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities................................. 293 (4,161) (1,126) (131)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase (decrease) in payable to parent company..... (1,438) 5,226 (2,798) 2,582
Increase (decrease) in overdraft..................... 344 424 (124) 541
------- ------- ------- -------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing
activities................................. (1,094) 5,650 (2,922) 3,123
------- ------- ------- -------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents.............. (265) -- -- --
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year......... 265 -- -- --
------- ------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............... -- -- -- --
======= ======= ======= =======
Cash payments for:
Interest............................................. -- -- -- --
======= ======= ======= =======
Income taxes......................................... -- -- -- --
======= ======= ======= =======
Noncash transactions -- issuance of note payable to
affiliate to purchase land and buildings............. -- $ 3,300 -- --
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
5
<PAGE> 6
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(1) ORGANIZATION AND REPORTING
(a) Nature of Business
Total Engineering Services Team, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on May
15, 1970 in Louisiana and designs, manufactures and installs instrumentation and
electrical control systems for the petroleum industry.
On August 15, 1994, the Company's parent Total Energy Services, Inc.
(Total), was acquired by Enterra Corporation (Enterra). As a result of the
purchase and the subsequent merger of Enterra with Weatherford, the Company
became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Weatherford Enterra, Inc.
On June 30, 1997, the Company was acquired by National Tank Company
(NATCO). As a result of the purchase, the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of NATCO.
(b) Business Acquisitions
On August 1, 1995, the Company acquired for approximately $3.3 million
substantially all the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of
Production Management Controls System (PMCS) in a transaction accounted for as a
purchase. The excess of the aggregate purchase price of PMCS over the fair value
of the net assets acquired was recognized as goodwill. PMCS provided
instrumentation and electrical design, fabrication, installation, start-up and
commissioning of control systems for oil and gas production facilities located
offshore in the Gulf of Mexico.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Inventory
Inventory, which consist of materials, are valued at average cost which
does not exceed market.
(b) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line
method over their respective useful lives which range from 3 to 31 years. The
costs of ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed, while renewals and
betterments are capitalized.
Effective April 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, Accounting for
the Impairment of Long-lived Assets and for Long-lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property,
plant and equipment may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be
performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future cash flows
associated with the asset is compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if a write-down to market value or discounted cash flow was necessary.
Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial
positions or results of operations of the Company.
(c) Income Taxes
Income taxes are determined by the Company in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 and are included in the
consolidated income tax return of the parent company. For financial reporting
purposes, the Company records income tax expense or benefit as if a separate
return was filed.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
6
<PAGE> 7
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
(d) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid by the
Company in an acquisition accounted for as a purchase over the fair life of the
net assets acquired. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over a
period of 40 years.
(e) Cash Equivalents
Test considers all highly liquid investment instruments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
(f) Revenue Recognition
Revenues from significant long-term contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method. Earned revenue is based on the percentage that
incurred costs to date bear to total estimated costs. Revenues and profits on
all other sales are recorded as shipments are made. If estimated total costs on
any contracts or work-in-process indicate a loss, the entire estimated loss is
recognized immediately.
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
represent revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed and are included in
trade accounts receivable. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts represent billings in excess of revenues recognized and
are included in customer advances.
(g) Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------ ------ --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Work-in-process........................................... $3,620 $6,735 $2,282
Raw materials and supplies................................ 1,196 1,350 1,661
------ ------ ------
Total........................................... $4,816 $8,085 $3,943
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 8
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The cost of ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed, while renewals
and betterments are capitalized. Depreciation on property and equipment is
computed for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
USEFUL LIFE
-----------
<S> <C>
Land........................................................ --
Buildings and improvements.................................. 20 years
Machinery and equipment..................................... 5 years
</TABLE>
(5) DUE TO PARENT
Following the acquisition of the Company from Enterra in 1994, the Company
has maintained its cash management with the parent company. The parent company
has provided funding for working capital and expenditure requirements. During
1996, the company paid $1,064 of corporate services to the parent company
corresponding to: tax, legal, human resources and audit consultation, financial
planning and cash management, among others. These payments were based on a fixed
monthly fee determined by the parent company. In addition, on August 1995, the
Company borrowed approximately $3.3 million for the purchase of Production
Management Control System. No specific maturity date was established.
(6) INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CURRENT DEFERRED TOTAL
------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1994:
U.S. federal........................................... $ 681 $ 251 $ 932
State and local........................................ 116 37 153
------ ----- ------
$ 797 $ 288 $1,085
====== ===== ======
Year ended December 31, 1995:
U.S. federal........................................... $ 860 $(379) $ 481
State and local........................................ 148 (56) 92
------ ----- ------
$1,008 $(435) $ 573
====== ===== ======
Year ended December 31, 1996:
U.S. federal........................................... $ 645 $ (37) $ 608
State and local........................................ 145 (4) 141
------ ----- ------
$ 790 $ (41) $ 749
====== ===== ======
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Provision for federal income taxes at 34%................ $1,161 $ 864 $ 489
State and foreign income taxes........................... 116 148 147
Permanent differences.................................... (510) -- --
Other.................................................... 318 (439) 113
------ ------ ------
$1,085 $ 573 $ 749
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE> 9
TOTAL ENGINEERING SERVICES TEAM, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
1995 and 1996, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued liabilities....................................... $502 $560
Other..................................................... 19 6
---- ----
Total gross deferred tax assets........................... 521 566
Deferred tax liabilities:
Other..................................................... -- 4
---- ----
$521 $562
==== ====
</TABLE>
In assessing the reliability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income,
and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of
historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the
periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it
is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences for the year ended December 31, 1996.
(7) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(a) The Company is obligated under various operating leases. Rent expense under
these operating leases for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
and six months ended June 30, 1997 was approximately $427, 402, $290 and
$104, respectively.
Minimum future rental payments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998........................................................ $ 69
1999........................................................ 58
2000........................................................ 43
----
$170
====
</TABLE>
(b) The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operation, or liquidity.
(8) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Effective June 30, 1997, the Company was acquired by NATCO Group Inc. for
approximately $20 million.
9